For more information about the 

Defense Acquisition University,

call 888-284-4906 or visit the 

DAU website at www.dau.mil

defense acquisition university

9820 Belvoir Road

Fort Belvoir, Virginia 

22060-5565

The training you get at DAU lays the foundation for success in your career, 

on the job, and in providing what our warfighters need to prevail and to 

come home safely.
p. 2

Mission

Provide a global learning environment to develop qualified acquisition, requirements, 

and contingency professionals who deliver and sustain effective and affordable 

warfighting capabilities

Vision

Enable the Defense Acquisition Workforce to achieve the right acquisition outcomes

Goals

Provide an integrated, interactive learning environment that develops qualified acquisition, 

requirements, and contingency professionals, enabling workforce members, teams, and 

organizations to improve acquisition outcomes

Continuously improve our infrastructure and mission support processes to optimize and 

cost- effectivly use resources and technology

Support congressional and DoD acquisition improvement initiatives through thought 

leadership, applied research, and engagement with key acquisition organizations

Foster an environment that encourages continuous development, promotes diversity, 

and rewards achievement to enhance job satisfaction and performance

Proactively engage our customers and stakeholders to understand their mission 

requirements and develop responsive solutions to enhance performance

Preface
p. 3

introduction p. 5

The Defense Acquisition University

Message from the President 

What’s New

Where to Find Information

section 1 p. 11

The Defense Acquisition University

Our Work

Our Accreditation 

Our History

Our Organization 

Our Faculty and Staff 

Our Facilities 

DAU Leadership

DAU Board of Visitors

Regions and Colleges

section 2 p. 33

DAU’s Learning Assets

Performance Learning 

Training and Continuous 

 Learning Courses 

Mission Assistance

Knowledge Sharing

Other Services

section 3 p. 41

The Defense Acquisition Workforce Communities and Programs

Workforce Management—Functional Leaders Defense Acquisition Communities

section 4 p. 124

Acquisition Workforce Management and Administration

Overview of Acquisition 

Workforce Career Management 

Course Registration Information 

Procedures by Service

Administrative Information

Appendix A: 

Training Courses p. 129

Appendix B:

Course Prerequisites p. 155

Appendix C:

Continuous Learning p. 163

Appendix D: 

Targeted Training p. 217

Appendix E: 

Auditing p. 227

1|

3|

4|

Contents

I|

2|

a|

b|

c|

d|

e|
p. 4

Introduction
pg. 5 p

p. 06 Message from the President

p. 08 What’s New

Introduction:The Defense 

Acquisition University

i
p. 6

DEFENSE ACQUISITION UNIVERSITY 

9820 BELVOIR ROAD, FORT BELVOIR, VIRGINIA 22060-5565

Message From the President

DAU offers a full range of learning assets to members of 

the Defense Acquisition Workforce and requirements and 

contingency professionals responsible for delivering and 

sustaining effective and affordable warfighting capabilities. 

As the primary acquisition training organization for the 

Department of Defense, DAU will facilitate the training needs 

of your entire career, whether you work for one of the military 

departments or a Defense agency.

At DAU, we take pride in delivering quality, timely, and 

relevant training in our classroom and online courses to 

help you achieve your required certifications under the 

Defense Acquisition Workforce Improvement Act. We also 

recognize learning extends beyond coursework. We offer 

mission assistance, consulting, and interactive team training 

targeted to the specific needs of your organization. Our online 

continuous learning and knowledge-sharing products are 

available to you around the clock to enhance job performance 

and help you achieve mission success. This catalog provides 

details of many of these learning assets. Additional 

information is available at www.dau.mil.

DAU is accredited by the Council on Occupational Education, 

so you can be confident the training you receive meets 

stringent criteria approved by the U.S. Department of 

Education. We are undergoing the reaccreditation process this 

fiscal year to ensure we keep our standards high and to create 

the right learning experience for you and your organization. 

While this year posed several challenges to our training 

capabilities, we successfully navigated fiscal constraints. As 

a result of Department-wide furloughs, we adjusted course 

schedules during the last quarter of Fiscal Year 2013, and, 

despite budget cuts, we continue to provide award-winning 

training that honors our commitment to developing qualified 

acquisition professionals and fully capable acquisition 

organizations. To further that commitment in 2014, we will 

continue to upgrade course content, improve the online 

learning experience, and use resources wisely to meet the 

training needs of both the individuals and the organizations 

that support the defense acquisition enterprise.

 James McMichael

 Acting President

 Defense Acquisition University

“At DAU, we take pride in 

delivering quality, timely, 

and relevant training in 

our classroom and online 

courses to help you achieve 

your required certifications 

under the Defense Acquisition 

Workforce Improvement Act. 

... To further that commitment 

in 2014, we will continue 

to upgrade course content, 

improve the online learning 

experience, and use resources 

wisely to meet the training 

needs of both the individuals 

and the organizations 

that support the defense 

acquisition enterprise.”

The Defense Acquisition University

Introduction
p. 7
p. 8

WHAT'S NEW

Student Information System

To better meet the needs of an expanding 

acquisition workforce and enable more active 

acquisition career management, DAU is 

launching a new Student Information System. 

The vision is clear—a student information system 

has the potential to transform how the career 

training of Defense Acquisition Workforce 

members is managed by integrating people, 

processes, and technology.

Students will be able to scan the course catalog, 

register for courses, understand certification 

requirements, download pre-course work, and 

communicate with faculty, all through one 

simple interface. Implementation of the new 

Student Information System is expected in the 

summer of 2014.

Small Business

Functional Community

Courses for a new Small Business functional 

community will be developed and introduced 

in 2014. Small Business professionals are key 

members of the DoD Acquisition Workforce and 

serve a vital role in maximizing competition and 

expanding the Department's industrial base. They 

are responsible for guiding acquisition personnel 

to use small business opportunities to the fullest 

extent, while contributing to Defense readiness in 

meeting current and future needs. 

Small Business professionals are involved in 

various aspects of procurement legislation, 

regulation, and policy; acquisition strategies 

and program management reviews; capabilities 

assessments; research and technology programs; 

and advocacy and outreach. To engage with 

other Small Business professionals, visit their 

Community of Practice at https://acc.dau.mil/smallbusiness.

New Course : 

Understanding Industry

ACQ 315 Understanding Industry (Business 

Acumen), which is presented from an industry 

The Defense Acquisition University

Introduction

perspective, covers a wide range of business 

knowledge competencies, including industry 

orientation, organization, cost and financial 

planning, supplier management, incentives, 

business strategy development, and negotiating 

strategies. Students learn skills for aligning 

company strategies, finances, and operations that 

motivate company decisions and gain fair and 

reasonable profits while providing the best taxpayer 

value to the government on defense products. See 

Appendix A for a full course description.

Service Acquisition

Wor kshops

A Service Acquisition Workshop (SAW) is a 

customer-tailored management assistance/

consulting effort and is focused on developing 

a performance-based requirement. SAW 

participants learn how to use the Acquisition 

Requirements Roadmap Tool (ARRT) to 

define and refine requirements in order 

to draft a comprehensive Performance 

Work Statement (PWS) and sound Quality 

Assurance Surveillance Plan (QASP). The 

workshops significantly improve the quality 

of requirements documents while reducing 

costs, increasing the likelihood of effective 

competition, and shortening acquisition lead 

times. The workshops are mandatory for service 

acquisitions valued at $1 billion or more.

A SAW should be scheduled and conducted early 

in the acquisition process before the acquisition 

strategy has been finalized. To be effective, all key 

members of the acquisition team, the program 

manager, contracting officer, subject matter 

experts, and Contracting Officer Representatives 

(CORs) must attend the entire workshop. 

DAU faculty members provide this service as 

part of the university’s Mission Assistance 

(MA) program. To schedule a SAW, contact 

DAU at ARRT@dau.mil; you may also 

visit http://sam.dau.mil for more information 

and training on Services Acquisition.
p. 9

Social Media

The popularity of technology, coupled with consumers’ expectations for 

fast and relevant information, has led government organizations into 

the world of social media. DAU is no exception and has been building 

a social media presence—within the limits of DoD network security 

considerations—to stay connected to our customers and stakeholders.

DAU is reaching many members of the Defense Acquisition Workforce 

with targeted messages about the university’s learning assets and events, 

as well as relaying new DoD policy and initiatives. In turn, customers 

and stakeholders have posted valuable feedback on innovations that are 

important to them. Check us out at www.facebook.com/Defense.Acquisition.University.

The photo-hosting Web site Flickr allows DAU to give users a glimpse 

into life at the university, and to share high-resolution photos with 

external award winners. Take a look at 

www.flickr.com/defenseacquisitionuniversity.

By joining the DAU interest group, users are able to communicate with 

professional contacts, creating a sense of community for acquisition 

workforce members to network, share, and learn from each other. 

DAU’s LinkedIn page is waiting for users at www.linkedin.com/groups/

Defense-Acquisition-University-4556755.

If you have any questions or suggestions for DAU’s social media team, 

e-mail social.media@dau.mil.

The official DAU Twitter account, @DAUnow, allows workforce 

members to keep up with the latest course offerings, events, facilities 

closings, system outages, and other defense and acquisition news in 140 

characters or less. Follow the university at https://twitter.com/daunow.

DAU is leveraging YouTube’s extensive reach to promote its learning 

assets and to spread awareness of Defense acquisition. Although 

some DoD organizations block access to the YouTube Web site due 

to bandwidth concerns, the page is accessible to external audiences 

where they use the Web site most—at home. Watch at www.youtube.com/

defenseacquisition.
pg. 10

Section 1
pg. 11

p. 12 Our Work

p. 12 Our Accreditation

p. 12 Our History

p. 13 Our Organization

p. 14 Our Faculty and Staff

p. 14 Our Facilities

p. 16 DAU Leadership

p. 17 DAU Board of Visitors

p. 18 Regions and Colleges

Section 1: The Defense 

Acquisition University

1
p. 12

The Defense Acquisition University 

Our Work | Our Accreditation | Our History | Our Organization

reviewed for compliance with the ANSI/IACET 

Standard, and the applicant agrees to a site visit to 

verify the contents of the written application.

DAU chose to become an AP because IACET's 

commitment to promoting quality education 

aligns with the university’s mission to impact 

acquisition excellence. By being an IACET AP and 

adhering to the ANSI/IACET Standard, DAU is 

authorized to award IACET CEUs and does so for 

all its regularly scheduled training courses.

The American Council on Education's College 

Credit Recommendation Service has recommended many DAU courses for graduate and 

undergraduate college credit, helping workforce 

members get a head start in completing their 

degrees. For more information, see www.acenet.edu/

news-room/Pages/College-Credit-Recommendation-Service-CREDIT.aspx.

Our History

The Defense Acquisition Workforce Improvement 

Act (DAWIA), Public Law 101-510, Title 10 

U.S.C., of the Fiscal Year 1991 National Defense 

Authorization Act, was enacted to improve the 

effectiveness of the personnel who manage and 

implement defense acquisition programs. The Act 

required the creation of the Defense Acquisition 

University, and, per DoD Directive 5000.57, the 

university was to provide for the professional 

educational development and training of the 

acquisition workforce and research and analysis 

of defense acquisition policy issues from an 

academic perspective. 

Since the university’s founding, it has expanded 

to five regional campuses throughout the United 

States—allowing the university to provide local 

training to the Defense Acquisition Workforce—

and two colleges serving national audiences. 

DAU also has strategically partnered with 

Our Wor k

The Defense Acquisition University (DAU) is 

the one institution that touches every member of 

the Defense Acquisition Workforce throughout 

all professional career stages. The university 

provides a full range of basic, intermediate, and 

advanced certification training; assignmentspecific training; continuous learning; mission 

assistance; and job-relevant applied research. The 

university also fosters professional development 

through consulting efforts, rapid-deployment 

training on emerging acquisition initiatives, and 

online knowledge-sharing tools. 

Our Accreditation

The Defense Acquisition University is 

accredited by the Commission of the 

Council on Occupational Education. 

DAU selected the Council on 

Occupational Education (COE) as its 

accrediting body because the standards and 

criteria established by COE correspond with the 

university’s training certification mission and the 

broader view of learning and development. DAU 

was first awarded accreditation in 2003 and was 

reaffirmed in 2008.

DAU also is an International Association for 

Continuing Education and Training (IACET) 

Authorized Provider.

IACET is known as the premier standardsetting organization for continuing 

education and training. Since 2006, 

IACET has been approved by the 

American National Standards 

Institute (ANSI) as a Standards 

Developer. In order to award IACET 

Continuing Education Units (CEUs), 

an organization must become an 

IACET Authorized Provider (AP). 

During the AP application process, 

the organization provides evidence 

that it meets the ANSI/IACET 

Standard for Continuing Education 

and Training. The organization’s 

policies, procedures, processes, 

and supporting documentation are 

DAU has been 

accredited as 

an Authorized 

Provider by the 

International 

Association 

for Continuing 

Education and 

Training (IACET)/ 

1760 Old Meadow 

Road/Suite 500/

McLean, VA 22102/

Telephone: 

703-506-3275.

Section 1
p. 13

academic institutions, professional organizations, 

corporations, and government agencies to 

provide professional development, equivalencies, 

academic credit toward degree programs, as well 

as certificates for DAU courses.

Our Organi zation

DAU’s leaders are committed to ensuring the 

university provides the best learning capabilities 

to those who use DAU learning resources.

The DAU president is the chief executive officer 

of the university and directs the acquisition 

education, training, mission assistance, and 

research activities of the university. The DAU vice 

president is responsible for the operations and 

execution of the university’s mission. 

The DAU chief of staff coordinates the strategic 

planning process, human resources management, 

professional development, logistics, and other 

support services.

The Planning, Policy, and Leadership Support 

Office is responsible for strategic planning, 

accreditation, corporate communications and 

outreach, the strategic partnership program, 

enterprise performance management, policy and 

procedures management, and faculty policy. 

The Performance and Resource Management 

Directorate is responsible for business oversight 

and financial management of DAU’s resources 

relating to its program and operations, including 

all resource aspects of DoD’s planning, 

programming, budgeting, and execution process.

The industry chair provides defense industry 

experience, expertise, and perspective to foster 

defense acquisition management training. 

The chair facilitates DAU-industry strategic 

partnerships. 

The Pentagon liaison serves as a link between 

DAU and all elements of DoD senior staff. The 

liaison establishes, monitors, and closes out 

action items from DoD.

DAU’s college and regional deans oversee 

the day-to-day functions of their respective 

areas of responsibility, ensuring that DAU 

properly supports professional development 

and partnership/acquisition-related events. 

The Defense Systems Management College 

provides executive coaching, executive-level 

and international acquisition management, 

and requirements management training, 

consulting, and research. The College of 

Contract Management provides structured and 

systematized courses and learning assets to meet 

the training needs primarily of Defense Contract 

Management Agency (DCMA) personnel.

The Learning Capabilities Integration Center 

(LCIC) is responsible for curricula policy 

interfaces and interrelationships. LCIC 

develops and manages learning assets, including 

certification and Core-Plus courses, and 

continuous learning modules (CLMs); develops 

course content, determining delivery methods, 

and prepares course materials; oversees the 

Continuing Education Unit (CEU) program; 

serves as the university's liaison with the 

functional leaders and respective Executive 

Secretaries regarding content requirements; and 

oversees the management and sustainment of 

the DAU course equivalency program for both 

internal DoD and external institutions.

The Global Learning and Technology Center 

provides technology support and learning 

analytics for DAU distance learning products 

and services, continuous learning modules, and 

knowledge-sharing platforms.

DAU Mission Assistance/Knowledge Repository 

(MA/KR) provides direct support, often in the 

workplace, to acquisition organizations and 

teams in meeting the many challenges in today’s 

acquisition environment. As part of MA/KR, the 

Knowledge Repository (formerly the David D. 

Acker Library) provides access to DoD and federal 

acquisition-pertinent information, in both print 

and electronic media. 

The Chief Information Officer ensures that 

information resources are acquired, used, and 

managed in such a way as to provide the best 

possible training environment for our students 

and deliver information systems products and 
p. 14

services in the most cost-effective manner for all 

DAU customers and stakeholders. 

The Operations Support Group supports all of 

DAU in the following areas: facilities; contracting; 

public affairs; protocol; administrative, logistical, 

and audio/visual services; publications; and 

information systems.

The Human Resources Office advises the 

president, vice president, and chief of staff on 

the appropriate implementation of DAU's human 

capital goals and objectives. Human Resources is 

responsible for managing workforce planning, 

recruiting, and hiring; employee retention; and 

performance measurement and appraisal.

The Director, Acquisition Career Management 

(DACM) for the Defense Agencies (4th Estate) 

assists in managing the accession, training, 

education, and career development of the DoD 

components outside the military departments. 

Organizations Colocated with DAU

The Director, Human Capital Initiatives, performs 

Defense Acquisition Workforce strategic analysis 

and human capital planning for the Office of 

the Under Secretary of Defense for Acquisition, 

Technology and Logistics (AT&L).

The Federal Acquisition Institute (FAI), 

established in 1976 under the Office of Federal 

Procurement Policy Act, facilitates and promotes 

career development and strategic human 

capital management for the civilian acquisition 

workforce. 

Our Faculty and Staff

DAU faculty members have extensive 

experience in acquisition as well as the ability to 

communicate their knowledge in the classroom, 

online, and in the workplace during consulting 

efforts. Faculty members are expert practitioners 

who can draw upon real-world experience to 

relate to students in the classroom and online, 

and develop training products that are directly 

applicable to the current challenges students face. 

Many faculty members join DAU following highimpact careers in the military, defense industry, 

and the civil service because they are seeking an 

opportunity to share their experiences, to truly 

make a difference in the lives of the members of 

the Defense Acquisition Workforce, and to support 

the vitally important mission of DoD. 

DAU staff members provide the support necessary 

to keep the university running efficiently, 

including operating and maintaining the 

university’s automation networks and providing 

audio, video, and telecommunications in support 

of classes and DAU/acquisition events. DAU staff 

also provides services such as public affairs, 

protocol, administrative and logistical services, 

publications management and graphic design, 

academic support services, and information 

systems support to all of DAU. The university’s 

staff is highly skilled in the support it provides 

the university and is essential to ensuring each 

student receives a positive experience at DAU.

Our Facilities

DAU facilities reflect the university’s 

commitment to providing a comprehensive 

learning environment. The university’s 

capabilities include:

» More than 80 classrooms located throughout the 

university’s regions and college campuses

» More than 110 breakout rooms that can be used 

for small group discussions during classes

» More than 2,200 laptops available for classrooms 

to allow each student his or her own computer

» Multiple TelePresence sites, allowing professors 

to remotely connect to classes and students

» A 400-seat main conference center

» Numerous small conference rooms, seating 

25 to 100 people each

The university has seen unprecedented growth 

in the number of acquisition students it serves, 

and, in response, DAU has increased its number 

of classrooms and support infrastructure. The 

university also has established a teaching and 

learning lab, which allows professors to test new 

technologies that aid in the effective delivery of 

course materials.

The Defense Acquisition University

Our Faculty and Staff | Our Facilities

Section 1
p. 15
p. 16

Dr. James McMichael

Acting President

Mr. Joseph Johnson 

Chief of Staff 

Mr. Richard 

Hoeferkamp

Pentagon Liaison

Mr. Mark Whiteside

Director, Performance and 

Resource Management

RADM Lenn Vincent, 

USN (Ret.)

Industry Chair

Mr. Mark Lumb

Dean, South Region

Dr. Kevin R. Carman 

Dean, West Region

Dr. Kurt Stonerock 

Dean, College of Contract 

Management

Mr. Travis Stewart

Dean, Midwest Region

Dr. Roy Wood

Dean, Defense Systems 

Management College

Mr. Scott Ilg 

Dean, Mid-Atlantic Region (Acting)

Mr. Tim Hamm 

Chief Information Officer

Mr. Tim Shannon

Director, Learning Capabilities 

Integration Center

Mr. Leo Filipowicz

Director, Operations Support 

Group

Ms. Meg Hogan-Roy 

Director, Human Resources 

Ms. Clothilda Taylor

Acting Director, Human Capital 

Initiatives

Dr. Chris Hardy

Director, Global Learning and 

Technology Center

DAU 

Leadership

The Defense Acquisition University 

DAU Leadership | DAU Board of Visitors

Ms. Judy Fleming 

Dean, Capital and Northeast 

Region (Acting)

Mr. Robert Daugherty 

4th Estate DACM

Mr. John Higbee

Director, Mission Assistance and 

Knowledge Repository

Section 1
p. 17

DAU Board of Visitors

Since its inception as an academic 

institution, DAU has received guidance 

from the DAU Board of Visitors. The 

Board of Visitors consists of individuals 

selected for their preeminence in 

academia, business, and industry. The 

members advise the Under Secretary 

of Defense for Acquisition, Technology 

and Logistics and the DAU president 

on matters such as the university’s 

organizational management, curricula, 

methods of instruction, and facilities. 

All Board of Visitors members, past and 

present, have been invaluable to the 

foresight, planning, and progress of DAU 

as an institution.

Mr. Curtis Gray

Senior VP, Human Resources, 

BAE SYSTEMS

GEN William G.T. 

Tuttle, Jr., USA (Ret.) 

Chairperson

Mr. Michael Joyce 

Senior VP of Operations 

and Program Management, 

Lockheed Martin

Mr. Norman B. 

Kamikow

President and Editor in Chief, 

MediaTec Publishing, Inc.

Mr. Christopher 

Raymond

VP for Business Development 

and Strategy, Boeing Defense, 

Space and Security

Gen. Ronald W. Yates,

USAF (Ret.)

Consultant

BGen Michael Brogan, 

USMC (Ret.)

Senior Vice President,

ManTech International Corporation

Dr. Allison Rossett 

Professor Emerita, San Diego 

State University 

Maj Gen Erv Lessel, 

USAF (Ret.)

Director,

Deloitte Consulting

VADM Walter B. 

Massenburg, USN 

(Ret.)

Senior Director, Mission 

Assurance Business Execution

Raytheon Integrated Defense 

Systems
p. 18

The DAU West Region is the primary acquisition 

learning location for 30,013 Defense Acquisition 

Workforce professionals in the Pacific Rim. The 

headquarters of DAU West Region is strategically 

located in San Diego to support a large contingent 

of the Defense Acquisition Workforce. From an 

ideal location on the Pacific Rim, San Diego is 

the anchor for a region poised for success in an 

era of growing needs for acquisition learning. 

The region also has satellite locations in Hill Air 

Force Base, UT; Los Angeles, CA; Port Hueneme, 

CA; and Pearl Harbor, HI.

The region’s primary customers are Air Force 

Space and Missile Center; Space and Naval 

Warfare Center; Nuclear Warfare Center; AF 

Air Logistics Center (Hill AFB); Navy Facilities 

Engineering Command; AF Space Command and 

various other acquisition-centric organizations.

DAU has numerous partnerships with colleges 

and organizations in the DAU West Region. A list 

of all DAU partnerships can be found at 

www.dau.mil/aboutDAU/Lists/StrategicPartnership/itemdv.aspx.

LOCATIONS

DAU West Region

San Diego, CA

33000 Nixie Way, Bldg. 50,

Suite 345

San Diego, CA 92147-5117

619-524-4814, DSN 524

Fax: 619-524-4794

Training Centers:

Hill Air Force Base, UT

6022 Fir Avenue, Bldg. 1238

Hill AFB, UT 84056

801-775-3518

Los Angeles, CA

222 N. Sepulveda Boulevard

Suite 1220

El Segundo, CA 90245-5659

310-606-5914

Port Hueneme, CA

3502 Goodspeed Street

Bldg. 1444, Suite 5

Port Hueneme, CA 93043-4425

805-982-2151, DSN 551

Fax: 805-982-4843

Pearl Harbor, HI

Ford Island 

Bldg. 39, Room 106

239 Lexington Boulevard

Pearl Harbor, HI 96860

808-472-1937

DAU West Region

www.dau.mil/Locations/default.aspx

Section 1
p. 19

San Diego, California 

HAVE QUESTIONS? CONTACT dauwest@dau.mil
p. 20

The DAU Midwest Region campus is located in 

Kettering, OH, just south of Wright-Patterson 

Air Force Base near the city of Dayton. There 

are three satellite campuses within the region, 

located in Columbus, OH; Rock Island, IL; and 

Sterling Heights, MI. The region supports the 

training needs of 21,307 workforce members.

The DAU Midwest Region faculty and staff 

members focus on teaching, research, and mission 

assistance (targeted training, consulting, and 

partnering with agencies). Their agenda includes 

working with organizations within the region and 

staying current on major issues and needs of the 

Defense Acquisition Workforce. 

Highly knowledgeable and experienced faculty 

members teach resident Defense Acquisition 

Workforce Improvement Act certification classes 

in various functional disciplines at the Kettering 

and satellite campuses; as needed at DAU regional 

campuses nationwide; and at customer sites 

across the United States and worldwide when 

required. The region’s faculty support distance 

learning courses taught over the Internet.

Responsible for mission assistance (consulting 

and other noncertification training) for the 

Defense Acquisition Workforce within the entire 

U.S. Midwest area, the DAU Midwest Region 

serves multiple Department of Defense and 

other federal organizations. DAU has numerous 

partnerships with colleges and organizations 

in the DAU Midwest Region. A list of all DAU 

partnerships can be found at www.dau.mil/aboutDAU/Lists/

StrategicPartnership/itemdv.aspx.

LOCATIONS

DAU Midwest Region

Kettering, OH

3100 Research Boulevard 

Pod 3, 3rd Floor

Kettering, OH 45420

937-781-1025

Fax: 937-781-1026

Training Centers:

Columbus, OH

Bldg. 11, Section 6

3990 E. Broad Street

Columbus, OH 43216

614-692-1559, DSN 850

Fax: 614-692-1552

Sterling Heights, MI 

38219 Mound Road, 2nd Floor

Sterling Heights, MI 48310

586-276-2167

Fax: 586-276-0069

Rock Island, IL

Bldg. 56, 2nd Floor, Room 222

1 Rock Island Arsenal

Rock Island, IL 61299-7640

309-782-0454, DSN 793

Fax: 309-782-0518

DAU Midwest Region

www.dau.mil/Locations/default.aspx

Section 1
p. 21

Kettering, Ohio

HAVE QUESTIONS? CONTACT daumidwest@dau.mil
p. 22

With its headquarters in Huntsville, AL, DAU 

South Region supports the goals and objectives 

of 35,114 Defense Acquisition Workforce 

members by providing products and services 

to the acquisition community. The faculty and 

staff members of the DAU South Region provide 

teaching, research, and mission assistance 

(targeted training, consulting, and partnering 

with agencies). They focus on working with their 

customers and staying current on major issues 

and needs of the acquisition workforce throughout 

the region. 

The South region main campus is a 

68,000-square-foot state-of-the-art teaching 

facility opened in Huntsville in 2010. DAU South 

can accommodate a diversity of student needs, 

providing classrooms furnished to enhance the 

overall learning experience and with extensive 

e-Learning capabilities. The building also offers a 

fitness center, convenient parking, and convenient 

access to nearby shopping, a wide variety of dining 

facilities, and hotel accommodations. 

In addition to the Huntsville campus, satellite 

facilities at Eglin Air Force Base, FL, and Warner 

Robins, GA, provide teaching and mission-support 

activities to the region’s acquisition community.

DAU has numerous partnerships with colleges 

and organizations in the DAU South Region. A list 

of all DAU partnerships can be found at 

www.dau.mil/aboutDAU/Lists/StrategicPartnership/itemdv.aspx.

LOCATIONS

DAU South Region

Huntsville, AL

7115 Old Madison Pike 

Huntsville, AL 35806

256-922-8020

Fax: 256-922-1077

Training Centers:

Eglin AFB, FL

Defense Acquisition University

96 FSS/FSDE (Bldg. 871)

108 N. McCarthy Avenue

Eglin AFB, FL 32542

Comm: 850-882-8785

Fax: 850-882-6384

Warner Robins, GA

80 Cohen Walker Drive

Warner Robins, GA 31088

Comm: 478-218-3224

Fax: 478-988-6829

DAU South Region

www.dau.mil/Locations/default.aspx

Section 1
p. 23

Huntsville, Alabama

HAVE QUESTIONS? CONTACT dausouth@dau.mil
p. 24

DAU Mid-Atlantic Region is strategically located 

in the town of California, MD, just 7 minutes 

from Patuxent River Naval Air Station. The 

California, MD, site offers a state-of-the-art 

training facility, located amidst a large and 

growing Defense Acquisition Workforce. The 

Mid-Atlantic Region also has three additional 

training site locations: Chester, VA; Norfolk, VA; 

and Kaiserslautern, Germany. 

The Mid-Atlantic Region’s faculty and staff serve 

a Defense Acquisition Workforce of approximately 

23,000 members. 

The region’s largest customers are Naval Air 

Systems Command, the Defense Commissary 

Agency, Langley Air Force Base, U.S. Army 

Training and Doctrine Command, Space and 

Naval Warfare Systems Command, U.S. Army 

Europe, U.S. Air Forces in Europe, and the Naval 

Surface Warfare Center Dahlgren. 

DAU has numerous partnerships with colleges and 

organizations in the DAU Mid-Atlantic Region. A 

list of all DAU partnerships can be found at www.dau.

mil/aboutDAU/Lists/StrategicPartnership/itemdv.aspx.

LOCATIONS

DAU Mid-Atlantic Region

California, MD

23330 Cottonwood Parkway

Suite 200

California, MD 20619

240-895-7344

Fax: 240-895-7333

Chester, VA

3600 Festival Park Plaza

Chester, VA 23831

804-425-2946

Fax: 804-425-2947

Norfolk, VA

1968 Gilbert Street, Suite 660

Norfolk, VA 23511

757-443-2350, DSN 564

Fax: 757-443-2343 

Kaiserslautern, Germany

Defense Acquisition University

Unit 3115

APO AE 09021-3115

240-895-7344

Fax: 240-895-7333

DAU Mid-Atlantic Region

www.dau.mil/Locations/default.aspx

Section 1
p. 25

California, Maryland

HAVE QUESTIONS? CONTACT daumidatlantic@dau.mil
p. 26

The DAU Capital and Northeast Region provides 

acquisition training and mission assistance 

services to customers both internationally and 

regionally. The region serves the needs of 37,846 

Defense Acquisition Workforce members.

The regional area covers the states of Maine, 

Vermont, New Hampshire, Connecticut, 

Massachusetts, Rhode Island, New York, 

Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Delaware, most of 

Maryland (excluding the Patuxent River Naval 

Air Station), and in Virginia from the Richmond 

area north, including the national capital area and 

the District of Columbia. Due to its location in the 

national capital area, the region has a multitude 

of key customers, including the Army, Navy, Air 

Force, Marines, and defense agencies, along with 

numerous federal agencies.

The DAU Capital and Northeast Region's main 

campus is at Fort Belvoir, VA. The post provides 

a full array of services such as a commissary, 

post exchange, library, fitness facility, and 

other services. Student parking is conveniently 

located nearby. The area surrounding the post 

offers a wide variety of dining establishments 

and hotel accommodations.

DAU has numerous partnerships with colleges 

and organizations in the DAU Capital and 

Northeast Region. A list of all DAU partnerships 

can be found at www.dau.mil/aboutDAU/Lists/

StrategicPartnership/itemdv.aspx.

PRIMARY LOCATIONS

DAU Capital and Northeast Region

Fort Belvoir, VA

9820 Belvoir Road

Fort Belvoir, VA 22060-5565

703-805-2764, DSN 655

Fax: 703-805-2877

Aberdeen Proving Ground

6175 Guardian Gateway, Suite S

Aberdeen Proving Ground, MD 21005

Director’s Office: 410-272-9470

Coordinator’s Office: 410-272-9471

Fax: 410-272-9479

Hanscom Education and 

Training Center

29 Chennault Street, Bldg. 1728

Hanscom AFB, MA 01731

781-377-3583

Fax: 781-377-8577

Defense Supply Center—Philadelphia

700 Robbins Avenue, Bldg. 5

Philadelphia, PA 19111-5092

215-737-0409

DAU Capital and Northeast Region

www.dau.mil/Locations/default.aspx 

Section 1
p. 27

Fort Belvoir, Virginia

HAVE QUESTIONS? CONTACT daucne@dau.mil
p. 28

Colocated with DAU Headquarters at Fort Belvoir, 

VA, the Defense Systems Management College 

(DSMC) is chartered to provide executive-level, 

international acquisition management and 

requirements management training, consulting, 

and research. DAU’s Leadership Learning Center 

of Excellence is an integral part of DSMC.

A core faculty of former DoD and industry 

program managers and other senior acquisition 

practitioners manages a dynamic curriculum 

and mentors course participants both during 

and after their DSMC residency. Executive-level 

courses are tailored to the responsibilities and 

needs of senior leaders in the DoD and other 

organizations. Requirements management 

courses meet the congressionally mandated 

certification training for operational leaders who 

identify and establish warfighting capability 

needs for DoD. International offerings include 

courses and seminars that promote excellence 

in structuring, negotiating, and executing 

international programs. The Leadership 

Learning Center of Excellence provides a 

portfolio of leadership courses for Defense 

Acquisition Workforce leaders and manages 

DAU’s Executive Coaching program.

LOCATION

DSMC Fort Belvoir, VA

9820 Belvoir Road

Fort Belvoir, VA 22060-5565

703-805-2436, DSN 655

Fax: 703-805-3201

Defense Systems Management College 

www.dau.mil/Locations/default.aspx

Section 1
p. 29

Fort Belvoir, Virginia

HAVE QUESTIONS? CONTACT dsmcspm@dau.mil
p. 30

The College of Contract Management (CCM) is 

colocated with Defense Contract Management 

Agency (DCMA) headquarters at Fort Lee, VA. 

The CCM is chartered to ensure well-trained 

faculty, well-designed curricula, and a costeffective methodology to provide the training 

necessary to enhance the skills of the workforce 

within DCMA.

Courses and online learning assets will be fielded 

throughout Fiscal Years 2014 and 2015. Curricula 

will focus on contract management functional 

areas such as:

» Contract Management

» Pricing and Cost Monitoring

» Quality Assurance

» Industrial Manufacturing

» Supply Chain Predictability

» Software Engineering

» Earned Value Management

» Systems Engineering

» Aircraft Operations (safe handling of aircraft 

while in contractor facilities)

» Property

» Contingency Contracting (contracting, quality, 

property)

» Contract Safety

» Transportation

» Packaging

» Plant Clearance

» Contract Terminations

The CCM will support DCMA’s provision of 

customer-focused Contract Administration 

Services that avail acquisition insight and 

engagement to enable the Defense Acquisition 

Workforce to produce the right product or service 

(quality) at the right time (delivery) and the 

right price (value). To this end, CCM’s curricula 

will focus on providing both formal training on 

contract management competencies needed for 

DCMA functional personnel to carry out their 

jobs and informal learning assets providing 

on-demand performance support. 

CCM training will be in addition to and in 

alignment with other training under the 

Defense Acquisition Workforce Improvement 

Act (DAWIA) that DCMA functional personnel 

will continue to receive. Portions of the CCM 

curricula also will be of benefit to non-DCMA 

functional personnel performing contract 

management functions. 

PRIMARY LOCATIONS

College of Contract Management

3901 A Avenue

Building 10500

Fort Lee, VA 23801-1809

804-734-0699, DSN 687

Fax: 804-734-0687

College of Contract Management

www.dau.mil/Locations/default.aspx 

Section 1
p. 31

Fort Lee, Virginia

HAVE QUESTIONS? CONTACT dauccm@dau.mil
p. 32

Section 2
p. 33

p. 34 Performance Learning

p. 34 Training and Continuous Learning 

 Courses

p. 34 Mission Assistance

p. 35 Knowledge Sharing 

p. 37 Other Services

Section 2: DAU's 

Learning Assets

2
p. 34

Performance Learning

Underlying the foundation of training and 

development are DAU’s basic services: training 

courses, mission assistance, continuous learning, 

and knowledge sharing. All these services, 

individually and in combination, support the 

workforce throughout a professional’s career, from 

entry level to senior leadership.

As the Defense Acquisition Workforce’s premier 

learning and development center, DAU aligns its 

certification training with the specific career field 

requirements as outlined by the various acquisition 

career field functional leaders. In addition, the 

university has taken innovative measures to ensure 

that learning and acquisition support are available 

beyond certification, creating a total learning 

environment for career-long solutions at the point 

of need. The overview that follows summarizes 

DAU’s numerous services.

Training and Continuous

Learning Courses

DAU delivers training courses in support of the 

Defense Acquisition Workforce Improvement Act 

(DAWIA) requirements, allowing a member of 

the Defense Acquisition Workforce to be certified 

at Levels I, II, or III. The Directors, Acquisition 

Career Management (DACMs) for the Services 

and DoD agencies manage attendance at these 

courses. Normally, the DACMs give priority to 

Defense Acquisition Workforce members who are 

pursuing certification in an acquisition career 

field. For updates to these course descriptions 

during the training year, consult the online 

version of the catalog at http://icatalog.dau.mil/.

DAU also delivers online learning assets designed 

to help members of the Defense Acquisition 

Workforce continue to learn about vital 

acquisition topics for personal awareness. The 

DAU Continuous Learning Center (CLC) provides 

those continuous learning modules. Easy-touse online modules sponsored by Harvard 

ManageMentor 10 provide information on topics 

fundamental to managerial success. These 

topics range from running an effective meeting 

or managing a project to negotiating skills. 

Information on these opportunities is available at 

www.dau.mil/clc. DAU continually develops and adds 

new offerings to the CLC site. To see what’s new, 

check the CLC Web site frequently.

Mission Assistance

Today’s acquisition environment is complex 

and presents many challenges in business, 

technical, and management areas. Shrinking 

DoD budgets are creating extraordinary 

pressures on acquisition organizations and 

their teams. DAU Mission Assistance provides 

direct support, often in the workplace, to 

acquisition organizations and teams in meeting 

these challenges. The collective acquisition 

experience and knowledge of our faculty across 

DoD acquisition disciplines is available to 

help with your programs. This assistance is 

offered through consulting services, workshops, 

customized team-training events, and leadership 

development programs. We also offer rapid 

deployment training to provide immediate 

training resources on new acquisition policies. 

Consulting Services are offered by our seasoned 

faculty and staff in many areas, such as strategic 

planning, acquisition strategy, milestone 

preparation, collaborative problem solving, and 

organizational assessments.

Service Acquisition Workshops are just-intime events to facilitate specific requirements. 

Using a seven-step process, DAU faculty teach 

acquisition teams, through hands-on training, 

how to develop and execute performance-based 

service requirements in their specific domains.

Program Workshops help program office 

teams navigate through critical stages of the 

program’s life cycle. New Program Start-up 

Workshops address the importance of quickly 

establishing effective working relationships 

and task priorities between government and 

industry program offices following contract 

award. Milestone Transition Workshops help 

acquisition teams smoothly transition from 

one acquisition life-cycle phase to the next one 

via a well-executed milestone preparation and 

review process. Program Shutdown Workshops 

ensure that government and industry collaborate 

to smoothly and efficiently end an acquisition 

program selected for termination.

DAU’s Learning Assets

Section 2
p. 35

MDAP/MAIS Mission Assistance. Major 

Defense Acquisition Programs (MDAPs) and 

Major Automated Information Systems (MAISs) 

face many challenges throughout their life 

cycle. An experienced “thinking partner” can 

help reconcile a wide range of challenges, from 

leadership to programmatic, and has proven 

invaluable for many progam managers (PMs) and 

program management offices (PMOs). 

Collaborative Problem Solving is facilitated by 

group deliberation and decision making. Teams 

use networked computers to brainstorm, develop 

plans, examine alternatives, and address complex 

problems. Available at all DAU locations.

Targeted/Tailored Team Training is 

offered on demand. Our faculty will meet with 

leadership from an acquisition organization to 

determine specific or unique training needs. 

Courses focus on particular acquisition-related 

topics and are delivered on-site. See Appendix D 

for a list of courses. 

Leadership Development Courses include 

Leading in the Acquisition Environment, 

Integrated Acquisition for Decision Makers, and 

Forging Stakeholder Relationships. Descriptions 

are available online at icatalog.dau.mil.

Defense Acquisition Executive Overview 

Workshops provide general/flag officers and 

members of the Senior Executive Service an 

executive-level understanding of the defense 

acquisition system and supporting processes.

Executive Coaching offers one-on-one 

support for acquisition executives with an 

experienced executive coach who serves 

as a mentor and sounding board on current 

activities and future objectives.

Rapid Deployment Training provides quick 

notification and training by posting new policy 

training materials online within hours of policy 

release then sending DAU training teams to major 

acquisition field organizations. Rapid-deployment 

training has included DoD 5000-series changes, 

life-cycle support policy, including creation of 

the program support manager, and Better Buying 

Power initiatives.

For more information on DAU Mission Assistance 

offerings and points of contact, visit dau.mil/ma. 

Knowledge Sharing

Knowledge sharing—achieved by blending people, 

processes, and information technology—improves 

organizational performance through increased 

efficiency, effectiveness, and innovation. 

Leveraging advanced portal and collaboration 

technologies, DAU supports Defense Acquisition 

Workforce members' informal learning and job 

performance. Online resources and interactive 

venues facilitate the sharing of documented 

knowledge, experiences, and lessons learned 

among individuals and organizations. DAU’s 

primary components of knowledge sharing 

are the Acquisition, Technology and Logistics 

(AT&L) Knowledge Management System 

(AKMS)—composed of the Defense Acquisition 

Portal (DAP), the Acquisition Community 

Connection (ACC), the DoD Acquisition Best 

Practices Clearinghouse (BPCh), and the DoD 

Acquisition Encyclopedia (ACQuipedia)—as well 

as the David D. Acker Library and Knowledge 

Repository. Users can view short videos and get 

additional details on all elements of the AKMS at 

https://acc.dau.mil/at&lkm.

Defense Acquisition Portal (DAP)

The DAP is the central repository for acquisition 

policy and reference materials. The DAP focuses 

on “Big A” processes—describing all phases 

of the acquisition process, from requirements 

generation and budget development, through 

overall management of the acquisition process.

Utilizing the DAP, the acquisition professional 

can quickly access necessary information 

to accomplish specific tasks directly related 

to program and project support. The DAP is 

organized as a series of pages under tabbed labels, 

making it easy for the user to locate information. 

The DAP provides the Defense Acquisition 

Workforce with information on and links to:

» Better Buying Power Initiative Gateway 

» Defense Acquisition Guidebook

» Web-enabled Integrated Defense 

Acquisition, Technology, and Logistics 

Life Cycle Management Chart

» Ask A Professor (AAP) system

» Special topic and functional “Gateways”
p. 36

» Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR), Defense

Acquisition Regulations System (DFARS), and

other FAR supplements

» Acquisition processes 

» Defense acquisition policy and regulations

» Education and professional development

» Career management and DoD human capital 

initiatives

» Community areas

» Overview of industry’s role in DoD processes

» Glossaries and acronyms

» Software tools

» News, publications, and events

» Other Acquisition, Technology and Logistics

(AT&L) Web sites

» Guidebooks, handbooks, and forms

» DAU media library

» Rapid-deployment training

Users can access the DAP at https://dap.dau.mil.

Acquisition Community Connection (ACC)

The ACC is an online forum that includes 

communities of practice and collaborative 

workspaces centered on acquisition-specific 

topics. ACC is available to the Defense 

Acquisition Workforce 24/7 to collaborate, 

share, and connect with one another in an 

online environment. Community members 

are able to interact and share lessons learned 

and experiences to support job performance, 

avoid the duplication of effort, and advance the 

connection of people and ideas.

Communities play a central role in helping the 

workforce stay connected to expertise and in 

providing the tools, resources, and connections 

that help people improve performance. The 

ACC software serves as the backbone for 

performance learning tools, such as ACQuipedia 

at https://acquipedia.dau.mil, the Defense Acquisition 

Guidebook at https://dag.dau.mil, and the Program 

Managers e-Tool Kit at https://pmtoolkit.dau.mil. Users 

can access the ACC at https://acc.dau.mil.

ACQuipedia

ACQuipedia is an online encyclopedia of common 

defense acquisition topics and was developed as 

a collaborative project to create content around 

acquisition-related topics. ACQuipedia provides 

the Defense Acquisition Workforce with quick 

access to information in a succinct and digestible 

format. Article content aggregates the most 

relevant references and learning assets to focus 

users and quickly provide high-value content. 

Each topic is identified as an article, and each 

article contains a definition, a brief narrative that 

provides context, and links to the most pertinent 

policy, guidance, tools, practices, and training 

on the subject. ACQuipedia articles support the 

Web-enabled Integrated Defense Acquisition, 

Technology, and Logistics Life Cycle Management 

Chart, community of practice libraries, and 

course material, as well as the PM e-Tool Kit 

and other performance learning tools. Users can 

access ACQuipedia at https://acquipedia.dau.mil.

Program Managers e-Tool Kit

The Web version of the popular Program 

Managers Tool Kit is easy to update with the 

latest information; key text and diagrams link 

directly to cited policy, related communities 

of practice, and comprehensive ACQuipedia 

articles. Visitors to the e-Tool Kit will find a 

table of contents listing all information in the 

handbook, and clicking on a topic will send them 

directly to that page in the handbook. Table of 

contents topics are available in the left-hand 

menu, and clearly labeled navigation buttons 

allow users to view each individual page in 

the handbook. Users can access the Program 

Managers e-Tool Kit at https://pmtoolkit.dau.mil.

Peformance Learning Tools

ACQ/Product Manager

This online manager includes DAU’s Automated 

Requirements Roadmap Tool, Better Buying 

Power Gateway, the Defense Acquisition 

Guidebook (DAG) and Program Managers' 

e-Toolkit. Take the Online Tour at https://acc.dau.mil/

docs/plt/virtualtour/frontend2.html.

iTunes University

The first corporate university to appear on 

Apple’s iTunes University, DAU provides users 

with access to videos on a variety of topics for 

all Defense Acquisition Workforce career fields, 

and the university continues to add new videos. 

All content is free to the public. The videos are 

available at https://deimos.apple.com/WebObjects/Core.woa/

Browse/dau.mil or open iTunes, click on the iTunes 

Store link, select the Universities & Colleges 

link, and look for Defense Acquisition University. 

And iTunesU Media can be accessed via iTunesenabled mobile devices such as the iPhone, 

iTouch, or iPad.

DAU’s Learning Assets

Section 2
p. 37

Library and Knowledge Repository

The DAU Knowledge Repository and Acker 

Archives supports the university’s curricula and 

its defense acquisition research. Full borrowing 

privileges are available to current DAU students, 

and alumni may register for weekend borrowing 

privileges. The library participates in interlibrary 

loans through the Online Computer Library 

Center. The David D. Acker Library Web site, 

www.dau.mil/pubscats/Pages/Acker%20Library.aspx, offers 

extensive online research capabilities for DAU 

students, including an online library catalog, 

which provides easy searches by author, title, 

subject terms, keywords, date, and format. If a 

publication is available on the Web, the online 

catalog will provide a link. The library also has 

an extensive collection of books, periodicals, and 

other research materials available to patrons. Other Services

Strategic Partnerships

DAU has established strategic partnerships with 

universities and colleges so Defense Acquisition 

Workforce members can apply DAU coursework 

toward college and university degrees and 

certificates. While each partnership is unique 

in what it offers, the objective of the partnership 

program is to provide workforce members 

with opportunities to maximize academic 

accomplishments by receiving credit for DAU 

courses toward a graduate, undergraduate, or 

certificate program offered by a strategic partner.

For help in finding a program that suits 

individual needs, prospective students can visit 

the DAU Strategic Partnership page at the DAU 

Web site (www.dau.mil/aboutDAU/Lists/StrategicPartnership/

itemdv.aspx). Various colleges and universities with 

which DAU has current partnership agreements 

are listed on that page. To view specific 

information on the various partnership benefits 

offered by each school, simply click the school’s 

name to be linked to a corresponding landing 

page. Landing pages will provide additional 

information on degree and certificate programs, 

including a point of contact at the school and 

application directions. 

The Strategic Partnership page also contains 

a link to the Excelerate program. This is a 

unique partnership with schools that offer 
p. 38

Defense Acquisition Workforce credit toward 

bachelor's and master’s degrees and certificates 

of achievement for Level II and Level III 

Defense Acquisition Workforce Improvement 

Act (DAWIA) certification. For a current list of 

partners participating in the Excelerate program, 

go to www.dau.mil/AboutDAU/pages/excelerate.aspx. 

Equivalency Program

DAU has partnered with other education and 

training providers that offer courses, programs 

of instruction, or assessment processes that are 

substantially similar to the learning outcomes 

addressed in specific DAU courses. Equivalency 

courses can be used in lieu of a DAU course when 

seeking certification in an acquisition career field.

For current and potential providers of equivalency 

courses, go to www.dau.mil/studentinfo/learning/appg.aspx. 

Senior Service College Fellowship

The Senior Service College Fellowship (SSCF) 

program at DAU conducts offerings in Huntsville, 

AL; Warren, MI; and Aberdeen Proving Ground, 

MD. This 10-month, in-resident leadership 

education program is a partnership between the 

Army and DAU designed to provide senior-level 

civilians equivalent training to their military 

counterparts in preparation for senior-level 

leadership responsibilities.

Target Attendees: Civilians at the GS-14 or -15 

level (or equivalent pay band) in all acquisition 

career fields who are members of the Army 

Acquisition Corps and seek to develop and apply 

leadership skills and competencies. 

Prerequisite(s): Level III certification in primary 

acquisition career field; commander’s letter of 

endorsement. Participants in this program are 

selected by a central selection board convened 

annually by the Army Acquisition Corps in 

Washington, DC. 

Upon completion of the program, participants will 

receive credit for SSCF attendance and credit for 

the Program Manager’s Course (PMT 401). This 

program also offers the opportunity to secure a 

master’s degree in leadership. 

The program contains the following core areas: 

leadership, mentoring, and research. The 

program offers nationally recognized speakers, 

university courses, the national security module, 

PMT 401, tours, and a number of DAU classes 

related to leadership. The SSCF program 

assistance is funded by each fellow’s sending 

command. The program is intense and provides 

time to think and reflect without the distractions 

of the typical government workplace.

Center for Defense Acquisition Research

The DAU Center for Defense Acquisition 

Research supports the Defense Acquisition, 

Technology and Logistics (AT&L) community by 

focusing research on the acquisition of defenserelated materiel and services. The Center helps 

bring analytical research and insight to bear on 

critical issues that affect policies, processes, and 

the workforce. These issues have been identified 

by the leaders of the entire AT&L community, 

across government, industry, and academia. The 

Center coordinates investigations performed by 

a wide range of researchers: DAU faculty, staff, 

and students; Federally Funded Research and 

Development Centers (FFRDCs); think tanks; 

academia; and members of the wider acquisition 

community, in both government and industry, 

whether in the United States or abroad.

Learn more about research products and 

participate in the creation of new knowledge at 

https://acc.dau.mil/research or contact research@dau.mil.

DAU’s Learning Assets

Section 2
p. 39

Periodicals

In an effort to maximize resources, the Defense 

AT&L magazine and the Defense Acquisition 

Research Journal (ARJ) are now available to 

individual subscribers online only.

For the latest issue of Defense AT&L or to obtain a 

free subscription to Defense AT&L magazine and/

or the Defense Acquisition Research Journal, go 

to www.dau.mil/pubscats/Pages/DefenseAtl.aspx. For the latest 

issue of Defense ARJ, go to http://www.dau.mil/publications/

DefenseARJ/default.aspx .

To be alerted by e-mail when the new issue of 

either publication is available, sign up for the DAU 

LISTSERV by sending an e-mail to datlonline@dau.mil

and/or darjonline@dau.mil with “Add to LISTSERVE” 

in the subject line. 

Publications

The DAU Press offers a wide range of publications 

to the Defense Acquisition Workforce. Current 

publications can be viewed at http://www.dau.mil/

Publications/default.aspx. 

DAU students and government employees can 

obtain a free single copy of most publications from 

the DAU Publications Distribution Center in Bldg. 

231, Room 9, at Fort Belvoir. Printed copies of the 

Defense AT&L and Defense ARJ are available on a 

limited basis while supplies last.

To receive a free copy by mail, send a request to 

DAU, ATTN: Publications, 9820 Belvoir Road, 

Suite 3, Fort Belvoir, VA 22060-5565; call 703-

805-4923; or fax requests to 703-805-3726. Those 

who do not qualify for a free single copy from 

the DAU Press or who need multiple copies may 

buy copies directly from the DAU Publications 

Distribution Center by using an Inter-Agency/

Military Interdepartmental Purchase Request or 

by writing a check payable to the U.S. Treasury.
p. 40

Section 3
p. 41

p. 42 Workforce Management— 

Functional Leaders 

p. 44 Acquisition and Program 

Management Functional 

Community 

p. 44 International Acquisition 

Functional Community

p. 50 Auditing Functional Community

p. 54 Business Functional Communities

p. 62 Contracting, Purchasing, and 

Industrial/Contract Property 

Management Functional

Communities 

p. 74 Engineering and Technical 

Management Functional 

Communities 

p. 88 Facilities Engineering Functional

Community 

p. 92 Information Technology Functional 

Community 

p. 96 Life Cycle Logistics Functional 

Community 

p. 104 Science and Technology Functional 

Community 

p. 108 Test and Evaluation Functional 

Community

p. 114 Defense Contract Management 

Community 

The certification standards published 

in this Catalog are in effect as of Oct. 1, 

2013. Updates are posted in the DAU 

iCatalog at www.icatalog.dau.mil as they 

occur. Check the iCatalog for current 

information on certification standards 

and courses. 

Section 3: The Defense 

Acquisition Workforce 

Communities and Programs

3
p. 42

Section 3

Functional Leaders

The functional leaders are senior leaders who 

specialize in a functional area of acquisition, 

technology, and logistics. Requirements for career 

fields may change as a result of new technologies, 

mission requirements, or Service member needs, 

and it is the job of the functional leaders to ensure 

that their respective career fields maintain 

relevance. Functional leaders are involved in 

chairing integrated product teams to address 

career development issues and identify training, 

education, and experience requirements. 

The results from the integrated product teams 

help provide course relevance and direction of 

course content to curricula developers and course 

authors, as well as a rigorous, ongoing quality 

assessment of DAU course offerings.

An overview of each functional leader’s area of 

responsibility and the certification and core plus 

table for the functional area are provided on the 

following pages. 

The Defense Acquisition Workforce Communities 

and Programs
p. 43
p. 44

Section 3

Ms. Darlene J. 

Costello

Principal Director, Strategic 

and Tactical Systems 

Director, Acquisition and 

Program Management

Mr. Keith 

Webster

Director, International 

Cooperation, OUSD(AT&L)

Acquisition professionals in the Program 

Management career field are concerned with 

all of the functions of a program management 

office (PMO) or a program executive office (PEO). 

Program management professionals serve in a 

wide range of PMO and PEO positions, including 

program integrators and analysts, program 

managers, program executive officers, and their 

deputies. They may also serve in a number of 

support and management positions throughout 

the workforce. The fundamental responsibilities 

of the program manager are to balance the 

many factors that influence cost, schedule, and 

performance; to interpret and tailor application 

of the DoD 5000 Series regulations; and to ensure 

that high-quality, affordable, supportable, and 

effective defense systems are delivered to the 

warfighter as quickly as possible.

International Acquisition 

Functional Community

International Acquisition is a career path 

created by the Under Secretary of Defense 

for Acquisition, Technology and Logistics. 

International Acquisition establishes a formal 

career path within the overall Program 

Management career field. Formalizing the career 

path systematically with the personnel systems 

enables two important actions. First, specific 

program management manpower billets can be 

subcoded as international acquisition positions 

requiring individuals possessing both core and 

international acquisition qualifications to fill 

the respective positions. Second, the existing 

personnel management infrastructure will record 

each Defense Acquisition Workforce member’s 

achievement toward this special qualification. 

This information ultimately will provide visibility 

to members of senior management, enabling them 

to identify and select internationally qualified 

persons to lead international programs. Nearly 

600 Level II and III program management 

positions have been subcoded international 

acquisition. 

Acquisition and Program Management 

Functional Community
p. 45

Program Management Level I

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

» Weapon Systems

• Participates in an Integrated Product Team (IPT) delivering a weapon system, 

Command and Control (C2)/network-centric system, or space system

• Performs financial and status reporting and basic logistics activities

• Supports pre-award contract activities and workload planning and scheduling

» Services Assists in acquisition planning, assessing risk (technical, cost, and schedule), and contract tracking and performance evaluation

» Business Management Systems/IT Participates in a business process IPT, fundamentals of enterprise integration, and 

outcome-based performance measures

» International Acquisition Participates in a variety of international-related programs/tasks, either cooperative or 

security assistance in nature

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

» Acquisition Training ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management

» Functional Training

• SYS 101 Fundamentals of Systems Planning, Research, Development, and Engineering

• CLB 007 Cost Analysis

• CLV 016 Introduction to Earned Value Management

» Education Formal education not required for certification

» Experience 1 year of acquisition experience

Core Plus Development Guide2 

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Weapon 

Systems Services Business Mgmt/IT

International 

Acq

CLC 011 Contracting for the Rest of Us + + +

CLE 025 Information Assurance (IA) for Acquisition Professionals + + + +

CLI 001 International Armaments Cooperation (IAC), Part 1 +

CLI 002 International Armaments Cooperation (IAC), Part 2 +

CLI 003 International Armaments Cooperation (IAC), Part 3 +

CLL 008 Designing for Supportability in DoD Systems + +

CLL 011 Performance-Based Life Cycle Product Support (PBL) + +

CLM 017 Risk Management + + +

IRM 101 Basic Information Systems Acquisition + + +

LOG 101 Acquisition Logistics Fundamentals + +

PQM 101 Production, Quality, and Manufacturing Fundamentals + +

SAM 101 Basic Software Acquisition Management + +

TST 102 Fundamentals of Test and Evaluation +

Education: Baccalaureate degree, preferably with a major in engineering, systems management, or business administration

Experience: 1 year of acquisition experience (in addition to core certification experience)

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

• Some continuous learning (CL) modules have been created by extracting lessons in their entirety from a training course. If this is the case for the CL module(s) identified in the above core certification standards, the course the CL module was extracted from is identified in the “Notes” section 

of the CL course description, and the course can be substituted to meet the certification standard. 
p. 46

Section 3

Program Management Level II 

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

» Weapon Systems

• Structures and guides systems engineering activities

• Establishes a risk/opportunity program; structures and conducts technical reviews

• Works with contracting personnel

• Maintains configuration control

• Leads IPTs in support of developing and delivering a weapon system, 

C2/network-centric system, or space system

» Services

• Structures incentives tied to desired outcomes for service contracts, prepares

plans for mitigating risks, provides contract tracking and oversight

• Performs most acquisition planning tasks as established in Attachment 1 to 

AT&L Services Memo of Oct. 2, 2006

» Business Management Systems/IT

Leads IPTs, identifies and manages enterprise-level business systems and issues, and 

applies performance measures within the acquisition community and program office 

context that directly impact systems under development

» International Acquisition

Participates in successful cooperative development, production partnership, or system 

modification/transfer during pre-system acquisition or system acquisition with allied 

and friendly nations, either cooperative or security assistance in nature

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

» Acquisition Training • ACQ 201A Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A

• ACQ 201B Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B (R)

» Functional Training

• PMT 251 Program Management Tools Course, Part I

• PMT 257 Program Management Tools Course, Part II

• CON 121 Contract Planning 

• CON 124 Contact Execution

• CON 127 Contact Management

 and either of the following completed on or after Nov. 15, 2005:

—SAM 101 Basic Software Acquisition Management or

—IRM 101 Basic Information Systems Acquisition

» Education Formal education not required for certification

» Experience 2 years of acquisition experience; at least 1 year of this experience must be in program 

management

Unique Position Training Standards2

» International Acquisition 2

 

• PMT 202 Multinational Program Management (R) 

• PMT 203 International Security and Technology Transfer/Control (R) 

Core Plus Development Guide3

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Weapon 

Systems Services Business Mgmt/IT

International 

Acq

BCF 215 Operating and Support Cost Analysis (R) + + +

CLE 004 Introduction to Lean Enterprise Concepts + + +

CLE 006 Enterprise Integration Overview +

CLE 022 Program Manager Introduction to Anti-Tamper +

CLI 004 Information Exchange Program (IEP), DoD Generic +

CLL 002 Defense Logistics Agency Support to the PM + +

CLL 006 Depot Maintenance Partnering + +

CLM 025 Commercial-Off-The-Shelf (COTS) Acquisition for 

Program Managers + + +

CLM 031 Improved Statement of Work + +

LOG 102 Fundamentals of Systems Sustainment Management + +

PQM 101 Production, Quality, and Manufacturing Fundamentals + +

Education: Master’s degree, preferably with a major in engineering, systems management, business administration, or a related field

Experience: 2 additional years acquisition experience, preferably in a systems program office or similar organization

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 Workforce members assigned to the positions listed in the Unique Position Training Standards section MUST meet these training standard(s) within 24 months of assignment. 

3

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
p. 47
p. 48

Section 3

Program Management Level III

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

» Weapon Systems

• Leads and provides oversight of IPTs delivering a weapon system, C2/network-centric 

system, or space system

• Leads tasks supporting pre-award contracts, financial management, risk management, 

systems engineering, total ownership cost determination, contract coordination, and 

communications

» Services

• Organizes and leads DoD professional, administrative, and management support 

service contracting relating to developing clearly stated and actionable requirements 

packages

• Coordinates with local procurement contracting officers, and ensures opportunities 

for socioeconomic business concerns

• Performs all acquisition strategy requirements actions noted in Attachment 1 to AT&L 

Services Memo of Oct. 2, 2006

» Business Management Systems/IT

Oversees transformation integration, planning and performance, and investment management applicable to the acquisition community, program office(s), and system(s) under 

development

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

» Acquisition Training None required

» Functional Training

• BCF 103 Fundamentals of Business Financial Management

• EVM 101 Fundamentals of Earned Value Management 

• LOG 103 Reliability, Availability, and Maintainability (RAM)

• PMT 352A Program Management Office Course, Part A

• PMT 352B Program Management Office Course, Part B (R)

• SYS 202 Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, Development, and Engineering, 

Part I

» Education Formal education not required for certification

» Experience

4 years acquisition experience with at least:

—2 years in a program office/similar organization (dedicated matrix support to a PM, PEO, 

DCMA program integrator, or supervisor of shipbuilding)

—1 year in a program management position with cost, schedule, and performance 

responsibilities

Unique Position Training Standards

» International Acquisition2 

• PMT 202 Multinational Program Management (R)

• PMT 203 International Security and Technology Transfer/Control (R)

• PMT 304 Advanced International Management Workshop (R)

» PEOs; PM/DPM of MDAP/MAIS; PM/DPM of significant nonmajor programs3

• PMT 401 Program Manager’s Course (R) 

• PMT 402 Executive Program Manager’s Course (R) 

Core Plus Development Guide4 

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Weapon Systems Services Business 

Mgmt/IT

ACQ 265 Missioned-Focused Service Acquisition (R) + +

ACQ 370 Acquisition Law (R) + + +

ACQ 452 Forging Stakeholder Relationships (R) + + +

BCF 207 Economic Analysis (R) + + +

BCF 209 Acquisition Reporting for MDAPs and MAIS (R) + +

CLE 008 Six Sigma: Concepts and Processes + + +

CLE 301 Reliability and Maintainability + +

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

Workforce members assigned to these positions MUST meet these training standard(s) within 24 months of assignment. 

3

 Workforce members assigned to these positions MUST meet these training standard(s) within 6 months of assignment. 

4

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
p. 49

Core Plus Development Guide4 

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Weapon Systems Services Business 

Mgmt/IT

CLL 022 Title 10 Depost Maintenance Statute Overview + + +

CLL 201 Diminishing Manufacturing Sources and Material 

Shortages (DMSMS) Fundamentals + + +

LOG 200 Intermediate Acquisition Logistics, Part A + +

LOG 201 Intermediate Acquisition Logistics, Part B (R) + +

LOG 204 Configuration Management + +

LOG 235 Performance-Based Logistics + +

PMT 403 Program Manager’s Skills (R) + + +

PQM 201A Intermediate Production, Quality, and Manufacturing, 

Part A

+

SAM 301 Advanced Software Acquisition Management (R) + + +

SYS 203 Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, Development, 

and Engineering, Part II (R) +

TST 203 Intermediate Test and Evaluation (R) +

Education: At least 24 semester hours from among accounting, business finance, law, contracts, purchasing, economics, industrial management, marketing, quantitative 

methods, and organization and management (DANTES equivalency may be substituted)

Experience: 2 additional years acquisition experience, preferably in a systems program office or similar organization (in addition to core certification experience)

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

Workforce members assigned to these positions MUST meet these training standard(s) within 24 months of assignment. 

3

 Workforce members assigned to these positions MUST meet these training standard(s) within 6 months of assignment. 

4

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
p. 50

Section 3

Persons in this career field perform contract 

auditing, accounting, and financial advisory 

services to DoD and other government agencies 

in negotiation, administration, and settlement 

of contracts and subcontracts. Duties include 

evaluating information about contractor 

economic assertions, comparing those assertions 

to established criteria, and reporting the results to 

interested third parties. 

Some reasons for audits include proposal 

submissions, incurred cost, compliance with the 

Truth in Negotiations Act, compliance with cost 

accounting standards, contract terminations, 

claims for abnormal conditions, contractor 

financial condition, and contractor systems and 

operations.

Mr. Patrick 

Fitzgerald

Director, Defense Contract 

Audit Agency

Auditing Functional Community
p. 51

Auditing Level I

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

» Auditor

Audits financial records, reports, management controls, policies, and practices affecting 

or reflecting the financial condition and operation of Department of Defense and other 

federal agency contractors

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

» Acquisition Training None required

» Functional Training • AUD 1150 Technical Indoctrination (R)

» Education

• A baccalaureate degree in accounting; or

• A baccalaureate degree in a business-related field with at least 24 semester credit 

hours in accounting; or

• 4 years of experience in accounting; or

• An equivalent combination of accounting experience, college education, and training

» Experience 1 year of contract auditing experience

Core Plus Development Guide2 

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Auditor

AUD 1113 Orientation to DCAA +

AUD 1261 Scanning Guidance +

AUD 1265 APPS Performance Support Manual +

AUD 1601 FAR 31, Allowable and Unallowable Costs +

AUD 1602 Allowable Costs with Restrictions (Non-Employee) +

AUD 1603 Allowable Costs with Restrictions (Employee) +

 AUD 9201 New Employee Ethics +

Education: None specified

Experience: None specified

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• For information on AUD courses, contact the Defense Contract Audit Institute at 901-325-6100.

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
p. 52

Section 3

Auditing Level II

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

» Auditor

Audits financial records, reports, management controls, policies, and practices affecting 

or reflecting the financial condition and operation of Department of Defense and other 

federal agency contractors

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

» Acquisition Training None required

» Functional Training

Complete one of the following:

• AUD 1231 Intermediate Contract Auditing (R)

• AUD 4121 Statistical Sampling (R)

» Education

Entry below GS-9: Same as Level I

Entry at GS-9: Same as Level I AND 

— 2 full years of graduate education leading to a master’s degree in accounting, auditing, 

or related field such as business administration or finance; or

— 1 full year of professional accounting, auditing, or related experience

» Experience 2 years of contract auditing experience of increasing complexity and responsibility

Core Plus Development Guide2 

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Auditor

AUD 1121 Briefing Contracts +

AUD 1122 Accounting System Survey +

AUD 1126 Adequacy of Proposals +

AUD 1142 Progress Payments +

AUD 1170 Financial Capability +

AUD 1221 Basic Flowcharting +

AUD 1232 Internal Control Assessment +

AUD 1249 Agreed-Upon Procedures +

AUD 1269 Working Paper Documentation +

AUD 1271 Permanent Files +

AUD 1283 Fraud Awareness +

AUD 1325 Internal Control Systems: Planning +

AUD 1541 Cost Accounting Standards (R) +

AUD 5614 Fundamentals of Auditing Information Systems (R) +

AUD 5651 Retrieving and Analyzing Electronic Data Using SAS (R) +

AUD 6115 Effective Report Writing (R) +

AUD 6220 Auditor Interview and Interpersonal Reactions (R) +

AUD 6240 Oral Presentation Workshop (R) +

Education: • Begin graduate studies leading to a master’s degree in accounting or business 

 • Professional certification—CPA, CMA, CIA, CISA

Experience: Experience in performing increasingly complex audits for normal position progression and with increasing independence

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• For information on AUD courses, contact the Defense Contract Audit Institute at 901-325-6100.

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
p. 53

Auditing Level III

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

» Auditor

Supervises those performing contract audits, or acts as the subject matter expert in technical audit areas (technical specialist), or acts as the liaison between DCAA and buying 

commands

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

» Acquisition Training None required

» Functional Training None required

» Education Same as Level II

» Experience 3 years of contract auditing experience and attainment of position beyond senior auditor

Unique Position Training Standards

» Financial Liaison Auditor2 • ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management

» Supervisory Auditor4

• AUD 8414 DDI Leadership Skills (R) 

• AUD 8564 Administration and Management of Audits for Supervisors (R) 

• AUD 4035 Quantitative Methods Refresher (R) 

• AUD 1440 GAGAS 

• AUD 8611 EEO for Supervisors 

• AUD 8655 Human Resources for Supervisors

• AUD 8565 Supervision (R) 

» Technical Specialist2

• AUD 1541 Cost Accounting Standards (R)

• AUD 2311 Defective Pricing 

• AUD 4035 Quantitative Methods Refresher (R)

• AUD 5651 Retrieving and Analyzing Electronic Data Using SAS (R)

Core Plus Development Guide3 

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Auditor

ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management +

AUD 1570 CAS—Administration and Coverage +

AUD 1571 CAS 401, 402, and 405 +

AUD 1572 CAS 403, 410, 418, and 420 +

AUD 1573 CAS 404 and 409 +

AUD 1574 CAS 414 and 417 +

AUD 1575 CAS 406—Cost Accounting Period +

AUD 1576 CAS 408 and 415 +

AUD 1577 CAS 407, Standard Costs for Direct Material and Labor +

AUD 1578 CAS 416, Accounting for Insurance Costs +

AUD 1579 CAS 411, Accounting for Acquisition of Cost of Material +

AUD 1580 CASB Disclosure Statements +

AUD 2311 Defective Pricing +

AUD 8414 DDI Leadership Skills (R) +

AUD 8564 Administration and Management of Audits for 

Supervisors (R)

+

Education: None specified

Experience: None specified

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 Workforce members assigned to the position(s) listed in the Unique Position Training Standards section MUST meet these training standard(s) within 6 months of assignment. 

3 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 4

 For Supervisory auditors, AUD 8414 is required within 6 months. All other courses must be completed within 1 year except AUD 4035, which is completed in years 2-5. 

NOTES: 

• For information on AUD courses, contact the Defense Contract Audit Institute at 901-325-6100.

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
p. 54

Section 3

These career fields encompass all aspects of 

business and financial management. They include 

cost estimating and analysis, financial planning, 

formulating financial programs and budgets, 

budget analysis and execution, and earned value 

management. As advisors to commanders, program 

executive officers, program managers, and other 

acquisition decision makers, members of these 

career fields are responsible for business–

financial management of defense acquisition 

programs in direct support of the defense 

acquisition process.

Business—Cost Estimating

This is the area of Business where engineering 

judgment and experience are utilized in the 

application of scientific principles and techniques 

to the problems of cost estimation, cost control, 

and profitability. The key objective in cost 

estimating is to arrive at a defendable estimate 

that provides leadership with realistic funding 

expectations. This functional community 

covers positions that manage, supervise, lead, or 

perform scientific work that involves designing, 

developing, and adapting mathematical, 

statistical, econometric, and other scientific 

methods and techniques. The work also involves 

analyzing management problems and providing 

advice and insight about the probable effects of 

alternative solutions to these problems.

Business—Financial Management

This is the area of Business concerned primarily 

with the total financial affairs of an organization, 

department, or program and the translation 

of actions past, present, and proposed into 

meaningful and relevant information for use 

in management. It includes the functions of 

budgeting, accounting, reporting, and the analysis 

and interpretation of the financial significance of 

past events and future plans. It sometimes also 

includes other related functions such as internal 

auditing, management analysis, and others. It 

is not primarily concerned with the technical 

procedures and methodology of those individual 

functions.

Financial management involves the art of 

interrelating data to obtain a perspective of the 

total financial situation that will assist managers 

in program planning and decision making. A 

very simple operating program may require only 

a minimum of financial management, and this, 

in some cases, can be provided by the manager. 

Complex programs need broad financial advice 

and know-how, and this can only be furnished 

following the synthesizing, analyzing, and 

interrelating of meaningful financial data with 

programming and planning information by an 

organization and officials particularly adept in 

financial matters.

Section 3

Business Functional Communities 

Business—Cost Estimating | Business—Financial Management

Dr. Nancy L. 

Spruill

Director, Acquisition 

Resources and Analysis, 

OUSD(AT&L)
p. 55

Business—Cost Estimating Level I

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

» Cost Estimator Relates the processes of life-cycle cost estimating within the context of materiel system 

acquisition in the Department of Defense

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

» Acquisition Training ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management

» Functional Training

• BCF 103 Fundamentals of Business Financial Management

• BCF 106 Fundamentals of Cost Analysis

• BCF 107 Applied Cost Analysis (R)

• EVM 101 Fundamentals of Earned Value Management

» Education

• Baccalaureate degree (any field of study)

• 3 semester credit hours from a calculus course

• 21 semester credit hours in any combination of the following fields of study: operations 

research, economics, mathematics, chemistry, physics, or other sciences in which the 

student utilized advanced mathematical skills in geometry, trigonometry, statistics, 

probability, and/or quantitative analysis 

» Experience 2 years of acquisition experience in cost estimating

Core Plus Development Guide2 (Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Cost Estimator

CLB 014 Acquisition Reporting Concepts and Policy Requirements +

CLC 005 Simplified Acquisition Procedures +

CLM 016 Cost Estimating +

CLV 016 Introduction to Earned Value Management +

CLV 017 Performance Measurement Baseline +

CLV 018 Earned Value and Financial Management Reports +

CLV 019 Estimate at Completion +

CLV 020 Baseline Maintenance +

Educati on: Baccalaureate degree in engineering, statistics, or other math-intensive field of study

Expe rience : 2 years of acquisition experience in cost estimating

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
p. 56

Section 3

Business—Cost Estimating Level II

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

» Cost Estimator Applies the cost-estimating process in the construction of a cost estimate

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

» Acquisition Training • ACQ 201A Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A

• ACQ 201B Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B (R)

» Functional Training

• BCF 204 Intermediate Cost Analysis (R)

• BCF 206 Cost/Risk Analysis (R)

• BCF 215 Operating and Support Cost Analysis (R)

• BCF 220 Acquisition Business Management Concepts

• BCF 225 Acquisition Business Management Applications (R)

• CLB 026 Forecasting Techniques

• CLB 030 Data Collection and Sources

» Education

• Baccalaureate degree (any field of study)

• 3 semester credit hours from a calculus course

• 21 semester credit hours in any combination of the following fields of study: operations 

research, economics, mathematics, chemistry, physics, or other sciences where the 

student utilizes advanced mathematical skills in geometry, trigonometry, statistics, 

probability, and/or quantitative analysis

» Experience 4 years of acquisition experience in cost estimating

Core Plus Development Guide2 (Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Cost Estimator

ACQ 265 Mission-Focused Services Acquisition (R) +

BCF 207 Economic Analysis (R) +

CLC 007 Contract Source Selection +

CLC 008 Indirect Costs +

CLC 104 Analyzing Profit or Fee +

CLL 015 Product Support Business Case Analysis (BCA) +

CLL 017 Introduction to Defense Distribution +

CLM 012 Scheduling +

CLM 014 IPT Management and Leadership +

CLM 024 Contracting Overview +

CLM 032 Evolutionary Acquisition +

EVM 262 EVMS Validation and Surveillance (R)

EVM 263 Principles of Schedule Management (R)

LOG 101 Acquisition Logistics Fundamentals +

PMT 251 Program Management Tools Course, Part I +

PMT 257 Program Management Tools Course, Part II +

SAM 101 Basic Software Acquisition Management +

Education: Baccalaureate degree in engineering, statistics, or other math-intensive field of study

Experience: 4 years of acquisition experience in cost estimating

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

Section 3
p. 57

Business—Cost Estimating Level III

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

» Cost Estimator Performs analyses and estimates for a variety of programs and takes on management 

activities to ensure cost analysis is conducted properly

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

» Acquisition Training Acquisition Training identified at Level II must have been completed

» Functional Training

Functional Training identified at Level II must have been completed

• BCF 302 Advanced Concepts in Cost Analysis (R)

• CLB 023 Software Cost Estimating

• CLB 029 Rates

» Education

• Baccalaureate degree (any field of study)

• 3 semester credit hours from a calculus course

• 21 semester credit hours in any combination of the following fields of study: operations 

research, economics, mathematics, chemistry, physics, or other sciences in which the 

student utilizes advanced mathematical skills in geometry, trigonometry, statistics, 

probability, and/or quantitative analysis

» Experience 7 years of acquisition experience in cost estimating

Core Plus Development Guide2 

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Cost Estimator

ACQ 450 Leading in the Acquisition Environment (R) +

ACQ 451 Integrated Acquisition for Decision Makers (R) +

ACQ 452 Forging Stakeholder Relationships (R) +

PMT 352A Program Management Office Course, Part A +

PMT 352B Program Management Office Course, Part B (R) +

Education: Graduate degree in engineering, statistics, or other math-intensive field of study

Experience: 7 years of acquisition experience in cost estimating

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
p. 58

Section 3

Business—Financial Management Level I

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

» Budget/Program FM Analyst 

• Applies basic concepts of budget and program principles, policies, procedures, 

concepts, standards, terminology, and a general knowledge of the financial 

management and business operation systems

• Possesses a basic knowledge of acquisition; recognizes the life-cycle process of an 

acquisition program

• Reviews, allocates, or manages acquisition resources and programs

» EVM Analyst

Relates earned value management to acquisition and financial management associated 

processes, identifies DoD and DFARS earned value contractual requirements, calculates 

simple EVM metrics from EVM data

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

» Acquisition Training ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management

» Functional Training

• BCF 103 Fundamentals of Business Financial Management

• BCF 106 Fundamentals of Cost Analysis

• EVM 101 Fundamentals of Earned Value Management

» Education Formal education not required for certification

» Experience 2 years of acquisition experience in budgeting, financial ,and/or earned value 

management

Core Plus Development Guide2 

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Budget/Program FM Analyst EVM Analyst

BCF 107 Applied Cost Analysis (R) + +

CLB 014 Acquisition Reporting Concepts and Policy Requirements + +

CLC 008 Indirect Costs +

CLC 024 Basic Math Tutorial + +

CLC 102 Administration of Other Transactions + +

CLM 016 Cost Estimating + +

CLM 021 Introduction to Reducing Total Ownership Costs (R-TOC) + +

CLM 032 Evolutionary Acquisition + +

CLV 017 Performance Measurement Baseline + +

CLV 018 Earned Value and Financial Management Reports + +

CLV 019 Estimate at Completion + +

CLV 020 Baseline Maintenance + +

Education: Associate in Applied Science (A.A.S.) degree or equivalent in business or a business-related field

Experience: 2 years of acquisition experience in budgeting, financial, and/or earned value management in support of an acquisition program

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

Section 3
p. 59

 Business—Financial Management Level II

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

» Budget/Program FM Analyst 

• Applies general knowledge of budget and program principles, policies, procedures, 

concepts, standards, terminology, and financial management and business operation 

systems

• Applies knowledge of acquisition life-cycle process and supports development and 

preparation of acquisition documents

• Prepares and/or reviews acquisition and financial management documents

• Reviews, allocates, or manages acquisition resources and programs

» EVM Analyst

• Interprets program status and predicts trends by analyzing earned value cost and 

schedule data as elements of integrated program management

• Applies EVM concepts as principal EVM member of an IBR review IPT

• Interprets ANSI EVM standard as entry-level EVMS review team evaluator

• Completes EVM requirements for acquisition solicitation packages

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

» Acquisition Training • ACQ 201A Intermediate Systems Acquisition, PartA

• ACQ 201B Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B (R)

» Functional Training

• BCF 106 Fundamentals of Cost Analysis

If not already completed (as required) at Level I, AND

• BCF 205 Contractor Business Strategies (R)

• BCF 220 Acquisition Business Management Concepts

• BCF 225 Acquisition Business Management Application (R)

• CLM 017 Risk Management

• CLM 024 Contracting Overview

• EVM 201 Intermediate Earned Value Management (R)

» Education Formal education not required for certification

» Experience 4 years of acquisition experience in budgeting, financial, and/or earned value 

management

Core Plus Development Guide2 

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Budget/Program FM Analyst EVM Analyst

BCF 204 Intermediate Cost Analysis (R) +

BCF 206 Cost/Risk Analysis (R) + +

BCF 207 Economic Analysis (R) + +

BCF 215 Operating and Support Cost Analysis (R) + +

CLC 005 Simplified Acquisition Procedures + +

CLC 007 Contract Source Selection + +

CLC 011 Contracting for the Rest of Us +

CLC 030 Essentials of Interagency Acquisition/Fair Opportunity + +

CLC 106 Contracting Officer’s Representative with a Mission Focus + +

CLG 001 DoD Government Purchase Card +

CLM 012 Scheduling + +

CLM 040 Proper Financial Accounting Treatments for Military 

Equipment +

EVM 262 EVMS Validation and Surveillance (R) +

EVM 263 Principles of Schedule Management (R) + +

Education: Baccalaureate degree in business or a business-related field

Experience: 4 years of acquisition experience in budgeting, financial, and/or earned value management in support of an acquisition program

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
p. 60

Section 3

Business—Financial Management Level III

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

» Budget/Program FM Analyst 

• Manages development and evaluation of budget and program improvement plans and 

resolves complex issues, identifies options, and negotiates with internal and external 

stakeholders for implementation

• Advises senior management on fiscal aspects of program management, ensures fiscal 

integrity, supports integration of acquisition disciplines

• Manages all aspects of the business financial management process for defense 

acquisition programs

• Reviews, allocates, or manages acquisition resources and programs

» EVM Analyst

• Plans and manages the IBR process as program manager’s principal earned value 

advisor

• Leads EVMS validation reviews as review director or principal deputy

• Analyzes and applies EVM data to determine root causes of existing cost and schedule 

problems, to forecast potential cost and schedule problems, and to forecast final 

project costs

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

» Acquisition Training Acquisition Training identifed at Level II must have been completed

» Functional Training

• Functional Training identified at Level II must have been completed

• BCF 301 Business, Cost Estimating, and Financial Management Workshop (R)

• CLM 013 Work-Breakdown Structure

• CLM 031 Improved Statement of Work

» Education Formal education not required for certification

» Experience 6 years of acquisition experience in budgeting, financial, and/or earned value 

management

Core Plus Development Guide2 

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Budget/Program FM Analyst EVM Analyst

ACQ 450 Leading in the Acquisition Environment (R) + +

ACQ 451 Integrated Acquisition for Decision Makers (R) + +

ACQ 452 Forging Stakeholder Relationships (R) + +

CLL 015 Product Support Business Case Analysis (BCA) + +

CLM 014 IPT Management and Leadership + +

CLM 200 Item-Unique Identification +

CON 121 Contract Planning +

CON 124 Contract Execution +

CON 127 Contract Management +

PMT 251 Program Management Tools Course, Part I + +

PMT 257 Program Management Tools Course, Part II + +

PMT 352A Program Management Office Course, Part A + +

PMT 352B Program Management Office Course, Part B (R) + +

Education: Graduate degree in business, related field

Experience: 6 years of acquisition experience in budgeting, financial, and/or earned value management in support of an acquisition program

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction.
p. 61
p. 62

Section 3

Contracting

Contracting specialists create effective, efficient, 

and proper business arrangements, have a 

strategic focus on acquisition, and leverage DoD 

spending to use taxpayers’ money prudently based 

upon customers’ needs. The Contracting career 

field includes the positions of contract negotiator, 

contract specialist, contract administrator, 

contract termination specialist, contract price 

and/or cost analyst, procuring contracting officer, 

administrative contracting officer, termination 

contracting officer, small business specialist, and 

procurement analyst. These individuals develop, 

manage, supervise, or perform procedures 

involving the procurement of supplies and 

services (including construction and research and 

development); acquisition planning; cost and price 

analysis; solicitation packages; competitive source 

selections; preparation, negotiation, and award of 

contracts through sealed bidding or negotiation 

procedures; all phases of contract administration; 

and termination or closeout of contracts. 

Individuals are required to have knowledge of the 

legislation, policies, regulations, and methods 

used in contracting, as well as knowledge of 

business and industry practices, sources of supply, 

cost factors, cost and price analysis techniques, 

negotiation techniques, and general requirements 

characteristics.

Industrial/Contract Property Management

The Property career field includes the industrial 

property management specialist and industrial 

property clearance specialist, which includes 

the property administrator and plant clearance 

officer. It can also include contract and industrial 

specialists, if they are assigned contract property 

management responsibilities. Individuals in 

this career field oversee and manage life cycle 

processes for government-owned property 

being utilized by contractors; provide advice 

and assistance on property-related matters 

during acquisition planning, contract formation, 

and contract management; review contractor’s 

purchasing system as it pertains to property; audit 

the contractor’s property management system; 

coordinate and process contract property disposal 

actions; perform investigations of instances of 

loss, theft, damage, or destruction of government 

property and grant relief or recommend 

liability; and develop policies and procedures for 

government property management.

Purchasing

Purchasing career field members typically are 

purchasing agents or supervisory purchasing 

agents. They purchase, rent, or lease supplies, 

services, and equipment through either simplified 

acquisition procedures or placement of orders 

against pre-established contractual instruments 

to support operational requirements. This 

function requires knowledge of legislation, 

policies, and regulations pertaining to these 

methods of acquisition, as well as knowledge 

of commercial supply sources and of common 

business practices for roles, prices, discounts, 

deliveries, stocks, and shipments.

Contracting, Purchasing, and Industrial/Contract Property 

Management Functional Communities

Mr. Richard 

Ginman

Director, Defense 

Procurement and 

Acquisition Policy
p. 63

Contracting Level I 

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

» Operational Contracting Contracting functions in support of post, camp, station, or base

» Research and Development Contracting functions in support of research and development

» Systems Acquisition Contracting functions in support of systems acquisition, including all ACAT programs

» Logistics and Sustainment Contracting functions performed by the Defense Logistics Agency or by other offices to 

sustain weapon systems

» Construction/A&E Contracting functions in support of construction and/or architect and engineering 

services

» Contingency/Combat Operations Contracting functions performed in a contingency or combat environment

» Contract Administration Office Contracting functions primarily focused on contract administration

» Contract Cost/Price Analyst Contracting functions primarily focused on advanced cost/price analysis

» Small Business Specialist Contracting functions primarily focused on advising small businesses or on strategies for 

maximizing use of small businesses

» Other Contracting functions that perform a variety of assignments or are at a headquarters, 

secretariat, or OSD

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

» Acquisition Training None Required 

» Functional Training

• CON 090 Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) Fundamentals (R)

• CON 100 Shaping Smart Business Arrangements

• CON 121 Contract Planning

• CON 124 Contract Execution

• CON 127 Contract Management

• CON 170 Fundamentals of Cost and Price Analysis (R) 

• CLC 025 Small Business Program for Contracting Officers

• CLC 033 Contract Format and Structure for DoD eBusiness Environment

• CLC 057 Performance-Based Payments and Value of Cash Flow

• CLC 058 Introduction to Contract Pricing

» Education2

• At least 24 semester hours in accounting, law, business, finance, contracts, purchasing, 

economics, industrial management, marketing, quantitative methods, or organization 

and management

• Baccalaureate degree (any field of study)

» Experience 1 year of contracting experience

Unique Position Training Standards3

» Level I Contracting personnel assigned to support an 

 MDAP/MAIS program ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management 

Core Plus Development Guide4 

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training All

See Contracting Matrix on the following page +

Education: None specified

Experience: None specified

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 See 10 U.S.C. 1724 (provides for limited exceptions).

3

 Workforce members assigned to the position(s) listed in the Unique Position Training Standards section should meet the training standard(s) identified within 1 year of assignment. 

4

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

• Some continuous learning (CL) modules have been created by extracting lessons in their entirety from a training course. If this is the case for the CL module(s) identified in the above core certification standards, the course the CL module was extracted from is identified in the “Notes” section 

of the CL course description, and the course can be substituted to meet the certification standard. 
p. 64

Section 3

Core Plus Development Guide4 

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

CLC 003 Sealed Bidding + + +

CLC 004 Market Research + + + + + + + + + +

CLC 005 Simplified Acquisition Procedures + + + + + + + + +

CLC 009 Service-Disabled, Veteran-Owned Small Business 

Program + + + + + + + + +

CLC 020 Commercial Item Determination + + + + + + + + + +

CLC 024 Basic Math Tutorial + + + + + + + + +

CLC 028 Past Performance Information + + + + + + + + +

CLC 030 Essentials of Interagency Acquisitions/Fair Opportunity + + + + + + + + + +

CLC 043 Defense Priorities and Allocations System + + + + + + + + +

CLC 045 Partnering + + + + + + + +

CLC 046 Green Procurement + + + + + + + + + +

CLC 054 Electronic Subcontracting Reporting System (eSRS) + + + + + + + + + +

CLC 055 Competition Requirements + + + + + + + + + +

CLC 060 Time and Materials Contracts + + + + + + + + + +

CLC 061 Online Representations and Certifications Application 

(OCRA) + + + + + + + + + +

CLC 062 Intra-Governmental Transactions + + + + + + + + + +

CLC 105 DCMA Intern Training +

CLC 113 Procedures, Guidance, and Information + + + + + + + + + +

CLC 131 Commercial Item Pricing + + + + + + +

CLC 132 Organizational Conflicts of Interest + + + + + + + + + +

CLC 133 Contract Payment Instructions + + + + + + + + + +

CLG 001 DoD Government Purchase Card + + + + + + + + + +

CLG 004 DoD Government Purchase Card Refresher Training + + + + + + + + + +

CLG 005 Purchase Card Online System (PCOLS) + + + + + + + + + +

CLM 023 DAU Ability One Contracting + + + + + + + + +

CON 237 Simplified Acquisition Procedures + + + + + + + + +

CON 243 Architect-Engineer Contracting (R) +

CON 244 Construction Contracting (R) +

FAC 007 Certificate of Competency Program + + + + + + + + +

LOG 101 Acquisition Logistics Fundamentals + + + + +

LOG 102 Fundamentals System Sustainment Management + + + + +

SPS 101 Standard Procurement System and Federal Procurement 

Data System—Next Generation User + + + + + + + + + +

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 See 10 U.S.C. 1724 (provides for limited exceptions).

3

 Workforce members assigned to the position(s) listed in the Unique Position Training Standards section should meet the training standard(s) identified within 1 year of assignment. 

4

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

• Some continuous learning (CL) modules have been created by extracting lessons in their entirety from a training course. If this is the case for the CL module(s) identified in the above core certification standards, the course the CL module was extracted from is identified in the “Notes” section 

of the CL course description, and the course can be substituted to meet the certification standard. 
p. 65

Contracting Level II

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

» Operational Contracting Contracting functions in support of post, camp, station, or base

» Research and Development Contracting functions in support of research and development

» Systems Acquisition Contracting functions in support of systems acquisition, including all ACAT programs

» Logistics and Sustainment Contracting functions performed by the Defense Logistics Agency or by other offices 

to sustain weapon systems

» Construction/A&E Contracting functions in support of construction and/or architect and engineering 

services

» Contingency/Combat Operations Contracting functions performed in a contingency or combat environment

» Contract Administration Office Contracting functions primarily focused on contract administration

» Contract Cost/Price Analyst Contracting functions primarily focused on advanced cost/price analysis

» Small Business Specialist Contracting functions primarily focused on advising small businesses or on strategies 

for maximizing use of small businesses

» Other Contracting functions that perform a variety of assignments or are at a headquarters, 

secretariat, or OSD

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

» Acquisition Training ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management

» Functional Training

• CLC 051 Managing Government Property in the Possession of Contractors

• CLC 056 Analyzing Contract Costs 

• CON 200 Business Decisions for Contracting

• CON 216 Legal Considerations in Contracting

• CON 270 Intermediate Cost and Price Analysis (R)

• CON 280 Source Selection and Acquisition of Service Contracts (R)

• CON 290 Contract Administration and Negotiation Techniques in a Supply 

Environment (R)

• HBS 428 Negotiating

» Education2

• At least 24 semester hours in accounting, law, business, finance, contracts, 

purchasing, economics, industrial management, marketing, quantitative methods, 

or organization and management 

• Baccalaureate degree (any field of study)

» Experience 2 years of contracting experience

Unique Position Training Standards3

» Level II Contracting personnel assigned to support an 

MDAP/MAIS program

• ACQ 201A Intermediate Systems Acquisition, PartA

• ACQ 201B Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B (R) 

Core Plus Development Guide4 

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training All

See Contracting Matrix on the following page +

Education: Graduate studies in business administration or procurement

Experience: 2 additional years of contracting experience

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 See 10 U.S.C. 1724 (provides for limited exceptions).

3

 Workforce members assigned to the position(s) identified in the Unique Position Training Standards section should meet the training standard(s) identified within 6 months of assignment. 

4

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
p. 66

Section 3

Core Plus Development Guide4 

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

CLC 001 Defense Subcontract Management + + + + + + + + +

CLC 006 Contract Terminations + + + + + + + +

CLC 007 Contract Source Selection + + + + + + + + + +

CLC 008 Indirect Costs + + + + +

CLC 013 Services Acquisition + + + + + + + + +

CLC 019 Leveraging DCMA for Program Success + + +

CLC 026 Performance-Based Payments Overview + + + + + + + + + +

CLC 027 Buy American Act + + + + + + + + + +

CLC 031 Reverse Auctioning + +

CLC 035 Other Transaction Authority for Prototype Projects: 

Comprehensive Coverage + + +

CLC 036 Other Transaction Authority for Prototype Projects 

Overview + + + + + + + + + +

CLC 037 A-76 Competitive Sourcing Overview + +

CLC 039 Contingency Contracting Simulation: Barda Bridge +

CLC 040 Predictive Analysis and Scheduling + + +

CLC 041 Predictive Analysis and Systems Engineering + + + +

CLC 042 Predictive Analysis and Quality Assurance + + +

CLC 044 Alternative Dispute Resolution + + + + + + + +

CLC 047 Contract Negotiation Techniques + + + + + + + + + +

CLC 102 Administration of Other Transactions + + +

CLC 103 Facilities Capital Cost of Money + + + + + + + + +

CLC 104 Analyzing Profit or Fee + + + + + + + + +

CLC 107 OPSEC Contract Requirements + + + + + + + +

CLC 108 Strategic Sourcing Overview + + + + + + + + + +

CLC 110 Spend Analysis Strategies + + + + + + + + + +

CLC 112 Contractors Accompanying the Force + + + + + + + +

CLC 114 Contingency Contracting Officer Refresher +

CLC 120 Utilities Privatization Contract Administration +

CLC 125 Berry Amendment + + + + + + +

CLL 011 Performance-Based Life Cycle Product Support (PBL) + + + + + +

CLL 036 Product Support Manager (PSM) + + + + + +

CLM 013 Work-Breakdown Structure + + +

CLM 031 Improved Statement of Work + + + + + +

CLM 032 Evolutionary Acquisition + +

CLM 038 Corrosion Prevention and Control Overview + + + + + + + +

CLM 040 Proper Financial Accounting Treatments for Military 

Equipment + + + + + + + + +

CLM 200 Item-Unique Identification + + + + + + + + + +

CON 232 Overhead Management of Defense Contracts (R) + + + +

CON 234 Joint Contingency Contracting (R) +

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 See 10 U.S.C. 1724 (provides for limited exceptions).

3

 Workforce members assigned to the position(s) identified in the Unique Position Training Standards section should meet the training standard(s) identified within 6 months of assignment. 

4

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
p. 67

Core Plus Development Guide4 

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

CON 251 Fundamentals of Cost Accounting Standards—Part II (R) + + + +

CON 260A The Small Business Program, Part A +

CON 260B The Small Business Program, Part B (R) +

GRT 201 Grants and Agreements Management (R) + +

HBS 433 Presentation Skills + + + + + + + + + +

HBS 440 Team Leadership + + + + + + + + + +

HBS 441 Team Management + + + + + + + + + +

LOG 235 Performance-Based Logistics + + + + + +

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 See 10 U.S.C. 1724 (provides for limited exceptions).

3

 Workforce members assigned to the position(s) identified in the Unique Position Training Standards section should meet the training standard(s) identified within 6 months of assignment. 

4

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
p. 68

Section 3

Contracting Level III

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

» Operational Contracting Contracting functions in support of post, camp, station, or base

» Research and Development Contracting functions in support of research and development

» Systems Acquisition Contracting functions in support of systems acquisition including all ACAT programs

» Logistics and Sustainment Contracting functions performed by the Defense Logistics Agency or by other offices to 

sustain weapon systems

» Construction/A&E Contracting functions in support of construction and/or architect and engineering 

services

» Contingency/Combat Operations Contracting functions performed in a contingency or combat environment

» Contract Administration Office Contracting functions primarily focused on contract administration

» Contract Cost/Price Analyst Contracting functions primarily focused on advanced cost/price analysis

» Small Business Specialist Contracting functions primarily focused on advising small businesses or on strategies for 

maximizing use of small businesses

» Other Contracting functions that perform a variety of assignments or are at a headquarters, 

secretariat, or OSD

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

» Acquisition Training ACQ 201A Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A

» Functional Training

• CON 360 Contracting for Decision Makers (R)

• 1 additional course from the Harvard Business Management Modules

• 1 additional course from the list below:

+ ACQ 265 Mission-Focused Services Acquisition (R)

+ ACQ 315 Understanding Industry (Business Acumen) (R)

+ ACQ 370 Acquisition Law (R)

+ CON 232 Overhead Management of Defense Contracts (R)

+ CON 235 Advanced Contract Pricing (R) 

+ CON 244 Construction Contracting (R)

+ CON 250 Fundamentals of Cost Accounting Standards—Part I (R)

+ CON 334 Advanced Contingency Contracting Officer’s Course (R)

» Education2

• At least 24 semester hours in accounting, law, business, finance, contracts, purchasing, 

economics, industrial management, marketing, quantitative methods, or organization 

and management

• Baccalaureate degree (any field of study)

» Experience 4 years of contracting experience

Unique Position Training Standards3

» Level III Contracting personnel assigned to or devoting at 

least 50 percent of their time in support of an MDAP/MAIS 

program

ACQ 201B Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B (R)

Core Plus Development Guide4 

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

ACQ 201B Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B (R) + + + + + + + + + +

CLB 007 Cost Analysis + + + + + + + + +

CLB 011 Budget Policy +

CLC 023 Commercial Item Determination Executive Overview + + + + + + + + + +

CLL 001 Life Cycle Management and Sustainment Metrics + + +

CLV 016 Introduction to Earned Value Management + + +

EVM 101 Fundamentals of Earned Value Management + +

Education: Master’s degree in business administration or procurement

Experience: 4 additional years of contracting experience

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 See 10 U.S.C. 1724 (provides for limited exceptions).

3

 Workforce members assigned to the position(s) identified in the Unique Position Training Standards section should meet the training standard(s) identified within 6 months of assignment. 

4

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

• Some continuous learning (CL) modules have been created by extracting lessons in their entirety from a training course. If this is the case for the CL module(s) identified in the above core certification standards, the course the CL module was extracted from is identified in the “Notes” section 

of the CL course description, and the course can be substituted to meet the certification standard. 
p. 69

Industrial/Contract Property Management Level I

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

» Industrial and/or Contract Property Management 

• Oversees and manages life cycle processes for government-owned property utilized by 

contractors (i.e., government property in the possession of contractors and, in some 

instances, government-owned, contractor-operated plants)

• Provides advice and assistance on property-related matters during acquisition 

planning, contract formation, and contract management

• Reviews contractor’s purchasing system as it pertains to property management

• Performs investigations of instances of lost, stolen, damaged, or destroyed government 

property—and either grants relief or recommends liability

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

» Acquisition Training None required

» Functional Training

• CON 100 Shaping Smart Business Arrangements

• CON 121 Contract Planning

• CON 124 Contract Execution

• CON 127 Contract Management

• IND 105 Contract Property Fundamentals (R)

» Education Formal education not required for certification

» Experience 1 year of property management experience

Core Plus Development Guide2 

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Industrial and/or Contract Property Management

ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management +

Educati on: Baccalaureate degree or at least 24 semester hours in accounting, law, business, finance, contracts, purchasing, economics, industrial management, 

marketing, quantitative methods, or organization and management

Expe rience : None specified

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
p. 70

Section 3

Industrial/Contract Property Management Level II

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

» Industrial and/or Contract Property Management 

• Develops policy and procedures for government property management

• Oversees and manages life cycle processes for government-owned property being 

utilized by contractors (i.e., government property in the possession of contractors and, 

in some instances, government-owned contractor-operated plants)

• Provides advice and assistance on property-related matters during acquisition 

planning, contract formation, and contract management

• Reviews contractor’s purchasing system as it pertains to property management

• Performs investigations of instances of lost, stolen, damaged, or destroyed government 

property—and either grants relief or recommends liability

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

» Acquisition Training ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management

» Functional Training

• CON 200 Business Decisions for Contracting

• CON 216 Legal Considerations in Contracting

• IND 205 Contract Government Property, Property Management System, and Auditing 

Concepts (R)

» Education Formal education not required for certification

» Experience 2 years of experience in an industrial property management position

Core Plus Development Guide2 

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Industrial and/or Contract Property Management

ACQ 201A Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A +

CLM 040 Proper Financial Accounting Treatments for Military 

Equipment +

CLM 200 Item-Unique Identification +

HBS 405 Change Management +

HBS 434 Process Improvement +

HBS 437 Strategic Thinking +

Education: Baccalaureate degree or at least 24 semester hours in accounting, law, business, finance, contracts, purchasing, economics, industrial management, 

marketing, quantitative methods, or organization and management

Experience: None specified

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
p. 71

Industrial/Contract Property Management Level III

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

» Industrial and/or Contract Property Management 

• Develops policy and procedures for government property management

• Oversees and manages life cycle processes for government-owned property being 

utilized by contractors (i.e., government property in the possession of contractors and, 

in some instances, government-owned contractor-operated plants)

• Provides advice and assistance on property-related matters during acquisition 

planning, contract formation, and contract management

• Reviews contractor’s purchasing system as it pertains to property management

• Performs investigations of instances of lost, stolen, damaged, or destroyed government 

property—and either grants relief or recommends liability

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

» Acquisition Training ACQ 201A Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A

» Functional Training

• CON 360 Contracting for Decision Makers (R)

• 1 additional course from the Harvard Business Management Modules identified in the 

Core Plus Developmental Guide below

» Education Formal education not required for certification

» Experience 4 years of experience in industrial property management positions of increasing responsibility and complexity

Core Plus Development Guide2 

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Industrial and/or Contract Property Management

ACQ 201B Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B (R) +

CLE 015 Continuous Process Improvement Familiarization +

HBS 406 Coaching +

HBS 424 Leading and Motivating +

Education: Baccalaureate degree or at least 24 semester hours in accounting, law, business, finance, contracts, purchasing, economics, industrial management, 

marketing, quantitative methods, or organization and management

Experience: 4 additional years of experience in industrial property management

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
p. 72

Section 3

Purchasing Level I

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

» Purchasing Agent or Supervisory Purchasing Agent 

Purchases, rents, or leases supplies, services, and equipment through either simplified 

acquisition procedures or placement of orders against pre-established contractual 

instruments to support operational requirements

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

» Acquisition Training None required

» Functional Training

• CON 100 Shaping Smart Business Arrangements

• CON 237 Simplified Acquisition Procedures

• CLC 030 Essentials of Interagency Acquisitions/Fair Opportunity

• CLC 058 Introduction to Contract Pricing

• CLG 001 DoD Government Purchase Card

» Education Formal education not required for certification

» Experience 1 year of purchasing experience

Core Plus Development Guide2 

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Purchasing/Supervisory Agent

CLC 003 Sealed Bidding +

CLC 004 Market Research +

CLC 009 Service-Disabled, Veteran-Owned Small Business Program +

CLC 046 Green Procurement +

CLC 054 Electronic Subcontracting Reporting System (eSRS) +

CLC 055 Competition Requirements +

CLC 061 Online Representations & Certifications Application 

(OCRA) +

CLC 062 Intra-Governmental Transactions +

CLC 113 Procedures, Guidance, and Information +

CLG 001 DoD Government Purchase Card +

CLG 005 Purchase Card Online System (PCOLS) +

CLM 023 DAU Ability One Contracting +

SPS 101 Standard Procurement System and Federal Procurement 

Data System—Next Generation User +

Educati on: 16 semester hours of undergraduate work with emphasis in business

Expe rience : None specified

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

• Some continuous learning (CL) modules have been created by extracting lessons in their entirety from a training course. If this is the case for the CL module(s) identified in the above core certification standards, the course the CL module was extracted from is identified in the “Notes” section 

o f the CL course description, and the course can be substituted to meet the certification standard. 
p. 73

Purchasing Level II1

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

» Purchasing Agent or Supervisory Purchasing Agent 

Purchases, rents, or leases supplies, services, and equipment through either simplified 

acquisition procedures or placement of orders against pre-established contractual 

instruments to support operational requirements

Core Certification Standards2 (Required for DAWIA certification)

» Acquisition Training None required

» Functional Training

• CON 121 Contract Planning

• CON 124 Contract Execution

• CON 127 Contract Management

• CLC 033 Contract Format and Structure for DoD e-Business Environment 

» Education Formal education not required for certification

» Experience 2 years of experience in purchasing

Core Plus Development Guide3 

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Purchasing/Supervisory Agent

ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management +

CLC 020 Commercial Item Determination +

CLC 023 Commercial Item Determination Executive Overview +

CLC 027 Buy American Act +

CLC 060 Time and Materials Contracts +

CLC 104 Analyzing Profit or Fee +

CLC 131 Commercial Item Pricing +

CLG 004 DoD Government Purchase Card Refresher Training +

CON 216 Legal Considerations in Contracting +

Education: 32 semester hours of undergraduate work with emphasis in business 

Experience: None specified

1

 Level II is the highest certification level for this career field. 

2

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. To attain certification at Level II, workforce members must also possess a Level I certification in Purchasing. 

3

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

• Some continuous learning (CL) modules have been created by extracting lessons in their entirety from a training course. If this is the case for the CL module(s) identified in the above core certification standards, the course the CL module was extracted from is identified in the “Notes” section 

of the CL course description, and the course can be substituted to meet the certification standard. 
p. 74

Section 3

In the Systems Planning, Research, Development, 

and Engineering (SPRDE) and the Production, 

Quality, and Manufacturing (PQM) career 

fields, our emphasis is on acquisition excellence. 

Our goal is to position the Defense Acquisition 

Workforce for success in the future by focusing 

on technical excellence and providing consistent 

and integrated policy and guidance. This will 

help ensure we have the right depth of skills and 

capabilities in the workforce. 

Engineering 

The Engineering career field’s workforce has a 

vital role in ensuring the fielding of high-quality, 

affordable, supportable, and effective defense 

systems for the 21st-century warfighter. Its role 

requires evolving and verifying an integrated and 

total life cycle balanced set of systems, people, and 

process solutions that satisfy the customer’s needs. 

This requires technical competency, critical and 

strategic thinking, knowledge of various product 

domains, and knowledge of other engineering 

disciplines and how they integrate into the system 

solution. 

The curriculum for the Engineering career 

field is designed to bring an enhanced depth of 

knowledge to the workforce at the appropriate 

certification level. This curriculum focuses on 

the technical processes, technical management 

processes, integrated product team activities, 

and the ability to apply critical systems thinking 

concepts to complex technical management 

problems. The specific duties and qualifications 

of an Engineering workforce member may vary 

significantly, and a wide variety of engineering 

disciplines are represented within this career field.

Production, Quality, and Manufacturing 

(PQM)

The PQM career field plays a vital role in 

ensuring that DoD products are delivered on time, 

perform as expected whenever and wherever 

they are needed, and are cost effective. The 

evolution in systems design has increased the 

demand for manufacturing talent throughout 

the full acquisition life cycle. The growth of such 

sophisticated systems, which frequently push the 

state of the art, is expected to continue as DoD 

responds to a variety of demands. To address the 

increased systems complexity, DoD must increase 

talent in all aspects of the PQM workforce.

The PQM curriculum has been updated to reflect 

the consideration that production readiness 

should no longer wait until the end of the 

development process. Producibility should be 

systematically examined throughout the design 

and development process as an integral part of 

the systems engineering technical reviews so 

manufacturing cost drivers and risks can be 

identified and mitigated in the early stages of 

system development. PQM courses are designed 

to produce quality professionals who can advise 

and collaborate with customers and suppliers to 

help them integrate quality practices into their 

manufacturing processes. 

This year the Functional Leader restructured the 

Systems, Planning, Research, Development and 

Engineering (SPRDE) career field by merging 

the SPRDE-Systems Engineering and SPRDEProgram Systems Engineer career field into a 

single career field and renaming the combined 

population as the Engineering career field.

Engineering and Technical Management 

Functional Communities

Mr. Stephen 

Welby

Deputy Assistant 

Secretary of Defense, 

Systems Engineering, 

DASD(SE)
p. 75
p. 76

Section 3

Production, Quality, and Manufacturing Level I

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

» Engineer 

• Establishes production planning and control process and measures the overall 

effectiveness of the organization, methods, systems, and procedures

• Builds producibility into designs (tooling, facilities, and products)

• Builds quality characteristics into the designs of products and services

» Industrial Specialist

• Develops and carries out plans for the expansion, conversion, integration, or utilization 

of industrial production facilities and conducts surveys of industrial plants to 

determine capacity and potential for production of specific commodities

• Performs surveillance/oversight of Defense contractors providing services or supplies 

(including contractor proposal reviews)

• Performs Industrial Base studies

• Performs pre- and post-award conferences

» Quality Assurance Specialist Ensures the appropriate quality characteristics have been integrated into the products 

and validates/verifies adherence to specified requirements through test and measurement

» Business/Industrial Specialist 

Performs planning, estimating, scheduling or inspecting the use of labor, machines, and 

materials in manufacturing operations producing equipment, systems, facilities, supplies, 

or maintenance

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

» Acquisition Training ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management

» Functional Training

• PQM 101 Production, Quality, and Manufacturing Fundamentals

• CLE 003 Technical Reviews

• CLM 017 Risk Management

» Education Formal education not required for certification

» Experience

• 1 year of acquisition experience in manufacturing, production, or quality assurance

• Similar experiences gained from other government or industry positions that meet 

above standards

Core Plus Development Guide2 

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Eng Ind Spc QA Spc Bus & Ind Spc

BCF 106 Fundamentals of Cost Analysis + + + +

CLB 007 Cost Analysis + +

CLC 001 Defense Subcontract Management + + +

CLC 006 Contract Terminations + +

CLC 007 Contract Source Selection + + + +

CLC 011 Contracting for the Rest of Us + + + +

CLE 001 Value Engineerg + + + +

CLE 004 Introduction to Lean Enterprise Concepts + + + +

CLE 011 Modeling and Simulation for Systems Engineering + +

CLE 201 ISO 9000 + + + +

CLM 014 IPT Management and Leadership + + + +

CLM 024 Contracting Overeview + + + +

CLM 032 Evolutionary Acquisition + + + +

EVM 101 Fundamentals of Earned Value Management + + + +

LOG 101 Acquisition Logistics Fundamentals + + + +

LOG 102 Systems Sustainment Management Fundamentals + + +

SYS 101 Fundamentals of Systems Planning, Research, 

Development, and Engineering + + +

TST 102 Fundamentals of Test and Evaluation + + +

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

• Some continuous learning (CL) modules have been created by extracting lessons in their entirety from a training course. If this is the case for the CL module(s) identified in the above core certification standards, the course the CL module was extracted from is identified in the “Notes” section 

of the CL course description, and the course can be substituted to meet the certification standard. 
p. 77

Education: Baccalaureate degree in engineering, chemistry, physical science, mathematics, statistics, manufacturing or production management, industrial technology or 

management, business, quality assurance, or a related field

Experience: At least 4 weeks of rotational assignments at a contractor and/or governmental industrial facility that includes experience in quality, manufacturing, engineering, 

and contracting

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

• Some continuous learning (CL) modules have been created by extracting lessons in their entirety from a training course. If this is the case for the CL module(s) identified in the above core certification standards, the course the CL module was extracted from is identified in the “Notes” section 

of the CL course description, and the course can be substituted to meet the certification standard. 
p. 78

Section 3

Production, Quality, and Manufacturing Level II

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

» Engineer 

• Leads teams in establishing production planning and control process and measures the 

overall effectiveness of the organization, methods, systems, and procedures

• Leads teams in building producibility into designs (tooling, facilities, and products)

• Leads teams in building quality characteristics into the designs of products and services

» Industrial Specialist

• Reviews and evaluates adequacy of plans for the expansion, conversion, integration, or 

utilization of industrial production facilities and conducts surveys of industrial plants 

to determine capacity and potential for production of specific commodities

• Performs surveillance/oversight of Defense contractors providing services or supplies 

(to include contractor proposal reviews)

• Performs Industrial Base studies

• Performs pre- and post-award conferences

» Quality Assurance Specialist 

• Ensures appropriate quality characteristics have been integrated into the product

• Monitors the products and services through life cycle and the supply chain

• Validates/verifies adherence to specified requirements through test and measurement 

activities

• Leads and coordinates quality assurance activities

» Business/Industrial Specialist 

Reviews and evaluates adequacy of plans, estimates, schedules, or the use of labor, 

machines, and materials in manufacturing operations producing equipment, systems, 

facilities, supplies, or maintenance

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

» Acquisition Training • ACQ 201A Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A

• ACQ 201B Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B (R)

» Functional Training • PQM 201A Intermediate Production, Quality, and Manufacturing, Part A

• PQM 201B Intermediate Production, Quality, and Manufacturing, Part B (R)

» Education Formal education not required for certification

» Experience

• 2 years of acquisition experience in manufacturing, production, or quality assurance

• Similar experiences gained from other government or industry positions are acceptable 

as long as they meet the above standards

Core Plus Development Guide2 

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Eng Ind Spc QA Spc Bus & Ind Spc

BCF 103 Fundamentals of Business Financial Management + + + +

BCF 107 Applied Cost Analysis (R) + + + +

CLC 041 Predictive Analysis and Systems Engineering + + + +

CLE 008 Six Sigma: Concepts and Processes + + + +

CLE 017 Technical Planning + +

CLE 028 Market Research for Engineering and Technical Personnel + + +

CLE 032 Sustainable Manufacturing for DoD—Part 1 + + + +

CLE 301 Reliability and Maintainability + + + +

CLM 021 Introduction to Reducing Total Ownership Costs (R-TOC) + + + +

CLM 025 Commercial-Off-The-Shelf (COTS) Acquisition for 

Program Managers + + + +

CLV 017 Performance Measurement Baseline + + + +

HBS 434 Process Improvement + + + +

HBS 437 Strategic Thinking + + + +

LOG 103 Reliability, Availability, and Maintainability (RAM) + + +

LOG 200 Intermediate Acquisition Logistics, Part A + + + +

LOG 204 Configuration Management + + + +

PMT 251 Program Management Tools Course, Part I + + + +

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

• Some continuous learning (CL) modules have been created by extracting lessons in their entirety from a training course. If this is the case for the CL module(s) identified in the above core certification standards, the course the CL module was extracted from is identified in the “Notes” section 

of the CL course description, and the course can be substituted to meet the certification standard. 
p. 79

Production, Quality, and Manufacturing Level II

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

PMT 257 Program Management Tools Course, Part II + + + +

PQM 203 Preparation of Commercial Item Description for 

Engineering and Technical Personnel +

SYS 202 Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, Development, 

and Engineering, Part I +

SYS 203 Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, Development, 

and Engineering, Part II (R) +

TST 203 Intermediate Test and Evaluation (R) +

Education: Baccalaureate degree in engineering, chemistry, physical science, mathematics, statistics, manufacturing or production management, industrial technology or 

management, business, quality assurance, or a related field

Experience: At least one 30-day rotational assignment at a contractor and/or government industrial facility that includes experience in quality, manufacturing, engineering, and 

contracting; 2 years of experience in manufacturing, production, or quality assurance (in addition to core certification experience)

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

• Some continuous learning (CL) modules have been created by extracting lessons in their entirety from a training course. If this is the case for the CL module(s) identified in the above core certification standards, the course the CL module was extracted from is identified in the “Notes” section 

of the CL course description, and the course can be substituted to meet the certification standard. 
p. 80

Section 3

Production, Quality, and Manufacturing Level III

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

» Engineer 

• Trains, organizes, and provides guidance to teams in establishing production planning 

and control processes and optimizing the overall effectiveness of the organization, 

methods, systems, and procedures

• Trains, organizes, and provides guidance to teams in building producibility into and 

evaluating effectiveness of designs (tooling, facilities, and products)

• Trains, organizes, and provides guidance to teams in building quality characteristics 

into and evaluating effectiveness of quality systems used in the designs of products 

and services

» Industrial Specialist 

• Trains, organizes, and provides guidance to teams reviewing and evaluating adequacy 

of plans for the expansion, conversion, integration, or utilization of industrial 

production facilities and conducting surveys of industrial plants to determine capacity 

and potential for production of specific commodities 

• Trains, organizes, and provides guidance to teams performing surveillance/oversight 

of Defense contractors providing services or supplies (to include contractor proposal 

reviews)

• Trains, organizes, and provides guidance to teams performing Industrial Base studies

• Trains, organizes, and provides guidance to teams performing pre- and post-award 

conferences

» Quality Assurance Specialist 

Trains, organizes, and provides guidance to teams reviewing and evaluating the adequacy 

of plans, activities, and systems to ensure the proper quality characteristics have been 

integrated into the products and validating/verifying adherence to specified requirements through test and measurement

» Business/Industrial Specialist 

Trains, organizes, and provides guidance to teams reviewing and evaluating adequacy of 

plans, estimates, schedules, or the use of labor, machines, and materials in manufacturing 

operations producing equipment, systems, facilities, supplies, or maintenance

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

» Acquisition Training None required

» Functional Training PQM 301 Advanced Production, Quality, and Manufacturing (R)

» Education Formal education not required for certification

» Experience

• 4 years of acquisition experience in manufacturing, production, or quality assurance

• Similar experiences gained from other government or industry positions are 

acceptable as long as they meet the above standards

Core Plus Development Guide2 

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Eng Ind Spc QA Spc Bus & Ind Spc

ACQ 370 Acquisition Law (R) + + + +

CLC 040 Predictive Analysis and Scheduling + + +

CLC 042 Predictive Analysis and Quality Assurance + + +

CLE 007 Lean Six Sigma for Manufacturing + + + +

CLE 015 Continuous Process Improvement Familiarization + + + +

CLE 021 Technology Readiness Assessments + + +

CLL 008 Designing for Supportability in DoD Systems + + +

CLM 055 Program Leadership + + + +

HBS 406 Coaching + + + +

HBS 409 Decision Making + + + +

HBS 424 Leading and Motivating + + + +

HBS 427 Meeting Management + + + +

HBS 441 Team Management + + + +

PMT 352A Program Management Office Course, Part A +

SYS 302 Technical Leadership in Systems Engineering (R) +

Education: Master’s degree in business, production management, engineering, or a related field

Experience: At least one 90-day rotational assignment at a contractor and/or government industrial facility that includes experience in quality, manufacturing, engineering, and 

contracting

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
p. 81

Engineering Level I

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

» Functional Engineer

• Plans, organizes, and conducts engineering activities relating to the design, 

development, fabrication, installation, modification, sustainment, and/or analysis 

of systems or systems components for a functional specialty (i.e., reliability and 

maintainability, systems safety, materials, avionics, structures, propulsion, chemical/

biological, human systems interfaces, weapons, computer engineer/scientist, etc.)

• Demonstrates how systems engineering technical processes and technical 

management processes guide engineering activities for a functional specialty

» General Engineer 

• Plans, organizes, and conducts engineering design, development, and sustainment 

activities for systems or systems components

• Demonstrates how systems engineering technical processes and technical 

management processes guide design, development, and sustainment activities

» Research Engineer or Scientist

• Plans, organizes, and conducts science and technology research and engineering 

activities supporting acquisition programs, projects, or activities

• Demonstrates how systems engineering technical processes and technical 

management processes guide science and technology research and engineering 

activities

» Technical Support (Applicable to Level I only)

• Plans, organizes, and conducts technical activities relating to the design, development, 

research, fabrication, installation, modification, sustainment, inspection, production, 

application, standardization, testing, and/or analysis of systems or systems 

components for a technical specialty

• Demonstrates how systems engineering technical processes and technical support 

processes guide design, development, and sustainment activities

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

» Acquisition Training ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management

» Functional Training

• SYS 101 Fundamentals of Systems Planning, Research, Development, and Engineering

• CLM 017 Risk Management

• CLE 001 Value Engineering

• CLE 004 Introduction to Lean Enterprise Concepts 

» Education

Baccalaureate or graduate degree in a technical or scientific field such as engineering, 

physics, chemistry, biology, mathematics, operations research, engineering management, 

or computer science

Note: Civilians serving as an 0802 or 0856 must meet the OPM education requirements in 

lieu of this education standard.

Note: Civilians serving in an 08XX Professional Engineering series position must meet 

the OPM education requirements in lieu of this education standard.

» Experience

• 1 year of technical experience in an acquisition position from among the following 

career fields/paths: ENG, S&TM, IT, T&E, PQM, FE, PM, or LCL

• Similar experience gained from other government positions or industry is acceptable as 

long as it meets the above standards 

Core Plus Development Guide2 

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Func Eng General Eng (Res Eng/Sci) Tech Spt

BCF 106 Fundamentals of Cost Analysis + +

BCF 107 Applied Cost Analysis (R) + +

CLB 009 Planning, Programming, Budgeting, and Execution and 

Budget Exhibits + + + +

CLB 024 Cost Risk Analysis Introduction + + +

CLB 026 Forecasting Techniques + + +

CLB 029 Rates +

CLC 008 Indirect Costs + + +

CLC 011 Contracting for the Rest of Us + + + +

CLC 056 Analyzing Contract Costs + +

CLC 060 Time and Materials Contracts + + +

CLE 009 ESOH in Systems Engineering + + +

CLE 011 Modeling and Simulation for Systems Engineering + + +

CLE 015 Continuous Process Improvement Familiarization + + + +

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction.
p. 82

Section 3

Core Plus Development Guide2 

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Func Eng General Eng (Res Eng/Sci) Tech Spt

CLE 021 Technology Readiness Assessments + + + +

CLE 036 Engineering Change Proposals for Engineers +

CLE 045 Introduction to DoD Science & Technology Management + + +

CLL 011 Performance-Based Life Cycle Product Support (PBL) +

CLM 013 Work-Breakdown Structure + + + +

CLM 021 Introduction to Reducing Total Ownership Costs (R-TOC) + + +

CLV 016 Introduction to Earned Value Management + +

EVM 101 Fundamentals of Earned Value Management + + +

IRM 101 Basic Information Systems Acquisition + +

LOG 101 Acquisition Logistics Fundamentals + + +

LOG 102 Fundamentals of Systems Sustainment Management + + +

PQM 101 Production, Quality, and Manufacturing Fundamentals + +

TST 102 Fundamentals of Test and Evaluation + + + +

Education: None specified

Experience: 1 year of technical experience (in addition to core certification experience)

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction.
p. 83

Engineering Level II

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

» Functional Engineer 

• Organizes, conducts, and/or monitors engineering activities in a functional specialty 

relating to the design, development, fabrication, installation, modification, 

sustainment, and/or analysis of systems or systems components; analyzes, conducts, 

and/or monitors engineering activities in a functional specialty relating to the 

design, development, fabrication, installation, modification, sustainment, and/or 

analysis of systems or systems components

• Applies systems engineering technical and technical management processes to a 

functional specialty in IPT environments

» General Engineer

• Organizes, conducts, and/or monitors engineering design and development activities 

for systems or systems components

• Applies systems engineering technical and technical management processes during 

systems development

» Science and Technology (Research Engineer or Scientist)

• Organizes, conducts, and/or monitors science and technology research and 

engineering activities supporting acquisition programs, projects, or activities

• Applies systems engineering technical and technical management processes to 

managing or conducting science and technology research and engineering activities

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

» Acquisition Training • ACQ 201A Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A

• ACQ 201B Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B (R)

» Functional Training

• SYS 202 Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, Development, and Engineering, Part I

• SYS 203 Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, Development, and Engineering, Part II (R)

• CLE 003 Technical Reviews

• LOG 103 Reliability, Availability, and Maintainability (RAM)

» Education

Baccalaureate or graduate degree in a technical or scientific field such as engineering, 

physics, chemistry, biology, mathematics, operations research, engineering management, or computer science

» Experience

• 2 years of technical experience in an acquisition position. Of that:

+ At least 1 year in an ENG or an S&TM position

+ Remainder may come from IT, T&E, PQM, PM, or LCL

• Similar experience gained from other government positions or industry is acceptable 

as long as it meets the above standards 

Core Plus Development Guide2 

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Func Eng General Eng (Res Eng/Sci)

BCF 103 Fundamentals of Business Financial Management + +

BCF 220 Acquisition Business Management Concepts + + +

BCF 225 Acquisition Business Management Application (R) + + +

CLB 030 Data Collection and Sources + +

CLC 041 Predictive Analysis and Systems Engineering + +

CLC 063 Sole Source Proposal Technical Evaluations + + +

CLE 007 Lean Six Sigma for Manufacturing + +

CLE 008 Six Sigma: Concepts and Processes + + +

CLE 016 Outcome-Based Performance Measures +

CLE 017 Technical Planning + + +

CLE 026 Trade Studies + + +

CLE 036 Engineering Change Proposals for Engineers + + +

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

• Some continuous learning (CL) modules have been created by extracting lessons in their entirety from a training course. If this is the case for the CL module(s) identified in the above core certification standards, the course the CL module was extracted from is identified in the “Notes” section

of the CL course description, and the course can be substituted to meet the certification standard. 
p. 84

Section 3

Core Plus Development Guide2 

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Func Eng Dev Eng S&T (Res Eng/Sci)

CLE 062 Human Systems Integration + + +

CLE 066 Systems Engineering for Systems of Systems + + +

CLL 012 Supportability Analysis + +

CLM 014 IPT Management and Leadership + + +

CLM 031 Improved Statement of Work + + +

CLM 032 Evolutionary Acquisition + +

CLV 017 Performance Measurement Baseline +

IRM 202 Intermediate Information Systems Acquisition (R) + +

LOG 103 Reliability, Availability, and Maintainability (RAM) + +

LOG 200 Intermediate Acquisition Logistics, Part A + +

LOG 201 Intermediate Acquisition Logistics, Part B (R) + +

LOG 204 Configuration Management + + +

LOG 211 Supportability Analysis (R) + +

LOG 235 Performance Based Logistics + +

PMT 251 Program Management Tools Course, Part 1 + + +

PQM 201A Intermediate Production, Quality, and Manufacturing, Part A + +

STM 202 Intermediate S&T Management (R) +

TST 203 Intermediate Test and Evaluation (R) + + +

Education: Graduate degree in a discipline such as engineering, physics, chemistry, biology, mathematics, operations research, engineering management, or computer 

science

Experience: 2 years of technical experience (in addition to core certification experience)

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

• Some continuous learning (CL) modules have been created by extracting lessons in their entirety from a training course. If this is the case for the CL module(s) identified in the above core certification standards, the course the CL module was extracted from is identified in the “Notes” section

of the CL course description, and the course can be substituted to meet the certification standard. 
p. 85

Engineering Level III

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

» Functional Engineer 

• Leads and/or manages engineering activities in a functional specialty relating to the 

design, development, fabrication, installation, modification, sustainment, and/or 

analysis of systems or systems components

• Ensures appropriate systems engineering technical and technical management 

processes are properly applied to functional specialty activities that support IPT 

environments

» General Engineer 

• Leads and/or manages design and development activities for systems or systems 

components

• Ensures appropriate systems engineering processes are properly applied during 

systems development

» Research Engineer or Scientist

• Leads and/or manages science and technology research and engineering activities 

supporting acquisition programs, projects, or activities

• Ensures appropriate systems engineering processes are properly applied during 

science and technology activities

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

» Acquisition Training None

» Functional Training

• SYS 302 Technical Leadership in Systems Engineering (R)

• CLE 012 DoD Open Systems Architecture (OSA)

• CLE 068 Intellectual Property and Data Rights

• CLL 008 Designing for Supportability in DoD Systems

» Education

Baccalaureate or graduate degree in a technical or scientific field such as engineering, 

physics, chemistry, biology, mathematics, operations research, engineering management, 

or computer science

» Experience

• 4 years of technical experience in an acquisition position. Of that:

+ At least 3 years in an ENG or an S&TM position

+ Remainder may come from IT, T&E, PQM, PM, or LCL

• Similar experience gained from other government positions or industry is acceptable as 

long as it meets the above standards 

Core Plus Development Guide2 

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Func Eng Gen Eng (Res Eng/Sci)

ACQ 370 Acquisition Law (R) + + +

ACQ 450 Leading in the Acquisition Environment (R) + + +

ACQ 451 Integrated Acquisition for Decision Makers (R) + + +

ACQ 452 Forging Stakeholder Relationships (R) + + +

ACQ 453 Leader as Coach (R) + + +

BCF 302 Advanced Concepts in Cost Analysis (R) + + +

CLC 113 Procedures, Guidance, and Information + + +

CLC 131 Commercial Item Pricing + + +

CLL 014 Joint Systems Integrated Support Strategies (JSISS) + + +

CLL 015 Product Support Business Case Analysis (BCA) + + +

CLL 022 Title 10 Depot Maintenance Statute Overview + +

CLL 023 Title 10 U.S.C. 2464 Core Statute Implementation + +

CLL 024 Title 10 Limitations on the Performance of Depot-Level 

Maintenance (50/50) + +

CLL 025 Depot Maintenance Interservice Support Agreements 

(DMISA) + +

CLL 203 Diminishing Manufacturing Sources and Material 

Shortages (DMSMS) Essentials + +

CLL 204 Diminishing Manufacturing Sources and Material 

Shortages (DMSMS) Case Studies + +

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

• Some continuous learning (CL) modules have been created by extracting lessons in their entirety from a training course. If this is the case for the CL module(s) identified in the above core certification standards, the course the CL module was extracted from is identified in the “Notes” section 

of the CL course description, and the course can be substituted to meet the certification standard. 
p. 86

Section 3

Core Plus Development Guide2 

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Func Eng Gen Eng (Res Eng/Sci)

CLM 005 Industry Proposals and Communication + +

CLM 016 Cost Estimating + +

CLM 034 Science and Technology—Lesson from PMT 352A + + +

CLM 035 Environmental Safety and Occupational Health—Lesson 

from PMT 352A + + +

CLM055 Program Leadership + + +

EVM201 Intermediate Earned Value Management (R) + + +

IRM304 Advanced Information Systems Acquisition (R) + + +

LOG 206 Intermediate Systems Sustainment Management + +

LOG 350 Enterprise Life Cycle Logistics Management (R) + + +

PMT 257 Program Management Tools Course, Part II + + +

PMT 352A Program Management Office Course, Part A + +

PMT 352B Program Management Office Course, Part B (R) + +

PMT 400 Program Manager’s Skills Course (R) + + +

PMT 401 Program Manager’s Course (R) + + +

PQM 201B Intermediate Production, Quality, and Manufacturing, 

Part B (R) + +

PQM 203 Preparation of Commercial Item Description for Engineering and Technical Personnel + +

PQM 301 Advanced Production, Quality, and Manufacturing (R) + +

SAM 301 Advanced Software Acquisition Management (R) +

STM 303 Advanced S&T Management (R) +

TST 303 Advanced Test and Evaluation (R) + + +

Educati on: Graduate degree in a discipline such as engineering, physics, chemistry, biology, mathematics, operations research, engineering management, or computer 

science

Expe rience : 4 years of technical experience (in addition to core certification experience)

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

• Some continuous learning (CL) modules have been created by extracting lessons in their entirety from a training course. If this is the case for the CL module(s) identified in the above core certification standards, the course the CL module was extracted from is identified in the “Notes” section 

of the CL course description, and the course can be substituted to meet the certification standard. 
p. 87
p. 88

Section 3

The Facilities Engineering career field 

encompasses a variety of professional individuals 

with diverse skills focused on the design, 

construction, and life cycle maintenance of 

military installations, facilities, civil works 

projects, airfields, roadways, and oceanic 

facilities. It involves all facets of life cycle 

management from planning through disposal, 

including design, construction, environmental 

protection, base operations and support, housing, 

real estate, and real property maintenance. 

Additional duties include advising or assisting 

commanders and acting as, or advising, program 

managers and other officials as necessary in 

executing all aspects of their responsibilities 

for facility management and the mitigation/

elimination of environmental impact in direct 

support of the defense acquisition process.

Facilities Engineering Functional Community

Mr. James 

Dalton, P.E.

Chief, Engineering 

and Construction 

U.S. Army Corps of 

Engineers
p. 89

Facilities Engineering Level I

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

» Facilities Engineer 

• Conducts actions that support one or more facets of facilities engineering—planning; 

design; construction; environmental management; base operations, support, and 

housing; real estate; and real property maintenance

• May serve as an IPT member, representing a specific Facilities Engineering functional 

area

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

» Acquisition Training ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management

» Functional Training None required

» Education Formal education not required for certification

» Experience 1 year of acquisition experience in facilities engineering

Core Plus Development Guide2 

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Facilities Engineer

CLC 028 Past Performance Information +

CLM 017 Risk Management +

CLM 024 Contracting Overview +

CLM 035 Environmental Safety and Occupational Health—Lesson 

from PMT 352A +

Education: Baccalaureate degree in engineering, architecture, physics, chemistry, mathematics, community planning, business, or related fields

Experience: None specified

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
p. 90

Section 3

Facilities Engineering Level II 

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

» Facilities Engineer 

• Organizes, conducts, and/or monitors one or more facets of facilities engineering— 

planning; design; construction; environmental management; base operations, support, 

and housing; real estate; and real property maintenance

• May serve as an IPT leader for a specific project, representing a specific FE functional 

area or supervising multiple disciplines

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

» Acquisition Training None required

» Functional Training FE 201 Intermediate Facilities Engineering

» Education Formal education not required for certification

» Experience 2 years of acquisition experience in facilities engineering

Core Plus Development Guide2 

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Facilities Engineer

CLE 001 Value Engineering +

CLM 012 Scheduling +

CLM 013 Work-Breakdown Structure +

CLM 016 Cost Estimating +

CLV 016 Introduction to Earned Value Management +

Education: • Baccalaureate degree in engineering, architecture, physics, chemistry, mathematics, community planning, business, or related fields 

 • 9 semester credit hours selected from accounting, business finance, law, economics, industrial management, quantitative methods, or organization and

 management

Experience: 2 years of experience in acquisition positions of increasing responsibility and complexity (in addition to core certification experience)

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
p. 91

Facilities Engineering Level III

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

» Facilities Engineer 

• Leads, manages, and/or executes one or more facets of facilities engineering—planning; 

design; construction; environmental management; base operations, support, and housing; 

real estate; and real property maintenance 

• May lead multiple IPTs for specific projects or perform FE program management

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

» Acquisition Training None required

» Functional Training FE 301 Advanced Facilities Engineering (R)

» Education Formal education not required for certification

» Experience 4 years of acquisition experience in facilities engineering

Core Plus Development Guide2 

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Facilities Engineer

CLC 037 A-76 Competitive Sourcing Overview +

CLC 108 Strategic Sourcing Overview +

CLE 008 Six Sigma: Concepts and Processes +

CLM 014 IPT Management and Leadership +

Education: • Baccalaureate degree in engineering, architecture, physics, chemistry, mathematics, community planning, business, or related fields

 • Advanced degree from an accredited institution of higher learning in engineering, physics, chemistry, operations research, community planning, management, 

 business, public administration, or related fields

 • 12 semester credit hours selected from accounting, business finance, law, economics, industrial management, quantitative methods, or organization and 

 management

Experience: 4 additional years of experience in acquisition positions of increasing responsibility and complexity

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
p. 92

Section 3

This career field includes computer 

scientists, information technology (IT) 

management specialists, computer engineers, 

telecommunications managers, IT program and 

project managers, etc., who directly support the 

acquisition of IT. Personnel in this career field 

typically provide direct support for acquisitions 

that use IT, including National Security 

Systems. They apply IT-related laws, policies, 

and directives, and provide IT-related guidance 

throughout the total acquisition life cycle. The 

employee typically identifies requirements; 

writes and/or reviews specifications; identifies 

costs; obtains resources (manpower, funding, 

and training); conducts or supports portfolio 

management, information assurance certification, 

Global Information Grid compliance, and 

IT architecture-related activities; and tests, 

evaluates, plans, obtains, and manages IT life 

cycle development and support (operations, 

maintenance, and replacement).

Information Technology Functional Community

Mr. Gary Evans

Director, DoD Chief 

Information Officer, 

Management Services
p. 93

Information Technology Level I

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

» CIO Office 

Identifies and describes the following: policies, laws, and regulations; emerging IT 

acquisition strategies; best practices; IT-related performance measures and quality 

management; capital planning and investment control; acquisition planning, solicitation, 

and administration; and information assurance/cybersecurity

» Central Design Activity (CDA)

Identifies and describes the following: basic concepts of software engineering and 

development activities; enterprise architecture; best practices; IT systems engineering; 

information assurance/cybersecurity; IT-related technologies; test and evaluation 

processes; and verification and validation processes

» Project Office/Field Activities

Identifies and describes the following: IT program management approaches; emerging 

IT acquisition strategies; best practices; IT-related performance measures and quality 

management; acquisition planning, solicitation, and administration; information assurance/cybersecurity; test and evaluation processes; verification and validation processes; 

and fielding and sustaining IT systems

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

» Acquisition Training ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management

» Functional Training • IRM 101 Basic Information Systems Acquisition or

• SAM 101 Basic Software Acquisition Management

» Education Formal education not required for certification

» Experience 1 year of acquisition experience in information technology

Core Plus Development Guide2 

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training CIO Off CDA PO/Fld Act

BCF 103 Fundamentals of Business Financial Management +

CLB 007 Cost Analysis + +

CLC 011 Contracting for the Rest of Us + + +

CLE 004 Introduction to Lean Enterprise Concepts + + +

CLE 015 Continuous Process Improvement Familiarization + + +

CLV 016 Introduction to Earned Value Management + + +

LOG 101 Acquisition Logistics Fundamentals + + +

SYS 101 Fundamentals of Systems Planning, Research, 

Development, and Engineering + + +

TST 102 Fundamentals of Test and Evaluation + +

Education: Baccalaureate degree, preferably with a major in computer science, information systems management, business administration, cybersecurity or a related 

field

Experience: None specified

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction.
p. 94

Section 3

Information Technology Level II

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

» CIO Office 

Applies the following: policies, laws, and regulations; emerging IT acquisition strategies; 

best practices; IT-related performance measures and quality management; capital planning and investment control; acquisition planning, solicitation, and administration; and 

information assurance/cybersecurity

» Central Design Activity (CDA)

Applies the following: basic concepts of software engineering and development activities; 

enterprise architecture; best practices; IT systems engineering; information assurance/

cybersecurity; IT-related technologies; test and evaluation processes; and verification 

and validation processes

» Project Office/Field Activities

Applies the following: IT program management approaches; emerging IT acquisition 

strategies; best practices; IT-related performance measures and quality management; 

acquisition planning, solicitation, and administration; information assurance/cybersecurity; test and evaluation processes; verification and validation processes; and fielding 

and sustaining IT systems

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

» Acquisition Training • ACQ 201A Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A

• ACQ 201B Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B (R)

» Functional Training IRM 202 Intermediate Information Systems Acquisition (R)

» Education Formal education not required for certification

» Experience 2 years of acquisition experience; at least 1 year of this experience must be in information 

technology

Core Plus Development Guide2 

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training CIO Off CDA PO/Fld Act

BCF 106 Fundamentals of Cost Analysis + + +

BCF 107 Applied Cost Analysis (R) + + +

CLE 003 Technical Reviews +

CLE 006 Enterprise Integration Overview + +

CLE 007 Lean Six Sigma for Manufacturing + + +

CLE 016 Outcome-Based Performance Measures + +

CLE 017 Technical Planning +

CLE 025 Information Assurance (IA) + + +

CLE 301 Reliability and Maintainability + +

CLL 015 Product Support Business Case Analysis (BCA) + +

CLV 017 Performance Measurement Baseline + + +

EVM 101 Fundamentals of Earned Value Management + + +

PMT 251 Program Management Tools Course, Part I + + +

SYS 202 Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, Development, 

and Engineering, Part I + +

Education: Master’s degree, preferably with a major in computer science, management information systems, business administration, cybersecurity, or a related field

Experience: 2 years of information technology acquisition experience, preferably in a program office or similar organization (in addition to core certification experience)

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
p. 95

Information Technology Level III

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

» CIO Office 

Interprets, evaluates, and develops policies and/or influences laws/regulations for: 

emerging IT acquisition strategies; best practices; IT-related performance measures 

and quality management; capital planning and investment control; acquisition planning, 

solicitation, and administration; and information assurance/cybersecurity

» Central Design Activity (CDA)

Interprets, evaluates, and/or develops: basic concepts of software engineering and 

development activities; enterprise architecture; best practices; IT systems engineering; 

information assurance/cybersecurity; IT-related technologies; test and evaluation 

processes; and verification and validation processes

» Project Office/Field Activities

Interprets, evaluates, and/or develops: IT program management approaches; emerging 

IT acquisition strategies; best practices; IT-related performance measures and quality 

management; acquisition planning, solicitation, and administration; information assurance/cybersecurity; test and evaluation processes; verification and validation processes; 

and fielding and sustaining IT systems

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

» Acquisition Training None Required

» Functional Training • IRM 304 Advanced Information Systems Acquisition (R)

• SAM 301 Advanced Software Acquisition Management (R)

» Education Formal education not required for certification

» Experience 4 years of information technology or software-intensive systems acquisition experience

Core Plus Development Guide2 

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training CIO Off CDA PO/Fld Act

CLE 021 Technology Readiness Assessments +

CLL 008 Designing for Supportability in DoD Systems + +

CLL 014 Joint Systems Integrated Support Strategies (JSISS) + +

CLM 014 IPT Management and Leadership + + +

LOG 103 Reliability, Availability, and Maintainability (RAM) + +

LOG 200 Intermediate Acquisition Logistics, Part A +

PMT 257 Program Management Tools Course, Part II + + +

PMT 352A Program Management Office Course, Part A + +

SYS 203 Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, Development, 

and Engineering, Part II (R) + +

Education: Master’s degree, preferably with a major in computer science, information systems management, business administration, cyber security, or a related field

Experience: 4 years of information technology acquisition experience (in addition to core certification experience)

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
p. 96

Section 3

The Life Cycle Logistics career field spans the entire 

system life cycle, encompassing both acquisition 

logistics and sustainment activities, and includes 

professionals responsible for planning, development, 

implementation, and management of effective and 

affordable weapons, materiel, or information systems 

product support strategies. 

Life cycle logisticians perform a principal joint and/

or DoD component logistics role during both the 

acquisition and operational phases of a system’s 

life cycle to ensure product support strategies meet 

program goals for operational effectiveness and 

readiness; ensure supportability requirements are 

addressed consistently with cost, schedule, and 

performance; ensure supportability considerations 

are implemented during systems design; meet system 

materiel availability, materiel reliability, operations 

and support cost, and mean down-time objectives; 

and deliver optimal life cycle product support. To be 

successful, they must therefore be proficient in the 

following competency areas:

» Logistics Design Influence

» Integrated Product Support (IPS) Planning

» Product Support and Sustainment

» Configuration Management

» Reliability and Maintainability Analysis

» Technical/Product Data Management 

» Supportability Analysis

Life cycle logisticians pursue two primary 

objectives—namely, to ensure that weapons 

systems are designed, maintained, and modified to 

continuously reduce the demand for logistics, and to 

ensure effective and efficient logistics support. The 

resources required to provide product support must 

be minimized while meeting warfighter needs and 

ensuring long-term affordable materiel readiness.

Life cycle logisticians achieve these objectives by 

ensuring the integration of the Integrated Product 

Support (IPS) elements to maximize supportability, 

reliability, availability, maintainability, and mission 

effectiveness of the system throughout its life cycle. 

They influence system design and provide effective, 

timely product support capabilities that drive 

effective, best-value product support planning and 

execution. Emphasis is placed on ensuring materiel 

readiness at optimal life cycle costs and integrating 

life cycle management principles by designing and 

implementing performance-based life cycle product 

support strategies to provide effective system support. 

Life cycle logisticians can work directly in a program 

management office, in support of the program 

manager, or in other supporting and sustainment 

logistics activity offices. Level III certified life cycle 

logisticians can also serve as DoD Product Support 

Managers, responsible for: 

» Providing weapon systems product support 

subject matter expertise to the 

Program Manager (PM) for the execution of 

the PM’s duties as the Total Life Cycle Systems 

Manager

» Developing and implementing a 

comprehensive, outcome-based product 

support strategy

» Promoting opportunities to maximize 

competition while meeting the objective 

of best-value, long-term outcomes to 

the warfighter

» Seeking to leverage enterprise opportunities 

across programs and DoD Components

» Using appropriate analytical tools and 

conducting appropriate cost analyses to 

determine the preferred product support 

strategy

» Developing and implementing 

appropriate product support arrangements

» Assessing and adjusting resource allocations 

and performance requirements for 

product support to meet warfighter 

needs and optimize implementation of 

the product support strategy

» Documenting the product support strategy in 

the Life Cycle Sustainment Plan (LCSP)

» Conducting periodic product support strategy 

reviews and revalidating the 

supporting business case analysis

Thus, life cycle logisticians and product support 

managers are ultimately responsible for designing, 

developing, implementing, and sustaining 

tailored life cycle product support that optimizes 

affordability, materiel readiness, and joint warfighter 

requirements, and provides the nation an enduring 

strategic advantage over its adversaries. 

Life Cycle Logistics Functional Community

Ms. Lisa P. Smith

Life Cycle Logistics 

(Acting) Functional Leader

Acting Functional Leader,

Life Cycle Logistics
p. 97

Life Cycle Logistics Level I

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

» Acquisition Logistics 

• Plans/develops effective and affordable weapons, materiel, or information systems 

support strategies

• Ensures product support strategies meet program goals for operational effectiveness 

and readiness

• Ensures supportability requirements consistent with cost, schedule, and performance 

are addressed

• Plans and develops performance-based logistics as preferred DoD product support 

approach

• Ensures integration of all support elements to maximize system deployability, 

supportability, and mobility

» Sustainment 

• Implements effective and affordable weapons, materiel, or information systems 

support of fielded and/or out-of-production systems, including obsolescence, 

modernization/modification, sustaining engineering, workload allocation, publicprivate partnerships, supply chain management, and/or system retirement

• Executes and manages system performance-based logistics support strategy, ensuring 

system performance requirements are met

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

» Acquisition Training

• ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management

• SYS 101 Fundamentals of Systems Planning, Research, Development, and 

Engineering 

» Functional Training

• LOG 101 Acquisition Logistics Fundamentals

• LOG 102 Fundamentals of Systems Sustainment Management

• LOG 103 Fundamentals of Reliability, Availability, and Maintainability (RAM)

• CLL 008 Designing for Supportability in DoD Systems

• CLL 011 Performance-Based Life Cycle Product Support (PBL)

» Education Formal education not required for certification

» Experience 1 year of acquisition and/or sustainment experience in life cycle logistics

Core Plus Development Guide2 

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Acquisition Logistics Sustainment

BCF 106 Fundamentals of Cost Analysis +

BCF 107 Applied Cost Analysis (R) +

CLB 007 Cost Analysis + +

CLB 009 Planning, Programming, Budgeting, and Execution and 

Budget Exhibits + +

CLC 007 Contract Source Selection + +

CLC 013 Services Acquisition +

CLC 019 Leveraging DCMA for Program Success + +

CLC 045 Partnering + +

CLC 108 Strategic Sourcing Overview +

CLC 112 Contractors Accompanying the Force + +

CLE 003 Technical Reviews +

CLE 015 Continuous Process Improvement Familiarization + +

CLE 062 Human Systems Integration + +

CLE 301 Reliability and Maintainability + +

CLL 002 Defense Logistics Agency Support to the PM + +

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

• Some continuous learning (CL) modules have been created by extracting lessons in their entirety from a training course. If this is the case for the CL module(s) identified in the above core certification standards, the course the CL module was extracted from is identified in the “Notes” section 

of the CL course description, and the course can be substituted to meet the certification standard. 
p. 98

Section 3

Core Plus Development Guide2 

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Acquisition Logistics Sustainment

CLL 006 Depot Maintenance Partnering + +

CLL 013 DoD Packaging +

CLL 014 Joint Systems Integrated Support Strategies (JSISS) + +

CLL 017 Introduction to Defense Distribution +

CLL 022 Title 10 Depot Maintenance Statute Overview + +

CLL 030 Reliability Centered Maintenance (RCM) + +

CLL 032 Preventing Counterfeit Parts from Entering DoD Supply + +

CLL 033 Logistician’s Responsibilities During Technical Reviews + +

CLM 003 Overview of Acquisition Ethics + +

CLM 013 Work-Breakdown Structure +

CLM 021 Introduction to Reducing Total Ownership Costs (R-TOC) + +

CLM 024 Contracting Overview + +

CLM 032 Evolutionary Acquisition + +

EVM 101 Fundamentals of Earned Value Management +

TST 102 Fundamentals of Test and Evaluation + +

Education: Baccalaureate degree in a technical, scientific, or managerial field

Experience: 2 years of life cycle logistics experience in support of acquisition or sustainment of DoD weapons/materiel systems

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

• Some continuous learning (CL) modules have been created by extracting lessons in their entirety from a training course. If this is the case for the CL module(s) identified in the above core certification standards, the course the CL module was extracted from is identified in the “Notes” section 

of the CL course description, and the course can be substituted to meet the certification standard. 
p. 99

Life Cycle Logistics Level II

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

» Acquisition Logistics 

• Plans/develops effective and affordable weapons, materiel, or information systems 

support strategies

• Ensures product support strategies meet program goals for operational effectiveness 

and readiness

• Ensures supportability requirements consistent with cost, schedule, and performance 

are addressed

• Plans and develops performance-based logistics as preferred DoD product support 

approach

• Ensures integration of all support elements to maximize system deployability, 

supportability, and mobility

» Sustainment 

• Implements effective and affordable weapons, materiel, or information systems 

support of fielded and/or out-of-production systems, including obsolescence, 

modernization/modification, sustaining engineering, workload allocation, publicprivate partnerships, supply chain management, and/or system retirement

• Executes and manages system performance-based logistics support strategy, ensuring 

system performance requirements are met

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

» Acquisition Training • ACQ 201A Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A

• ACQ 201B Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B (R)

» Functional Training

• LOG 200 Intermediate Acquisition Logistics, Part A

• LOG 201 Intermediate Acquisition Logistics, Part B (R)

• LOG 206 Intermediate Systems Sustainment Management

• LOG 235 Performance-Based Logistics

• CLL 001 Life Cycle Management & Sustainment Metrics

• CLL 012 Supportability Analysis

• CLC 011 Contracting for the Rest of Us

and one of the 3 below options:

+ EVM 101 Fundamentals of Earned Value Management

+LOG 204 Configuration Management

+RQM 110 Core Concepts for Requirements Management

or all three Contracting Courses that replaced CON 115

+CON 121 Contract Planning

+CON 124 Contract Execution

+CON 127 Contract Managment 

» Education Formal education not required for certification

» Experience 2 years of acquisition and/or sustainment experience in life cycle logistics

Core Plus Development Guide2 

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Acquisition Logistics Sustainment

BCF 211 Acquisition Business Management (R) +

CLC 004 Market Research +

CLE 001 Value Engineering +

CLE 004 Introduction to Lean Enterprise Concepts +

CLE 007 Lean Six Sigma for Manufacturing + +

CLE 040 IUID Marking + +

CLE 064 Standardization in the Acquisition Life Cycle + +

CLL 019 Technology Refreshment Planning +

CLL 023 Title 10 U.S.C. 2464 Core Statute Implementation +

CLL 024 Title 10 Limitations on the Performance of Depot-Level 

Maintenance (50/50) +

CLL 025 Depot Maintenance Interservice Support Agreements 

(DMISA) +

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
p. 100

Section 3

Core Plus Development Guide2 

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Acquisition Logistics Sustainment

CLL 029 Condition-Based Maintenance Plus (CBM+) + +

CLL 036 Product Support Manager (PSM) + +

CLL 043 Green Logistics: Planning for Sustainability + +

CLL 057 Level of Repair Analysis—Introduction +

CLL 058 Level of Repair Analysis—Theory and Principles +

CLL 119 Technical Refreshment Implementation Module +

CLM 037 Physical Inventories +

CLR 252 Developing Requirements +

IRM 101 Basic Information Systems Acquisition +

PMT 203 International Security and Technology Transfer/Control (R) + +

PMT 251 Program Management Tools Course, Part I +

PMT 257 Program Management Tools Course, Part II +

PQM 101 Production, Quality, and Manufacturing Fundamentals +

PQM 201A Intermediate Production, Quality, and Manufacturing, 

Part A +

PQM 201B Intermediate Production, Quality, and Manufacturing, 

Part B (R) +

RQM 110 Core Concepts for Requirements Management +

SYS 202 Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, Development, 

and Engineering, Part I +

TST 203 Intermediate Test and Evaluation (R) + +

Education: Baccalaureate degree in a logistics, business, management, or technical field, and/or completion of a certificate program in systems design and operational 

effectiveness or similar systems engineering/technical education, business administration, and/or supply chain management

Experience: 4 years of life cycle logistics experience in support of acquisition or sustainment of DoD weapons/materiel systems

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
p. 101

Life Cycle Logistics Level III

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

» Acquisition Logistics 

• Leads/plans/develops effective and affordable weapons, materiel, or information 

systems support strategies

• Ensures product support strategies meet program goals for operational effectiveness 

and readiness

• Ensures supportability requirements consistent with cost, schedule, and performance 

are addressed

• Plans and develops performance-based logistics as preferred DoD product support 

approach

• Ensures integration of all support elements to maximize system deployability, 

supportability, and mobility

» Sustainment 

• Leads, plans, and executes effective and affordable weapons, materiel, or information 

systems support of fielded and/or out-of-production systems, including obsolescence 

management, modernization/modification, sustaining engineering, workload 

allocation, public-private partnerships, supply chain management, and/or system 

retirement

• Executes and manages performance-based logistics support strategy, ensuring system 

performance requirements are met

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

» Acquisition Training No additional requirements

» Functional Training

• LOG 340 Life Cycle Product Support (R)

• LOG 350 Enterprise Life Cycle Logistics Management (R)

• CLL 005 Developing a Life Cycle Sustainment Plan (LCSP)

• CLL 015 Product Support Business Case Analysis

• CLL 020 Independent Logistics Assessments

And one of the following:

• ACQ 315 Understanding Industry (Business Acumen) (R)

• ACQ 265 Mission-Focused Services Acquisition (R)

• BCF 215 Operation and Support Cost Analysis (R)

• LOG 211 Supportability Analysis (R)

» Education Formal education not required for certification

» Experience 4 years of acquisition and/or sustainment experience in life cycle logistics

Core Plus Development Guide2 

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Acquisition Logistics Sustainment

ACQ 450 Leading in the Acquisition Environment (R) +

ACQ 451 Integrated Acquisition for Decision Makers (R) +

ACQ 452 Forging Stakeholder Relationships (R) + +

CLB 011 Budget Policy + +

CLC 051 Managing Government Property in Possession of 

Contractors +

CLC 055 Competition Requirements + +

CLE 011 Modeling and Simulation for Systems Engineering +

CLL 003 Supportability Test and Evaluation +

CLL 007 Lead Free Electronics Impact on DoD Programs + +

CLL 016 Joint Logistics + +

CLL 018 Joint Deployment Distribution Oper. Center (JDDOC) +

CLL 026 Depot Maintenance Capacity Measurement +

CLL 054 Joint Task Force Port Opening (JTF-PO) +

CLL 055 Joint Deployment & Distribution Performance Metrics 

Framework +

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
p. 102

Section 3

Core Plus Development Guide2 

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Acquisition Logistics Sustainment

CLL 201 Diminishing Manufacturing Sources and Material Shortages (DMSMS) Fundamentals + +

CLL 203 Diminishing Manufacturing Sources and Material Shortages (DMSMS) Essentials + +

CLL 204 Diminishing Manufacturing Sources and Material Shortages (DMSMS) Case Studies +

CLL 205 Diminishing Manufacturing Sources and Material Shortages (DMSMS) for Technical Professionals +

CLL 206 Introduction to Parts Management + +

CLM 014 IPT Management and Leadership +

CLM 017 Risk Management + +

CLM 035 Environmental Safety and Occupational Health—Lesson 

from PMT 352A + +

CLM 038 Corrosion Prevention and Control Overview + +

CLM 044 Radio Frequency Identification +

CLM 047 Fiscal and Physical Accountability and Management of 

DoD Equipment +

CLM 200 Item-Unique Identification + +

CLR 250 Capabilities-Based Assessment +

CLV 016 Introduction to Earned Value Management +

CON 237 Simplified Acquisition Procedures +

HBS 401 Budgeting + +

HBS 407 Crisis Management + +

PMT 202 Multinational Program Management (R) + +

PMT 352A Program Management Office Course, Part A +

PMT 352B Program Management Office Course, Part B (R) +

PQM 301 Advanced Production, Quality, and Manufacturing (R) +

RQM 403 Requirements Executive Overview Workshop (R) +

SYS 203 Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, Development, 

and Engineering, Part II (R) + +

TST 303 Advanced Test and Evaluation (R) + +

Education: Master’s degree in a logistics, business, management, or technical field, such as systems design and operational effectiveness, or similar systems 

engineering/technical education, business administration, and/or supply chain management

Joint Professional Military Education (JPME) such as Industrial College of the Armed Forces (ICAF)

Experience: 8 years of life cycle logistics experience in support of acquisition or sustainment of DoD weapons/materiel systems

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
p. 103
p. 104

Section 3

Science and technology managers are typically 

scientists and engineers primarily involved in 

the material solution analysis and technology 

development phases of the defense acquisition 

system. They may, however, be involved in 

any phase of the acquisition process from 

basic research through deployment and 

demilitarization. Primary duties include 

developing overall program goals for science 

and technology funds; acquiring the services 

of scientists, engineers, and technical support 

personnel who are experts in their fields to 

perform science and technology research for DoD; 

providing funds to and oversight of science and 

technology performers (including universities, 

industry, and federal government organizations); 

and interfacing with the customer to expedite the 

transition of technology to the user.

Science and Technology Functional Community 

Science and Technology Manager

Dr. John Fischer

Director, Laboratory Office, 

ODDR&E
p. 105

Science and Technology Manager Level I

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

» Science and Technology 

Conducts and/or monitors science and technology activities, including basic research, 

applied research, and/or advanced technology development in support of acquisition 

programs

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

» Acquisition Training ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management

» Functional Training

• SYS 101 Fundamentals of Systems Planning, Research, Development, and Engineering

• CLE 045 Introduction to DoD Science & Technology Management

• CLE 068 Intellectual Property and Data Rights

» Education

Baccalaureate or graduate degree in a technical or scientific field such as, but not limited 

to, engineering, physics, chemistry, biology, psychology, mathematics, operations 

research, engineering management, or computer science

» Experience 1 year of technical experience related to science and technology management

Core Plus Development Guide2 

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment 

Training Science and Technology

CLE 011 Modeling and Simulation for Systems Engineering +

CLE 022 Program Manager Introduction to Anti-Tamper +

CLM 013 Work-Breakdown Structure +

CLM 016 Cost Estimating +

CLM 017 Risk Management +

CLM 024 Contracting Overview +

IRM 101 Basic Information System Acquisition +

TST 102 Fundamentals of Test and Evaluation +

Education: None specified

Experience: None specified

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
p. 106

Section 3

Science and Technology Manager Level II

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

» Science and Technology 

Organizes, conducts, and/or monitors science and technology activities, including basic 

research, applied research, and/or advanced technology development; may also provide 

direct support to acquisition program managers

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

» Acquisition Training ACQ 201A Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A

» Functional Training • STM 202 Intermediate S&T Management (R)

• CLE 021 Technology Readiness Assessments

» Education

Baccalaureate or graduate degree in a technical or scientific field such as, but not limited 

to, engineering, physics, chemistry, biology, psychology, mathematics, operations 

research, engineering management, or computer science

» Experience 2 years of technical experience related to science and technology management

Core Plus Development Guide2 

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Science and Technology

CLB 011 Budget Policy +

CLC 036 Other Transaction Authority for Prototype Projects 

Overview +

CLC 106 Contracting Officer's Representative with a Mission Focus +

CLE 003 Technical Reviews +

CLE 009 Environmental Safety and Occupational Health (ESOH) 

in Systems Engineering +

CLE 062 Human Systems Integration +

CLE 301 Reliability and Maintainability +

CLL 008 Designing for Supportability in DoD Systems +

CLL 012 Supportability Analysis +

CLM 012 Scheduling +

CLM 031 Improved Statement of Work +

CLM 035 Environmental Safety and Occupational Health—Lesson 

from PMT 352A +

CLV 016 Introduction to Earned Value Management +

LOG 101 Acquisition Logistics Fundamentals +

Education: None specified

Experience: None specified

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

• “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

• Some continuous learning (CL) modules have been created by extracting lessons in their entirety from a training course. If this is the case for the CL module(s) identified in the above core certification standards, the course the CL module was extracted from is identified in the “Notes” section 

of the CL course description, and the course can be substituted to meet the certification standard. 
p. 107

Science and Technology Manager Level III

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

» Science and Technology 

Leads and/or manages science and technology activities including basic research, applied 

research, and/or advanced technology development; may also provide direct support to 

acquisition program managers

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

» Acquisition Training CLM 014 IPT Management and Leadership

» Functional Training STM 303 Advanced S&T Management (R)

» Education

Baccalaureate or graduate degree in a technical or scientific field such as, but not limited 

to, engineering, physics, chemistry, biology, psychology, mathematics, operations 

research, engineering management, or computer science

» Experience 4 years of technical experience related to science and technology management

Unique Position Training Standards2

» Science and Technology Managers (individuals with 

primary management responsibilities for BA 3 projects 

such as, but not limited to, Advanced Technology Demonstrations, Joint Capability Demonstrations, and Future 

Naval Capabilities Programs) The training listed in this 

section is considered very important

• ACQ 201B Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B (R)

• CLE 026 Trade Studies

• CLV 017 Performance Measurement Baseline

• CLV 018 Earned Value and Financial Management Reports

• CLV 020 Baseline Maintenance

• PMT 251 Program Management Tools Course, Part I

• PMT 257 Program Management Tools Course, Part II

• PMT 352A Program Management Office Course, Part A 

Core Plus Development Guide3 

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training Science and Technology

CLE 026 Trade Studies +

CLM 021 Introduction to Reducing Total Ownership Costs (R-TOC) +

CLV 017 Performance Measurement Baseline +

Education: Graduate-level degree in engineering, physics, chemistry, biology, mathematics, operations research, management, or a related field

Experience: None specified

1

 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2

 The training listed in the Unique Position Training Standards section for workforce members assigned to these positions is recommended. 

3 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
p. 108

Section 3

As the functional leader for the Test and 

Evaluation (T&E) career field, my primary 

goals are to improve the quality of the T&E 

workforce and provide consistent and integrated 

T&E policy and guidance. Our responsibility to 

train and maintain the T&E workforce involves 

keeping the T&E functional and core acquisition 

competencies current, establishing certification 

standards, and developing T&E position category 

descriptions.

Our T&E courses provide essential knowledge 

that T&E professionals require to effectively 

participate in DoD T&E activities. In order 

to assist in reducing cost and schedule and 

in improving performance for major defense 

acquisition programs, T&E professionals need to 

have a foundation that includes understanding 

technical maturity and performance baselines; 

knowledge and application of technical reviews, 

design considerations, and reliability growth; and 

the practical use of T&E concepts and principles 

during planning, execution, and reporting for a 

system or system-of-systems. In addition to the 

foundation, the Office of the Deputy Assistant 

Secretary of Defense, Developmental Test 

and Evaluation (ODASD[DT&E]) forecasts 

growing areas for expertise and education 

in interoperability, information and system 

assurance, reliability and maintainability, and 

enhanced use of modeling, simulation, and 

stimulants.

As the functional leader, I provide oversight 

by reviewing DAU education and training 

requirements, as well as validating the 

certification standards for each of the three 

T&E certification levels. ODASD(DT&E) 

also updates the requirements according to 

changes in statutory and regulatory acquisition 

policies, practices, and procedures. Currently, 

ODASD(DT&E) continues to develop learning 

modules for T&E in modeling and simulation and 

testing in a joint environment.

The T&E workforce requires increasing 

knowledge and skills to adequately identify 

and evaluate system vulnerabilities. Since 

T&E in joint programs and system-of-systems 

comprehension presents challenges, it is 

important to prepare the workforce for complex 

system dependencies and interoperability issues. 

A part of ODASD(DT&E)’s mission is to ensure 

that there is a high quality T&E workforce in 

order to provide the warfighter with affordable, 

supportable, and effective performance-based 

systems.

Test and Evaluation Functional Community

Dr. Steven 

Hutchison

Acting Deputy Assistant 

Secretary of Defense, 

Developmental Test and 

Evaluation (DT&E) Acting 

Director, Test Resource 

Management Center (TRMC)
p. 109

Test and Evaluation Level I

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

» Headquarters and Staff (OSD, JS, COCOMs, JITC, SYSCOMs, 

etc.) 

• Supports research and development of T&E policy, practices, metrics, and procedures

• Supports development of metrics (e.g., CTPs, MOEs, MOPs, COIs, success criteria) 

identification, direction, and guidance applicable to the Service/agency involvement 

in T&E

• Supports T&E office representative to T&E meetings and other forums

• Supports tracking/auditing of the T&E aspects of products/systems in the acquisition 

process

• Supports development of the T&E career management plan for recruiting, training, and 

retaining a professional T&E workforce

• Supports development and execution of T&E processes, standards, methods, and 

techniques

» Program Management and Matrix Support 

• Supports the program’s T&E working-level IPT

• Member of program’s T&E team developing a test and evaluation strategy (TES) and a 

test and evaluation master plan (TEMP)

• Supports development of program’s TES, approach, process, schedule, and resource 

requirements

• Supports implementation of metrics (e.g., CTPs, MOEs, MOPs, COIs, success criteria) 

relative to product/system under test

• Supports development of T&E materials and data for technical and progress reviews, 

including risk assessment

» Range/Lab/Field Supporting Activities 

• Supports identification, process, schedule for T&E resources, including: workforce,

infrastructure, and budgets to support testing as expected for the respective facility

• Supports facility test plan development

• Assists in test execution, data collection, analysis, and reporting

• Supports the maintenance of the physical facility, environment, and coordination of 

renovations and repairs as necessary

• Assists in the execution of Service/agency or DoD Information Assurance (IA) and 

System Assurance (SA) testing

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

» Acquisition Training ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management

» Functional Training

• CLE 023 Modeling and Simulation for Test and Evaluation 

• CLE 025 Information Assurance CIA

• CLE 035 Introduction to Probability and Statistics

• SYS 101 Fundamentals of Systems Planning, Research, Development, and Engineering

• TST 102 Fundamentals of Test and Evaluation 

» Education

Baccalaureate or graduate degree in a technical or scientific field such as engineering, 

physics, chemistry, biology, mathematics, operations research, engineering management, or computer science

» Experience 1 year of acquisition experience in test and evaluation

Core Plus Development Guide2 

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training HQ & Staff PM/Matrix Spt Rg/Lab/Fld Spt Act

CLE 004 Introduction to Lean Enterprise Concepts + +

CLE 015 Continuous Process Improvement Familiarization + +

IRM 101 Basic Information Systems Acquisition + + +

Education: None specified

Experience: None specified

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 

2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTES: 

•“(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 

•Some continuous learning (CL) modules have been created by extracting lessons in their entirety from a training course. If this is the case for the CL module(s) identified in the above core certification standards, the course the CL module was extracted from is identified in the “Notes” section 

of the CL course description, and the course can be substituted to meet the certification standard. 
p. 110

Section 3

Test and Evaluation Level II

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

» Headquarters and Staff (OSD, JS, COCOMs, JITC, SYSCOMs, 

etc.) 

• Supports research and development of test and evaluation strategy (TES), policy, 

practices, procedures, and implementation direction and guidance 

• Supports development of metrics (e.g., CTPs, MOEs, MOPs, COIs, success criteria) 

identification, direction, and guidance applicable to the headquarters

• Serves as or supports the T&E office representative at T&E meetings and other forums

• Manages tracking/auditing of the T&E aspects of products/systems in the acquisition 

process and identifies T&E issues

• Coordinates TES, test and evaluation master plans (TEMPs), test concepts, and test 

plans, as well as certifying annual T&E budgets

• Supports development of the T&E career management plan for recruiting, training, and 

retaining a professional T&E workforce

• Supports development and execution of T&E processes, standards, methods and 

techniques

» Program Management and Matrix Support 

• Member of the program’s T&E working-level IPT

• Directs/manages development and/or implementation of metrics (e.g., CTPs, MOEs, 

MOPs, COIs, success criteria) relative to product/system under test

• Drafts and coordinates TES and TEMP

• Directs coordination of Information Assurance (IA) testing and the DoD IA 

certification and accreditation process

• Directs/manages development of program’s T&E approach, process, schedule, and 

resource requirements

• Directs/manages development of T&E materials/data for technical and progress 

reviews, including risk assessment

• Identifies and coordinates T&E personnel and financial resources requirements

• Provides guidance on test concepts and test plans development and submits annual T&E 

budgets

» Range/Lab/Field Supporting Activities 

• Identifies and schedules facility resources for T&E resources, including workforce, 

infrastructure, and budgets to support testing

• Ensures facility T&E tools (IT, video, targets, simulators, stimulators, 

instrumentation, etc.) are capable of supporting T&E as expected for the respective 

facility

• Leads facility test plan development and coordination

• Ensures technical adequacy of T&E plans and mitigation of safety risks for test plans 

and during test execution

• Leads test execution, data collection, analysis, and reporting

• Supports the maintenance of the physical facility and environment, and coordination 

of renovations and repairs as necessary

• Manages the implementation of Service/agency or DoD Information Assurance (IA) 

and System Assurance (SA) policies

• Leads the evaluation and reporting of test results

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

» Acquisition Training • ACQ 201A Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A

• ACQ 201B Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B (R)

» Functional Training

• CLE 029 Testing In a Joint Environment

• CLE 003 Technical Reviews

• CLE 301 Reliability and Maintainability

• CLR 101 Introduction to the Joint Capabilities Integration & Development System

• SYS 202 Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, Development, and Engineering, 

Part I

• TST 204 Intermediate Test and Evaluation (R)

» Education

Baccalaureate or graduate degree in a technical or scientific field such as engineering, 

physics, chemistry, biology, mathematics, operations research, engineering management, or computer science. 

» Experience 2 years of test and evaluation experience

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
p. 111

Core Plus Development Guide2 

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training HQ & Staff PM/Matrix Spt Rg/Lab/Fld Spt Act

CLB 007 Cost Analysis + + +

CLE 015 Continuous Process Improvement Familiarization + + +

CLE 017 Technical Planning + + +

CLE 021 Technology Readiness Assessments + + +

CLE 037 Telemetry +

CLE 038 Time Space-Position Information +

CLE 039 Environmental Issues in Testing and Evaluation + + +

CLE 060 Practical Software and Systems Management + + +

CLM 013 Work-Breakdown Structure + +

CLM 016 Cost Estimating + + +

CLM 017 Risk Management + + +

CLM 035 Environmental Safety and Occupational Health—Lesson 

from PMT 352A + + +

CLV 016 Introduction to Earned Value Management + +

IRM 202 Intermediate Information Systems Acquisition (R) + + +

LOG 101 Acquisition Logistics Fundamentals + + +

LOG 103 Reliability, Availability, and Maintainability (RAM) + + +

PQM 101 Production, Quality, and Manufacturing Fundamentals + +

SPS 106 Database Maintenance + +

Education: None specified

Experience: At least 1 year of field hands-on T&E activities

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
p. 112

Section 3

Test and Evaluation Level III

Type of Assignment Representative Activities

» Headquarters and Staff (OSD, JS, COCOMs, JITC, SYSCOMS, 

etc.) 

• Manages identification, development, and implementation of T&E strategy, policy, 

practices, and procedures

• Manages development of metrics (e.g., CTPs, MOEs, MOPs, COIs, success criteria) 

identification, direction, and guidance applicable to the respective Service/agency

• Represents principal T&E office at T&E meetings and other forums

• Directs/manages tracking/auditing of the T&E aspects of products/systems in the 

acquisition process, identifies T&E issues, and recommends corrective actions as 

necessary

• Manages development of the T&E career management plan for recruiting, training, and 

retaining a professional T&E workforce

• Approves test and evaluation strategy (TES), test and evaluation master plans 

(TEMPs), test concepts, and test plans, as well as certifying annual T&E budgets

• Manages the development and execution of T&E processes, standards, methods, and 

techniques

» Program Management and Matrix Support 

• Chairs or serves as a key member of the program’s T&E working-level IPT

• Manages TES and TEMP development and securing final approvals

• Directs/manages development of program’s T&E approach, process, schedule, and 

resource requirements

• Directs/manages development of T&E materials for technical and progress reviews, 

including risk assessment

• Identifies and coordinates T&E personnel and financial resources requirements

• Provides guidance on test concepts and test plans development and submits annual 

T&E budgets

» Range/Lab/Field Supporting Activities 

• Manages the identification, process, and schedule for T&E resources, including 

workforce, infrastructure, and budgets to support testing

• Ensures facility test and evaluation tools (IT, targets, video, simulators, stimulators, 

instrumentation, etc.) are capable of supporting T&E

• Directs/manages facility test plan development, coordination, and approval

• Directs/manages technical and safety reviews of test plans

• Directs/manages test execution, data collection, and analysis

• Directs/manages evaluation and reporting test results

• Directs/manages development of new T&E techniques, capture of lessons learned, and 

development of T&E best practices 

• Manages the maintenance of the physical facility, environment, and coordination of 

renovations and repairs as necessary

• Directs/manages the implementation of Service/agency or DoD Information Assurance 

(IA), and System Assurance (SA) policies applicable to test facility

Core Certification Standards1 (Required for DAWIA certification)

» Acquisition Training Acquisition Training identified at Level II must have been completed 

» Functional Training

• Functional Training identified at Level II must have been completed 

• CLB 009 Planning, Programming, Budgeting and Execution and Budget Exhibits

• CLL 015 Products Support Business Case Analysis (BCA)

• CLM 014 IPT Management and Leadership

• CLM 031 Improved Statement of Work

• TST 303 Advanced Test and Evaluation (R)

» Education

Baccalaureate or graduate degree in a technical or scientific field such as engineering, 

physics, chemistry, biology, mathematics, operations research, engineering management, or computer science. 

» Experience 4 years of test and evaluation experience

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
p. 113

Core Plus Development Guide2 

(Desired training, education, and experience) Type of Assignment

Training HQ & Staff PM/Matrix Spt Rg/Lab/Fld Spt Act

CLC 011 Contracting for the Rest of Us + +

CLE 009 ESOH in Systems Engineering + + +

CLE 066 Systems Engineering for Systems of Systems + + +

CLL 012 Supportability Analysis + + +

CLL 014 Joint Systems Integrated Support Strategies (JSISS) +

CLM 032 Evolutionary Acquisition + +

CLR 151 Analysis of Alternatives + +

CLR 250 Capabilities Based Assessments + +

HBS 409 Decision Making + + +

HBS 427 Meeting Management + + +

HBS 441 Team Management + + +

PMT 251 Program Management Tools Course, Part I + +

PMT 257 Program Management Tools Course, Part II + + +

SYS 203 Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, Development, 

and Engineering, Part II (R) + + +

Education: None specified

Experience: At least 2 years of field hands-on T&E activities

1 The Core Certification Standards section lists the training, education, and experience REQUIRED for certification at this level. 2 When preparing your Individual Development Plan (IDP), you and your supervisor should consider the training, education, and experience listed in this Core Plus Development Guide if not already completed. 

NOTE: “(R)” following a course title indicates the course is delivered as resident-based instruction. 
p. 114

Section 3

Colocated with Defense Contract Management 

Agency (DCMA) headquarters at Fort Lee, VA, 

the College of Contract Management (CCM) 

is chartered to ensure well-trained faculty, 

well-designed curricula, and a cost-effective 

methodology to provide the professional, 

accredited courses necessary to enhance the 

skills of the workforce within the DCMA.

CCM was established in October 2011. The 

courses and online learning assets it will offer 

are still under development and will be fielded 

throughout Fiscal Years 2014 and 2015. Curricula 

will focus on contract management functional 

areas such as:

» Contract Management

» Pricing and Cost Monitoring

» Quality Assurance

» Industrial Manufacturing

» Supply Chain Predictability

» Software Engineering

» Earned Value Management

» Systems Engineering

» Aircraft Operations (safe handling of 

aircraft while in contractor facilities)

» Property

» Contingency Contracting (contracting, 

quality, property)

» Contract Safety

» Transportation

» Packaging

» Plant Clearance

» Contract Terminations

CCM will support DCMA’s provision of customerfocused Contract Administration Services that 

provide acquisition insight and engagement to 

enable the Defense Acquisition Workforce to 

produce the right product or service (quality) 

at the right time (delivery) and the right price 

(value). To this end, CCM’s curricula will focus 

on providing both formal training on contract 

management competencies needed for DCMA 

functional personnel to carry out their jobs and 

informal learning assets providing on-demand 

performance support. CCM training will be in 

addition to and in alignment with other training 

under the Defense Acquisition Workforce 

Improvement Act (DAWIA) that DCMA 

functional personnel will continue to receive. 

Portions of the CCM’s curricula are envisioned to 

be of benefit to non-DCMA functional personnel 

performing contract management functions. 

Defense Contract Management Community

Mr. Charlie E. 

Williams Jr.

Director, Defense Contract 

Management Agency
p. 115
p. 116

Section 4
p. 117

p. 118 Overview of Acquisition 

Workforce Career Management

p. 119 U.S. Army DACM

p. 120 U.S. Navy and Marine Corps 

DACM

p. 121 U.S. Air Force DACM

p. 122 4th Estate DACM

p. 124 DAU Administrative 

Information

p. 126 Registration Procedures for 

 Non-DoD Students

Section 4: Acquisition 

Workforce Management 

and Administration

4
p. 118

Section 4

Overview of Acquisition 

Workforce Career 

Management

Directors, Acquisition Career Management 

(DACMs)

The DACMs assist in managing the accession, 

training, education, and career development of 

their respective components. There is a DACM 

representative for each of the military services as 

well as for the 4th Estate. The 4th Estate DACM 

represents civilians assigned to the Defense 

agencies outside the military services. 

The DACMs coordinate with DAU to ensure the 

learning and developmental needs of the Defense 

Acquisition Workforce are addressed. The DACMs 

are instrumental in supporting enterprise human 

capital initiatives to create a high-performing 

Defense Acquisition Workforce. The following 

pages list important links and information 

regarding each DACM.

How to Register

To register for a DAU course, go to your 

appropriate DACM page in this catalog for links 

to registration Web sites and contact information. 

If you do not work as a member of the DoD—for 

instance, if you are a federal government employee 

in a civilian agency, an employee working for a 

company that supports DoD, or an international 

representative—go to the Registration Procedures 

for Non-DoD Students section of this catalog.

You are encouraged to review the DAU 

administrative information in this section, 

which provides an overview of DAU’s policies and 

procedures regarding attendance, cancellation, 

accommodations, transcript services, and other 

important information regarding taking a course 

at DAU.

Acquisition Workforce Management 

and Administration
p. 119

U.S. Army DACM

The U.S. Army Director, Acquisition Career Management (DACM) is charged 

with the responsibility to implement the Defense Acquisition Workforce 

Improvement Act (DAWIA) for the Army Acquisition Workforce. The DACM 

is an advisor and staff assistant to the Assistant Secretary of the Army for 

Acquisition, Logistics, and Technology (ASA[ALT]) and represents the 

assistant secretary in all matters relating to efforts to improve the acquisition 

workforce and its associated acquisition processes through education, training, 

and career management. The Army DACM reports directly to the ASA(ALT) 

and also serves as the Principal Military Deputy to the ASA(ALT). The Army 

Deputy DACM serves also as the Director of the U.S. Army Acquisition Support 

Center, whose mission is to provide Command-level resource management, 

human resources, and force structure support to the program executive offices 

and serve as the advocate for the entire Army Acquisition Workforce to ensure 

their professional growth and career development in order to continually 

improve Army combat capability.

The DACM promotes leadership and professional development of the Army 

Acquisition Workforce and ensures individual skill sets are matched with 

relevant work requirements, all while promoting an environment of open 

communication where the workforce can understand its role in equipping and 

sustaining the world’s premier fighting force.

The DACM’s responsibilities are to: 

» Establish and oversee the mission and vision of the Army Acquisition Corps (AAC) 

and the associated programs for the development and readiness of a professional 

civilian and military workforce

» Oversee the AAC and the Defense Acquisition Workforce while establishing 

human capital plans, programs, and strategies to accomplish the acquisition 

mission and vision for the Army

» Ensure the readiness of a professional civilian and military workforce through 

relevant training, education, and experience opportunities

» Oversee all career management activities for the AAC and Defense Acquisition 

Workforce (e.g., policies, training, opportunities, etc.) in accordance with 

statutory requirements and congressional mandates

» Grant AAC membership and DAWIA certification and approve waivers

» Designate senior-level representatives to provide guidance and to advise on 

matters that affect the education, training, and career development of 

the Defense Acquisition Workforce

» Establish forums/opportunities to specifically address issues facing the 

acquisition community from the perspective of Army senior leaders

» Represent the Army Acquisition Executive in all matters pertaining to the 

acquisition mission for the Army 

The Army Acquisition Workforce 

comprises more than 42,000 

civilian and military workforce 

members who occupy 14 

acquisition career fields. The 

largest numbers of workforce 

members serve in the acquisition 

career fields of Systems Planning, 

Research, Development, and 

Engineering–Systems Engineer, 

followed by Contracting and Life 

Cycle Logistics.

Where to find 

information

Visit the Army’s acquisition Web 

site at asc.army.mil/ for information 

on acquisition career management 

policies and programs, including 

such topics as:

» Acquisition Corps career planning and 

certification 

» Civilian and Military Proponency

» Legislation and policy

» Tuition assistance and training 

opportunities

» Waivers and forms

» Army Defense Acquisition University 

registration: 

https://www.atrrs.army.mil/channels/aitas/

» The award-winning Army AL&T 

Magazine

» News and developments

» FAQs and contact information

LTG William N. 

Phillips

Army DACM
p. 120

Section 4

U.S. Navy and Marine Corps DACM

The U.S. Navy Director, Acquisition Career Management (DACM) is the 

focal point in the Department of the Navy (DoN) for the management and 

development of the acquisition workforce. Having the right people in the right 

job at the right time will translate to effective and efficient execution, delivering 

the finest warfighting capability in the world. The DACM seeks to improve the 

workforce through education, training, and career management. 

The Navy DACM is focused on revitalizing and sustaining the acquisition 

workforce and has developed a framework upon which the DoN will improve 

capacity and capability. The fundamental precept that guides the DACM office 

is that the current and future DoN warfighting development, procurement, and 

life cycle sustainment demands of its acquisition workforce continue to be high 

performing and competent across the spectrum of acquisition career fields. 

The framework is built upon a six-pillar foundation:

» Pillar 1: Rebalance the acquisition workforce

» Pillar 2: Integrate acquisition workforce requirements into the Planning, 

Programming, Budgeting and Execution System

» Pillar 3: Reinforce the science and engineering foundation

» Pillar 4: Improve program manager and acquisition business skills

» Pillar 5: Return to deliberate flag/SES acquisition community management

» Pillar 6: Plan acquisition workforce sustainment

The DACM goals are to:

» Revitalize the acquisition workforce through improved education, training, and 

career management

» Focus on developing and sustaining acquisition professionals with critical skills 

needed to increase the capability of the acquisition workforce 

» Implement policies and processes that lead to an appropriately sized acquisition 

workforce 

The DACM responsibilities are to:

» Develop acquisition workforce strategies and policies

» Collaborate with other DoD military services, agencies, and functional leaders 

on matters relating to the acquisition workforce education, training, and career 

development

» Analyze acquisition workforce requirements to ensure the DoN Acquisition 

Workforce has the personnel and skills it needs, now and into the future

» Manage critical acquisition positions/key leadership positions and ACAT I and 

ACAT II program manager assignments

» Manage career development programs and opportunities

» Manage the DoN Section 52 Defense Acquisition Development Fund Program

» Oversee the DoN centrally managed Naval Acquistion Development Program

» Manage acquisition workforce awards and recognition

» Ensure workforce reporting requirements are met 

Where to find 

information

Visit the Department of the 

Navy Research, Development, 

and Acquisition Web site at 

https://acquisition.navy.mil/rda/home/

acquisition_workforce for Navy-specific 

acquisition career management 

policies and procedures, including 

topics such as:

» Acquisition Corps

» Career planning and 

certification

» Legislation and policy

» Naval Acquisition 

Development Program (interns 

and associates)

» News and developments

» Tuition assistance

» Waivers and forms

» Job fairs

» FAQs

» Contact information

To register for acquisition training, 

visit the Register-Now Web site at 

https://www.atrrs.army.mil/channels/navyedacm.

Ms. Rene’ 

Thomas-Rizzo

Navy DACM
p. 121

Where to find 

information

Visit the Career/APDP section of 

the Acquisition functional area on 

the AF Portal. The site includes the 

following topics and links: 

» Certification and training

» Professional currency

» How to fix your record

» Acquisition Corps requirements and 

responsibilities

» Education opportunities and tuition 

assistance

» Guide to assignment-specific training

» Career Field Development Teams

» Awards and recognition

» Position qualification and tenure 

waivers

» Professional development

» Workforce announcements

» Policy references

» Career points of contact

Register for DAU Training

https://www.atrrs.army.mil/channels/acqnow/

Register for AFIT Training

https://www.atrrs.army.mil/channels/afitnow/

Track Continuous Learning

https://www.atrrs.army.mil/channels/acqnowcl/

Apply for APDP certification

https://www.atrrs.army.mil/channels/

acqnowcert/

Review Your Acquisition Career Brief 

(ACMS)

https://w20.afpc.randolph.af.mil/AFPCSecureNet20/CheckPortal.aspx

Review your career path

https://afvec.langley.af.mil/af-cpt

U.S. Air Force DACM

The U.S. Air Force Director, Acquisition Career Management (DACM) is 

designated by the Assistant Secretary of the Air Force for Acquisition as the 

focal point for management and development of the acquisition workforce. The 

Air Force DACM works with the Office of the Under Secretary of Defense for 

Acquisition, Technology and Logistics; the Defense Acquisition University 

(DAU); other Services and defense agencies; Air Force acquisition career field 

functional managers; and Air Force Acquisition Workforce members to improve 

the acquisition workforce through education, training, and career management.

The Air Force DACM responsibilities are to:

» Assist the Service Acquisition Executive with oversight and execution of 

acquisition workforce responsibilities

» Develop the Air Force acquisition professional workforce through directing, 

coordinating, and reviewing actions mandated by the Defense Acquisition 

Workforce Improvement Act (DAWIA) and DoD directives

» Develop, implement, and oversee policies and procedures for the Air Force 

Acquisition Professional Development Program (APDP)

» Establish programs, as required, to provide career development opportunities for 

the acquisition workforce in accordance with DAWIA, associated regulations, and 

Air Force Acquisition Workforce human capital strategic planning objectives

» Develop, review, and coordinate policy regarding the Air Force Acquisition 

Workforce, including both organic (Air Force civilians and military) and 

contracted resources

» Represent the Air Force as point of contact with DAU and other DoD military 

services and agencies for matters relating to the AT&L Workforce Education, 

Training, and Career Development Program

» Oversee Air Force acquisition training selection boards, including the Program 

Manager’s Course and Industrial College of the Armed Forces Senior Acquisition 

Course, for the acquisition community

» Manage training matters associated with DAWIA implementation, including 

DAU course quotas, acquisition training funds, and student course registration

» Centrally administer Defense Acquisition Workforce Development Funds to 

ensure the Air Force Acquisition Workforce has the capacity it needs in 

both personnel and skills

» Establish and maintain acquisition career management information systems for 

training, continuous learning, certification, acquisition personnel records review 

and waivers, as needed, to execute acquisition workforce responsibilities

Mr. Patrick M. 

Hogan

SAF/AQH
p. 122

Section 4

4th Estate DACM

The 4th Estate Director, Acquisition Career Management (DACM) represents 

civilians assigned to the defense agencies outside the military departments—a 

community comprising more than 21,000 Defense Acquisition Workforce 

members. The 4th Estate DACM is responsible for collaborating with the 

defense agencies on all facets of career development and management of the 

Defense Acquisition Workforce. 

The 4th Estate DACM responsibilities include:

» Supporting enterprise human capital initiatives to create a high-performing 

Defense Acquisition Workforce

» Collaborating and coordinating with defense agencies to support implementation 

of the Defense Acquisition Workforce Development Fund

» Providing policy interpretations on Defense Acquisition Workforce Improvement 

Act (DAWIA) matters

» Collaborating with senior leaders and functional leaders on matters relating 

to supporting and improving the Defense Acquisition Workforce

» Ensuring career management tools are available to the 4th Estate community, 

including a continuous learning tracking system and online application processes 

for certification and Defense Acquisition Corps membership

» Formulating concepts to develop innovative tools and resources to increase 

efficiencies

The following career management functions are performed at your 

specific agency:

» Approval of applications for DAU training

» Approval of DAWIA certification applications

» Approval of Acquisition Corps applications

» Processing and approval of waivers and fulfillment requests

» Documentation of course equivalencies

» Coding and management of acquisition personnel information

Where to find 

information

The 4th Estate DACM Web 

site, www.dau.mil/doddacm, provides 

additional information on the 

following areas:

» Class registration 

https://www.atrrs.army.mil/channels/acqtas

» Managing your acquisition career 

» Career management tools

» Acquisition Corps

» DAWIA certification 

» Workforce manager resources

» Workforce policy 

» 4th Estate metrics

Points of Contact:

ACQTAS Help Desk, 

acqtashelp@asmr.com, 

703-645-0161

ACQTAS Travel Desk, 

acqtastravel@asmr.com, 

703-645-0161

Mr. Robert 

Daugherty

4th Estate DACM (Acting)
p. 123
p. 124

Section 4

DAU Administrative 

Information

Course Offerings

DAU courses are offered in a variety of modes:

» Resident—Workforce member attends class at 

one of the DAU training sites.

» Local—DAU instructor teaches at locations that 

have sufficient numbers of attendees 

to constitute a class.

» Distance Learning—Course material is offered 

entirely or in part via the Internet.

» Facilitated Online Learning Environment—

Material is offered online; instruction may be 

online or in the classroom.

» Hybrid—Course includes both distance learning 

and classroom (Parts A and B).

Online Requirements

E-learning assets should be developed in 

accordance with the following minimum 

specifications for learners’ computers. 

» Windows XP Service Pack 3/Win7 

Service Pack 1

» Internet Explorer 7.0 (WXP) - 8.0 (Win7)

» Browser Settings:

» Pop-up blockers disabled

» Cookies enabled at medium-low security level

» Java Runtime Environment: Enabled, version 1.6 

or above—AJAX has replaced the necessity for 

Java. If students are still unable to 

access their courses sucessfully, it is 

recommend that they have at least version 1.5.0 

update 7 or higher, with the exceptions of 

1.6.0_01 and 1.6.0_10

» Adobe Flash Player Version 11.3+

» Windows Media Player 11+

» Adobe Acrobat Reader Version 10.1.3+

» Adobe Shockwave Player 11+

» Apple Quicktime 7.7.2

» Intel Pentium 4 Processor (1.6-2.4 GHz) or 

faster

» 40GB of available hard disk space

» 1 GB of RAM

» Screen settings for color monitor:

» 1024 x 768 minimum resolution

» Font size or DPI set to normal or small

» Internet connection: 56 kbps+ (1.5 Mbps 

recommended)

» 16 bit sound card and speakers

When logging on to the DAU Virtual Campus at 

https://learn.dau.mil, students should review 

the computer requirements in the “System 

Requirements” option under the “Help” menu. 

This will help students ensure their computers 

are able to run online courseware successfully. 

Some online courses have additional software 

requirements that are explained at the beginning 

of the course.

Reporting Instructions

After being accepted for admission into a DAU 

course, students will receive an e-mail from the 

university with instructions on how to proceed. 

In the case of online courses, an e-mail will 

explain how to access the course material online. 

For classroom courses, students will receive an 

e-mail with specific reporting instructions and 

information on housing, meals, facilities, and 

appropriate classroom attire.

DAU offers students Web-based support for 

classroom activities and pre-course assignments 

through the Blackboard learning management 

system. Blackboard provides Web sites for selected 

DAU courses so students can access readings 

and course activities on demand. Blackboard 

can support a variety of learning activities as 

required by a class: assignments, quizzes, surveys, 

and discussions. It supports group work and 

also provides a place to store and submit files to 

instructors. A student enrolled in a course using 

Blackboard will receive information about the 

course’s Web site in course welcome materials. 

Travel, Per Diem, and Reimbursement

Each Service Acquisition Career Management 

Office or parent organization funds travel 

expenses and per diem for eligible students based 

on Service- or agency-specific policy. Students 

should consult the appropriate Acquisition Career 

Management Office for policy and guidance 

concerning travel requirements. It is very 

important that students arrive with a government 

credit card to pay for all legitimate travel-related 

expenses or, if needed, draw cash advances in lieu 

of receiving advance per diem payments. DAU 

cannot process travel claims or provide advance 

per diem payments. Students should know the 

name and telephone number of the government 

credit card program coordinator for their Services 

or organizations. This person will be the student’s 

point of contact for government credit cardrelated questions.

Defense Acquisition Workforce members may be 

eligible for funding of travel and per diem when 

Acquisition Workforce Management 

and Administration
p. 125

attending courses required for certification. This 

is strictly based upon the Service component 

policy. Students should contact their Service 

component point of contact for the specific 

funding policy covering DAU training. Funding is 

not provided to cover travel and per diem costs for 

workforce members who attend DAU courses for 

the purpose of continuous learning. 

Course Registration and Quota Allocation

DAU uses the Army Training Requirements and 

Resources System (ATRRS) to maintain course 

schedules, allocate quotas, and manage class 

registration. Agencies with quota allocations 

should register workforce members as early as 

possible before the class start date to ensure their 

employees are in the ATRRS system and that 

employees have sufficient time to make necessary 

arrangements for attending class. After applying 

for a course, a student will receive an e-mail 

identifying his or her status as either wait-listed 

or as having a reservation. Approximately 60 

days before the class starts, those with class 

reservations will receive an e-mail from DAU 

(later for late registrants) providing reporting 

instructions, class start and end times, and 

location-specific information (e.g., points of 

contact, hotels, and directions). Points of contact 

for most courses and locations are provided in the 

online course schedule. Any workforce member 

who is registered and has not received reporting 

instructions 15 days prior to the class start date 

should contact the Center for Scheduling and 

Student Support at either 866-568-6924 (Option 

1) or 703-805-3459 (Option 1).

Attendance Policy

Students are expected to attend all scheduled 

course sessions (including teleconferencing, 

satellite, and synchronous online sessions) and 

complete all coursework. Whenever possible, 

students shall request permission from the 

instructor in advance of the absences, which 

must be for valid reasons such as illness or family 

emergency. Cumulative absences that exceed 

5 percent of contact time may be grounds for 

disenrollment (e.g., for a 40-hour course, students 

are expected to participate in at least 38 hours). 

Some courses permit students who miss periods of 

class time to complete supplemental work before 

receiving a graduation certif icate.

DAU follows established DoD and Office of 

Personnel Management guidance for civilians, 

and Service regulations for military personnel 

concerning various categories of leave.

Transcripts

To obtain transcripts,students should go to

http://www.dau.mil/studentInfo/default.aspx and click “Request 

a DAU Transcript.” The students will be directed 

to the online transcript system, where they will 

be asked to log on using either a Common Access 

Card (CAC) or Social Security number/date of 

birth. Once in the transcript system, students can 

print a transcript at their desks or request that an 

official transcript with a raised DoD seal be sent to 

a college. Transcripts are usually processed within 

five working days, though sometimes it takes 

longer; students will receive an e-mail notice when 

their transcripts have been processed. Questions 

regarding transcripts should be directed to the 

Center for Scheduling and Student Support at 

dau.transcript@dau.mil.

Disability Accommodations

Those with disabilities who are scheduled to 

attend DAU classes should notify their local 

training office and the Center for Scheduling 

and Student Support as soon as possible prior 

to the start date of the class to ensure that 

appropriate accommodations are made. DAU 

fully supports the requirements of Section 

508 of the Rehabilitation Act Amendments of 

1998. Section 508 requires federal agencies that 

develop, procure, maintain, or use electronic and 

information technology to ensure that federal 

employees with disabilities have access to and use 

of that information and data. To that end, all new 

DAU courseware is developed to comply with the 

standards set forth in Section 508.

Student Policies

A complete overview of all student policies can be 

found at www.dau.mil/studentInfo/Pages/student_info.aspx.

Academic Integrity

Absolute integrity is expected of every DAU 

student in all academic undertakings. Integrity 

entails a firm adherence to a set of values, and the 

values most essential to an academic community 

are grounded on the concept of honesty with 

respect to the intellectual efforts of oneself 

and others. Academic integrity is expected not 
p. 126

Section 4

only in formal coursework situations, but also 

in all university relationships and interactions 

connected to the educational process, including 

the use of university resources.

Dress Policy

Unless otherwise noted in the welcome letter 

or e-mail, civilian and military students are 

authorized to wear business casual attire: dress 

slacks, collared shirts, dress shoes/loafers and 

the equivalent attire for women. Examples 

of inappropriate attire are shorts; flip flops; 

strapless, excessively short or sheer garments; 

exposed midriffs; jeans; and athletic wear of any 

kind. The instructor may specify in advance 

exceptions to the above in support of a specific 

class event. Students also are requested to be 

cognizant that the heavy use of colognes and 

perfumes can be a distraction in class and cause 

allergic reactions in other students. In the case 

of DAU courses conducted at customer sites, 

alternative standards, consistent with those of the 

local command or organization, may prevail.

Cancellation Policy

If circumstances dictate canceling course 

attendance after a student receives notification 

of acceptance, the procedures set forth by the 

student’s respective Service or agency should 

be followed. This may afford other workforce 

members an opportunity to attend the course.

Grievance Policy

Any grievance a student may have, academic or 

otherwise, will first be addressed with the lead 

instructor of the course. If the lead instructor 

cannot resolve the issue to the student’s 

satisfaction, the issue can be elevated as outlined 

in DAU Directive 704, Student Academic and 

Administrative Policies. Directive 704 is available 

at www.dau.mil/studentInfo/Pages/student_info.aspx.

Registration Procedures for 

Non-DoD Students

International Students

Foreign military and civilian employees of a 

foreign government must apply for DAU courses 

through their country’s training officer, who 

will coordinate the training request through 

the U.S. Army security assistance officer in the 

Office of Defense Cooperation or an appropriate 

official in the U.S. Embassy. The U.S. Army 

Security Assistance Training Field Activity 

(SATFA), which is the executive agent for foreign 

members attending DAU courses, will process 

each individual’s application through appropriate 

channels. The SATFA will coordinate all training 

requests with the DAU Non-DoD Registrar at 

nondod.registrar@dau.mil or 703-805-4498. Security 

assistance officers or U.S. Embassy officials 

sponsoring training requests from the host 

country should go to http://jko.jten.mil for information 

on training available through the foreign military 

sales training program.

Military and civilian employees of countries 

that are members of the North Atlantic Treaty 

Organization (NATO) should initiate their 

training requests through the SATFA by calling 

757-788-3255. The SATFA desk officer for NATO 

affairs will put the student in contact with 

appropriate NATO training officials to process 

and coordinate the training request.

A non-U.S. citizen employed by a U.S. defense 

industry corporation, working for a foreign 

corporation that has a contract with DoD or any 

of the military departments, or assigned to a U.S. 

military agency or activity may be eligible to apply 

for DAU courses. For information about applying 

for a course, contact the DAU Academic Support 

Office at industry.registrar@dau.mil or 703-805-4498.

Acquisition Personnel with Federal 

Civilian Agencies

Federal civilian personnel interested in 

acquisition or acquisition-related training should 

first consult the Federal Acquisition Institute 

(FAI) Web site at www.fai.gov, which provides 

information about career, certification, and 

training programs. Federal civilian personnel 

interested in attending DAU- or FAI-sponsored 

training must submit an application using the FAI 

electronic registration system on the Web at https://

www.atrrs.army.mil/channels/faitas/student/logon.aspx?caller=1, 

the FAI Internet Training Application (FAITAS) 

Web site.

Federal civilian personnel can attend DAU and 

FAI courses at no cost, on a space-available 

Acquisition Workforce Management 

and Administration
p. 127

basis for DAU courses. The electronic system 

streamlines the reservation process and allows 

prospective students to initiate their own training 

requests via the Internet.

For additional information, students should 

contact their local acquisition career managers. 

Points of contact available to assist students are 

listed on the FAI Web site. You can also contact 

the FAI help desk at 703-805-2300, Fax 703-805-

2111, or visit www.fai.gov/drupal/content/contact-us.

Defense Industry Certification

Unless an organization has its own certification 

standards, there is no organization or association 

that confers certification in a functional area 

for defense industry employees similar to the 

certification program administered by DoD for 

its acquisition workforce members. Industry 

employees may demonstrate comparable training 

to the members of the DoD Acquisition Workforce 

by successfully completing DAU courses. They 

can register for courses at http://www.fai.gov/drupal/

content/contact-us and will be accepted on a spaceavailable basis.
p. 128

Appendix A
pg. 129 p

Appendix A:

Training Courses

a

Required course prerequisites are 

listed online in the iCatalog within each 

course concept card. A consolidated 

listing is also accessible from the 

iCatalog Home page at: 

http://icatalog.dau.mil/

See pp. 123-126 for course registration 

procedures.
p. 130

Distance Learning or Facilitated/Online Resident/Local

Training Courses

involved, and the role of the acquisition professional in the 

process. Upon completion of this course, students should be 

able to identify technology security principles, information, 

and processes; as well as describe the relationships between 

technology security and acquisition.

Course Length: Approximately 5 hours

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

ACQ 201A 

Intermediate Systems Acquisition, 

Part A

Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A, uses computerbased training to prepare mid-level acquisition professionals to work in integrated product teams by providing an 

overview of systems acquisition principles and processes. 

Both ACQ 201A and ACQ 201B are required for DAWIA 

certification. 

Course Length: Students have 60 calendar days to complete this course

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

ACQ 201B 

Intermediate Systems Acquisition, 

Part B

Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B, prepares midlevel acquisition professionals to work effectively in integrated product teams by understanding systems acquisition 

principles and processes. Both ACQ 201A and ACQ 201B are 

required for DAWIA certification.

Course Length: 4.5 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

ACQ 265 

Mission-Focused Services 

Acquisition

This course is designed to improve our tradecraft in the 

acquisition of services. It uses a multifunctional approach 

that provides acquisition team members with the tools and 

techniques necessary to analyze and apply performanceACQ 101 

Fundamentals of Systems 

Acquisition Management

This course provides a broad overview of the DoD systems 

acquisition process, covering all phases of acquisition. It 

introduces the Joint Capabilities Integration and Development System; the planning, programming, budgeting, and 

execution process; DoD 5000-series policy documents; 

and current issues in systems acquisition management. 

Designed for individuals who have little or no experience in 

DoD acquisition management, this course has proven very 

useful to personnel in headquarters, program management, 

and functional or support offices.

Course Length: Approximately 25 hours

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

ACQ 120 

Fundamentals of International 

Acquisition (FIAC)

This course teaches the fundamentals of international 

acquisition and its relationship to Security Cooperation, 

including relevant laws and policies and the roles of involved 

U.S. Government organizations. It covers International 

Armaments Cooperation (IAC) and Security Assistance 

programs, how they relate to the Defense Acquisition 

System, and the processes and procedures used on these 

forms of international acquisition. The course also covers 

international contracting, international logistics, systems 

engineering activities as they relate to program protection 

and interoperability, and technology security basics. 

Course Length: Approximately 20 hours

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

ACQ 130 

Fundamentals of Technology 

Security/Transfer (FTS/T)

This course is intended to provide the student with a 

comprehensive understanding of technology security and 

transfer as it pertains to international acquisition activities. FTS/T covers the purpose of technology security in 

international programs, the key legislation and key players 

Appendix A Training Courses

Distance Learning or Facilitated/Online Resident/Local
p. 131

ACQ 401 

Senior Acquisition Course

For Acquisition Level III (or equivalent) certified students 

selected to attend The Dwight D. Eisenhower School for 

National Security and Resource Strategy: A preeminent 

course for members of the acquisition workforce, the 

Senior Acquisition Course (SAC) consists of the 10-month 

Eisenhower School curriculum, complemented by a choice 

of acquisition-related focus electives, graduate level lessons/

seminars, and individual/group research and writing. A 

limited number of SAC students may take the Defense 

Acquisition University Program Manager’s Course, PMT 

401, in lieu of the focus elective and individual/group 

research and writing, as a general elective in partial fulfillment of Senior Acquisition Course and the National Security 

and Resource Strategy curriculum requirements. Those who 

complete the Senior Acquisition Course receive a Master of 

Science degree in National Security Resource Strategy from 

The Eisenhower School and a diploma signifying completion 

of the Senior Acquisition Course. Professionals who also 

take the Program Manager’s Course as part of their curriculum earn PMT 401 diplomas as well.

Target Attendees: Participants are selected by their 

respective Services or agencies. Military officers are 

selected as part of the Senior Service School Selection 

Process and designated by the Directors of Acquisition 

Career Management.

Course Length: 10 months

Method of Delivery: Resident

ACQ 403 

Defense Acquisition Executive 

Overview Workshop

This innovative course provides general/flag officers and 

members of the Senior Executive Service with an executivelevel understanding of the defense acquisition system and 

supporting processes. Workshop content is tailored to the 

needs of the executive; conducted on demand; and delivered 

in a one-on-one, desk-side forum.

Target Attendees: This course is for DoD general/flag 

officers; career and political Senior Executive Service 

personnel; congressional staff; and other executives, such 

as employees of the Government Accountability Office 

who are involved in or interface with the DoD acquisition 

based principles when developing requirements documents 

and effective business strategies for contractor-provided 

services. The course uses the seven-step Service Acquisition 

Process, a team-oriented approach, and multiple interactive, 

hands-on, learning sessions to apply the principles. ACQ 

265 is designed for those who need to improve their skills in 

developing and defining service requirements, supporting 

business strategies, and effectively managing the resulting 

contractor performance. However, this course may also 

provide an opportunity for experienced acquisition personnel to improve their understanding of the Service Acquisition Process.

Course Length: 4 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

ACQ 315 

Understanding Industry 

(Business Acumen)

Course instruction covers a wide range of business acumen 

competencies, including industry orientation, organization, 

cost and financial planning, business strategy/development, 

supplier management, incentives, and negotiating strategies. Business skills will be learned on aligning company 

strategies, finances, and operations that motivate company 

decisions to meet business goals, and gain fair and reasonable profits while providing best taxpayer value to the 

government on defense products.

Course Length: 4.5 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

ACQ 370 

Acquisition Law

DoD policy now mandates that the acquisition process be 

conducted through integrated product teams. The employment of integrated product teams in the acquisition process 

has resulted in the involvement of many non-contracting 

government personnel. ACQ 370 provides an overview of 

government contract law, specifically laws and regulations 

that are applicable to government contracts.

Course Length: 4.5 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident
p. 132

Distance Learning or Facilitated/Online Resident/Local

Training Courses

system and processes. Executive participants may include 

a limited number of direct reports to enhance the value of 

the learning and dialog on matters of specific importance 

to the executive.

Course Length: Varies depending upon the number of 

topics to be addressed; typically one-half to 2 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

ACQ 404 

Systems Acquisition Management Course

This course provides a senior-level understanding of the 

defense acquisition system, key processes, and current 

issues and initiatives appropriate for senior decisionmakers. 

Distinguished speakers provide the executive participants 

a forum to discuss motivations, constraints, and perspectives of government and defense executives and those of the 

Congress and the Government Accountability Office.

Target Attendees: General, flag officers, members of the 

Senior Executive Service.

Course Length: 4.5 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

ACQ 405 

Executive Refresher Course

This course provides senior acquisition professionals, 

from all career fields, an update on DoD acquisition policy, 

processes, and lessons learned. The ultimate goal is for 

participants to synthesize classroom information and 

define their roles and responsibilities as acquisition leaders. 

Participants hone their expertise through discussions led by 

DoD, congressional, Government Accountability Office, and 

industry guest speakers on acquisition updates. Sessions 

also include specific career field updates provided by DAU 

instructors in the areas such as financial management, 

systems engineering, contracting, logistics, and test and 

evaluation. Learners also will participate in specific group 

discussions on contemporary management and leadership 

topics, such as partnering with industry, risk management, 

human capital management, earned value oversight, time 

management, and leading change.

Target Attendees: This course is for DAWIA Level 

III-certified members of all career fields who are (or have 

been selected for) O–6, GS–15, or the industry equivalents 

who are working in DoD weapons systems or information 

systems acquisition. This course is not designed for individuals currently assigned as program managers for MDAP 

or MAIS programs.

Course Length: 8.5 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

ACQ 450 

Leading in the Acquisition 

Environment

This action-based learning course provides an overview of 

the competencies and skills needed to lead in an acquisition environment. Experiential activities include roleplaying, simulation, communication, and critical-thinking 

exercises; a leadership challenge; and completion of a 

360-degree feedback instrument and executive coaching 

to develop action plans related to the feedback. Participants will learn to apply strategies for leading up, down, 

and across in an acquisition organization.

Target Attendees: This class is for civilians (GS 13–15) and 

military (O5–O6) personnel in supervisory positions, Level 

III-certified (any career field/path), and who have at least 3 

years of acquisition experience serving in a Level III-coded 

position. Industry and allied participants are eligible to 

attend and are encouraged to register on a space-available 

basis.

Course Length: 4 classroom days 

Method of Delivery: Resident

ACQ 451 

Integrated Acquisition for 

Decisionmakers

Participant-driven, action-based learning exposes Defense 

Acquisition Workforce members to the multidisciplinary 

acquisition perspectives, integration challenges, and 

influencing strategies necessary for successful integrated 

acquisition decisionmaking. Through facilitated discussions, simulations, exercises, case studies, and exposure to 

decisionmaking tools, participants will formulate strategies 

that promote effective integration and collaboration for a 

current integration challenge. Participants will gain a wider 

view of the acquisition environment and their respective 

roles and responsibilities.

Appendix A Training Courses
p. 133

Target Attendees: Civilian and military Defense Acquisition Workforce leaders, primarily supervisors in grades 

equivalent to GS 13–15 and O4–O6, as well as leaders of 

Integrated Product Teams (IPTs).

Course Length: 3 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

For all Auditing courses, see Appendix E.

BCF 103 

Fundamentals of Business 

Financial Management

Using interactive, computer-based training, professionals will develop the skills necessary for formulating and 

executing a program office budget. Topics covered in this 

course include cost analysis; funding policies; the DoD 

planning, programming, budgeting, and execution process; 

the congressional enactment process; and the budget 

execution process.

Course Length: Approximately 26 hours

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

BCF 106 

Fundamentals of Cost Analysis

Professionals are introduced to policies and techniques 

that are used for preparing system cost estimates, including 

DoD estimating requirements and guidance, estimate use 

and structure, analogy estimates, parametric estimating, 

improvement curves, inflation, risk, economic analysis, 

and software cost estimating. Through practical exercises, 

professionals gain the opportunity to apply the policies and 

techniques to real-world examples.

Course Length: Approximately 37 hours

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

Target Attendees: This class is for civilians (GS 13–15) and 

military (O5–O6) personnel, Level III-certified (any career 

field/path), and who have at least 3 years of acquisition experience serving in a Level III-coded position. Industry and 

allied participants are eligible to attend and are encouraged 

to register on a space-available basis.

Course Length: 3.5 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

ACQ 452 

Forging Stakeholder Relationships

This action-based learning course introduces professionals 

to the methods and skills necessary to identify, assess, and 

promote the building of stakeholder relationships required 

for success in the acquisition environment. Experiential 

activities will include a pre-course stakeholder assessment as well as simulation, communication, and criticalthinking activities that will facilitate the development of 

tailored stakeholder action plans. At the end of the course, 

professionals will be able to build ownership of acquisition 

outcomes across the enterprise.

Target Attendees: This class is for civilians (GS 13–15) and 

military (O5–O6) personnel, Level III-certified (any career 

field/path), who have at least 3 years of acquisition experience serving in a Level III-coded position. Industry and 

allied participants are eligible to attend and are encouraged 

to register on a space-available basis.

Course Length: 3 classroom days plus a few hours of preand post-course work

Method of Delivery: Resident

ACQ 453 

Leader as Coach

This resident course focuses on the thinking, behaviors, 

skills, and strategies needed to accomplish a paradigm shift 

from managers who primarily direct and evaluate subordinates to managers who encourage and reward innovation, 

agility, listening, collaboration, continuous and purposeful 

growth, results, and accountability. As leaders, students 

will develop greater personal awareness and increase the 

impact of their energy and the energy of their organizations. 

Students will do this through learning and applying the 

principles and behaviors of effective performance coaches.
p. 134

Distance Learning or Facilitated/Online Resident/Local

Training Courses

BCF 107 

Applied Cost Analysis

In this course, cost-estimating techniques learned in BCF 

106 are applied in developing cost estimates. Professionals 

will engage in guided discussions, investigate case scenarios, develop recommendations, and learn how to present 

their findings. Professionals also will explore techniques for 

using Excel and other computer applications to analyze data, 

develop cost-estimating relationships, and create supporting documentation.

Course Length: 4.5 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

BCF 204 

Intermediate Cost Analysis

Intermediate Cost Analysis emphasizes development 

and application of cost-analysis techniques and estimate 

interpretation. The course addresses estimate definition and 

planning, data collection, formulation, review and presentation, and documentation. Estimating techniques—such as 

parametrics, analogies, expert opinions, and improvement 

curves—are discussed in more depth. Computations are 

done using both spreadsheets and automated cost-estimating integrated tools.

Course Length: 9.5 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

BCF 205

Contractor Business Strategies

Contractor Business Strategies is an active learning experience designed to improve professionals’ understanding 

of the federal government marketplace from a business 

perspective. Initially, participants are actively engaged in 

the life-cycle process by which a typical manufacturing 

company produces and sells a product, receives payment 

for that sale, and ultimately, earns a profit or incurs a loss. 

During this process, the participants interact with company 

customers, bankers, shareholders, boards of directors, and 

other stakeholders. Participants deal with the allocation of 

indirect costs to multiple products, analyze the impact on 

overhead rates of the loss of projected government contracts, 

and develop a pricing strategy to win a government contract. 

While the scenarios and dilemmas focus primarily on 

these business activities from a contractor’s perspective, 

participants are also placed in the position of a government 

employee to evaluate the impact that contractors’ business 

strategies have on the government.

Course Length: 3.5 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

BCF 206 

Cost/Risk Analysis

Cost analysts taking this course are given an overview of 

how to model the cost/risk associated with a defense acquisition program. Topics covered include basic probability 

concepts, subjective probability assessment, goodness-of-fit 

testing, basic simulation concepts, and spreadsheet-based 

simulation. Practical exercises and a small-group Monte 

Carlo simulation-based cost risk case reinforce the techniques taught.

Course Length: 3.5 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident 

BCF 209 

Acquisition Reporting for MDAPs 

and MAIS

Acquisition Reporting for Major Defense Acquisition 

Programs (MDAPs) and Major Automated Information 

Systems (MAIS) programs provide training on how to 

prepare an Acquisition Program Baseline (APB), a Defense 

Acquisition Executive Summary (DAES), and a Selected 

Acquisition Report (SAR). Nunn-McCurdy unit cost reporting for MDAPs is also addressed. During the in-class lecture 

and computer-assisted case studies, the participants learn 

step-by-step report preparation using the Defense Acquisition Management Information Retrieval Web application. 

Participants are required to complete the DAU continuous 

learning module, Acquisition Reporting Concepts and Policy 

Requirements for APB, DAES, and SAR (CLB 014) prior to 

attending this class.

Course Length: 4 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

Appendix A Training Courses
p. 135

BCF 301 

Business, Cost Estimating, and 

Financial Management Workshop

This capstone course teaches professionals how to apply 

business, cost estimating, and financial management concepts, techniques, and on-the-job experience to functional 

interrelationships and opportunities among the disciplines 

of cost estimating, earned value management, and financial 

management.

Course Length: 8.5 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

BCF 302 

Advanced Concepts in 

Cost Analysis

The Advanced Concepts in Cost Analysis course is designed 

for mid- to senior-level cost estimators to apply their skills in 

developing and preparing cost estimates for all ACAT Levels 

within the Major Automated Information System (MAIS) 

and Major Defense Acquisition Program (MDAP ) designation. Students will use their critical thinking and analytical 

skills to execute all steps in assessing credible, repeatable, 

and defensible cost estimates. Case study-driven practical 

exercises will require cost estimators to conduct research 

and perform leadership responsibilities in a small group 

decisionmaking environment.

Course Length: 8.5 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident 

CON 090 

Federal Acquisition Regulation 

(FAR) Fundamentals

FAR Fundamentals is a 4-week, resident, foundational 

course for new hires that provides a total immersion into the 

Federal Acquisition Regulation (Parts 1-53) and the Defense 

Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS). The 

course will prepare the 21st century acquisition workforce 

to operate successfully in a Web-enabled environment. CON 

090 is a limited lecture, research-intensive, exercisebased curriculum. Participants will analyze contracting 

BCF 215 

Operating and Support 

Cost Analysis

Participants learn the concepts and methodologies needed 

to develop operating and support cost estimates, total 

ownership cost reduction studies, cost as an independent 

variable, management processes, and other management 

decisions in which operating and support costs are relevant.

Course Length: 5 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

BCF 220 

Acquisition Business 

Management Concepts 

Acquisition Business Management Concepts is a web-based 

course for mid-level financial management professionals. 

The objective of this course is to ensure that all students 

possess an ample grasp of the concepts and procedures 

necessary for application during follow-on in class exercises. 

BCF 220 is designed for those students who are required to 

take BCF 225, a resident course. However, this course may 

also provide an opportunity for experienced acquisition personnel to improve their understanding of common financial 

topics such as cost estimating; earned value management 

(EVM) analysis; Planning, Programming, Budgeting and 

Execution (PPBE); congressional enactment; and budget 

preparation and execution.

Course Length: Approximately 27 hours

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

BCF 225 

Acquisition Business Management 

Application 

This course offers hands-on experience in dealing with 

common financial issues in acquisition that include cost 

estimating; earned value management (EVM) analysis; 

Planning, Programming, Budgeting, and Execution 

(PPBE); congressional enactment; and budget preparation 

and execution.

Course Length: 5 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident
p. 136

Distance Learning or Facilitated/Online Resident/Local

Training Courses

business scenarios developed through research of the 

FAR and its supplement DFARS. The course is presented 

in four modules: Contracting Overview, using the FAR 

and DFARS; Contract Acquisition Planning; Contract 

Formation; and Contract Management/Administration. 

Students are expected to become familiar with FAR Parts 

1-53. Students will be quizzed daily on FAR—based in part 

on knowledge, lecture/lesson content, and homework. 

Students should be prepared to dedicate 2 to 3 hours per 

evening for homework. Classroom laptop computers will 

be provided for each student.

Course Length: 4 weeks in classroom

Method of Delivery: Resident

CON 100 

Shaping Smart Business 

Arrangements

Personnel new to the contracting career field will gain a 

broad understanding of the environment in which they will 

serve. Students will develop professional skills for making 

business decisions and for advising acquisition team 

members in successfully meeting customers’ needs. Before 

beginning their study of technical knowledge and contracting procedures, students will learn about the various DoD 

mission areas and the types of business arrangements and 

procurement alternatives commonly used to support each 

area. Information systems, knowledge management, as well 

as recent DoD acquisition initiatives also will be introduced 

in the course, which also will offer interactive exercises. 

Course Length: Approximately 20 hours

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

CON 121 

Contract Planning

This course will introduce personnel new to the contracting field to their role as a business advisor in the acquisition 

process. It focuses on the students’ role in understanding 

their customers’ mission and their ability to plan successful 

mission support strategies based upon their knowledge of 

the contracting environment and their customers’ needs. 

Students will learn how to use the Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) and Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation 

Supplement (DFARS), conduct effective market research, 

develop alternative acquisition strategies, and understand 

how socioeconomic programs support the acquisition planning proces.

Course Length: Approximately 12 hours

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

CON 124 

Contract Execution

This course is the second of three online Level I contracting 

courses. It focuses on executing the acquisition planning 

through soliciting industry and awarding a contract. It provides students with the knowledge necessary to execute an 

acquisition that optimizes customer mission performance. 

Students will learn the techniques and benefits of early 

industry involvement in shaping requirements. Students 

will learn basic acquisition procedures of both commercial 

and noncommercial requirements, effectively conduct 

analysis of market data, and determine when a price is fair 

and reasonable. Finally, students will learn how to conduct 

basic competitive acquisitions, process awards, and handle 

protests before and after contract award.

Course Length: Approximately 13 hours

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

CON 127 

Contract Management

This course is the final of three online courses. It builds on 

the foundation established in CON 121 and CON 124 and 

provides students with the knowledge necessary to identify 

and utilize appropriate performance metrics when evaluating contractor performance. Students will explore processes 

for working with their customer to ensure contract performance is meeting mission requirements. Students will 

explore performance assessment strategies and remedies 

for contractual non-compliance, how to make and price 

contract changes after award, handle disputes, and how to 

close out completed contracts. Additionally, students will 

gain a fundamental knowledge of the characteristics and 

principles of the contract termination process. 

Course Length: Approximately 10 hours

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

Appendix A Training Courses
p. 137

CON 200 

Business Decisions for 

Contracting

Business Decisions for Contracting builds on contracting

Level I pre-award business and contracting knowledge 

necessary to process complex procurements. The emphasis 

of this course is on planning successful mission-support 

strategies and executing an acquisition that optimizes customer mission performance. Participants will learn various 

techniques for building successful business relationships, 

the benefits of strategic sourcing and spend analysis, and the 

ins and outs of providing contract financing. Students will 

also take an in-depth look at subcontracting, how to conduct 

a formal source selection, and how to analyze the information necessary to determine contractor responsibility.

Course Length: Approximately 19 hours

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

CON 216 

Legal Considerations in 

Contracting

This course focuses on legal considerations in the procurement process. Participants are introduced to the basic principles and sources of law relevant to procurement, including 

fiscal law. The course also addresses various other legal 

issues that may develop during the course of a contract, such 

as protests, assignment of claims, disputes, fraud, contractor 

debt, performance issues, and contract termination.

Course Length: Approximately 23 hours

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

CON 170 

Fundamentals of Cost and Price 

Analysis

The course begins with an in-depth review of the market 

research process and provides instruction to help students 

understand and analyze contractor pricing strategies. Students will learn to accomplish cost-volume-profit analysis, 

calculate contribution margin estimates, and develop costestimating relationships in order to accomplish an effective 

price analysis pursuant to Federal Acquisition Regulation 

Subpart 15.4. The course provides an overview regarding the 

regulations and processes of cost analysis, and for requiring 

certified cost and pricing data. Finally, after learning the 

basic elements of price and cost analysis, students will build 

and defend a prenegotiation objective, including a minimum 

and maximum pricing objective with a weighted guidelines 

assessment. After successfully defending their pricing 

objectives, students will practice face-to-face negotiations. 

Course Length: 10 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

CON 170E 

Fundamentals of Cost and Price 

Analysis (Exam)

CON 170E is an opportunity to receive credit for CON 170, 

Fundamentals of Cost and Price Analysis through examination. Passing the examination requires achieving a score of 

80 percent or better. Completion certificates and students’ 

records will record a successful completion of the examination as CON 170E. Successful completion of CON 170E also 

satisfies all course requirements for CON 170; prerequisite 

requirements where CON 170 is required; as well as all 

associated DAWIA certification standards where CON 170 

is required. 

Course Length: 4 to 5 hours

Method of Delivery: Resident
p. 138

Distance Learning or Facilitated/Online Resident/Local

Training Courses

CON 232 

Overhead Management of Defense 

Contracts

Overhead Management of Defense Contracts provides an 

understanding of industry overhead costs and the costs’ 

impact on seller pricing/business strategies under various 

acquisition environments with differing contract types. 

Attendees will understand the development and application 

of overhead rates used in contract formation, administration, and closeout. The course-integrating case study 

provides hands-on application of the overhead-rate process 

in which attendees determine their own final overhead rates.

Course Length: 10 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

CON 234 

Joint Contingency Contracting

Joint Contingency Contracting develops skills for contracting support provided to Joint Forces across the full spectrum 

of military and disaster relief operations. Exercises focus on 

unique aspects of contingency, critical thinking skills, and 

the execution of appropriate contractual instruments.

Course Length: 9 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

CON 237 

Simplified Acquisition Procedures

Professionals participating in this course will gain training 

on Part 13 of the Federal Acquisition Regulation and Part 

213 of the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement, which cover simplified acquisition procedures (SAP). 

Course Length: Approximately 6 hours

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

CON 243 

Architect-Engineer Contracting

This course, focusing on contracting for architect-engineers, covers issues across the contracting spectrum, including acquisition planning, source selection, proposal analysis, 

contract award and work, and contract management. 

Specific topics and practical exercises allow professionals 

to gain knowledge of the Brooks Act, Standard Form 330, 

the slate and selection process, the review of government 

estimates, liability, Title II services, modifications, and contracting officer’s technical representative responsibilities.

Course Length: 4.5 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

CON 244 

Construction Contracting

This course focuses on construction contracting issues 

involving acquisition planning, contract performance management, funding, environmental concerns, construction 

contract language, construction contracting in the commercial setting, the Davis-Bacon Act, design/build, basic 

schedule delay analysis, constructive changes, acceleration, 

and construction contract quality management.

Course Length: 4.5 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

CON 251 

Fundamentals of Cost Accounting 

Standards—Part II

Fundamentals of Cost Accounting Standards—Part II provides detailed, hands-on instruction in the various aspects 

of Public Law 100-679, including the rules and regulations of 

the Cost Accounting Standards Board and cost accounting 

standards. Whereas Part I addresses only those standards 

applicable to modified cost accounting standards coverage, 

Part II addresses additional standards for full cost accounting standards coverage situations.

Course Length: 4.5 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

Appendix A Training Courses
p. 139

CON 270 

Intermediate Cost and Price 

Analysis

Intermediate Cost and Price Analysis continues to build 

upon the fundamental contract pricing principles covered 

in the Level I Contracting curriculum, Contract Pricing 

Reference Guide, and DoD policy. The course is divided into 

three segments addressing contract pricing issues from 

pre-award, negotiation-preparation–award, and post-award 

perspectives. In the course, students will be introduced to 

quantitative techniques and tools used to quantify and facilitate decisionmaking in determining a fair and reasonable 

price. Students will apply various cost analysis techniques 

and quantitative tools to analyze a contractor’s cost proposal 

and to develop a government negotiation range and objective. 

The course is designed to prepare students for follow-on 

DAWIA Level II certification courses, serve as a gateway 

into more advanced targeted contract pricing courses, and 

give the students some practical tools in pricing government 

contracts. The ultimate objective of the course is to help students become better business advisors in developing contract 

arrangements that are in the best interest of the government. 

Course Length: 10 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

CON 280 

Source Selection and 

Administration of Service Contracts

This course builds on the foundation established through 

the Level I curriculum and the course prerequisites. The 

primary focus is on the acquisition of services under Federal 

Acquisition Regulation Part 15 procedures, with an emphasis on performance-based acquisitions (PBA) for services, 

contract types, contract incentives, source selection, and 

contract administration. Students will learn the fundamentals of a performance-based service acquisition—from 

acquisition planning to contract closeout—through a realistic case study. The course takes students through the solicitation process using the mandatory DoD Source Selection 

Procedures. Students will prepare contractual documents 

and develop and deliver high-level source selection briefings 

with recommendations for contract award. 

Course Length: 9.5 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

CON 252 

Fundamentals of Cost Accounting 

Standards 

This course, currently under development, replaces former 

courses CON 250 and CON 251. The course provides 

detailed, hands-on instruction in the various aspects of 

Public Law 100-679, including the rules and regulations of 

the Cost Accounting Standards Board, the requirements of 

the cost accounting standards, disclosure statements, cost 

accounting practice changes, and calculating cost impacts 

for federal contracts. 

Course Length: 8 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

CON 260A 

The Small Business Program, 

Part A

The Small Business Program, Part A, provides an overview 

of the fundamentals of the DoD Small Business Program and 

focuses particular attention on the small business specialist’s role as a vital member of the acquisition team.

Course Length: Approximately 10 hours

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

CON 260B 

The Small Business Program, 

Part B

A follow-on course to CON 260A, this course focuses on 

developing the skills and knowledge necessary for a small 

business specialist. Associated programs and initiatives 

that support the program and DoD’s efforts to improve small 

business participation in both prime contracting and subcontracting will also be reviewed, with particular attention 

to the small business specialist’s role as a vital member of 

the acquisition team.

Course Length: 3 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident
p. 140

Distance Learning or Facilitated/Online Resident/Local

Training Courses

CON 290 

Contract Administration and 

Negotiation Techniques in a 

Supply Environment

In this case-based course, students apply contracting 

concepts and techniques learned in prerequisite courses to 

meet customer supply requirements and resolve complex 

contracting issues. Special emphasis is placed on applying 

legal concepts from CON 216, intermediate pricing concepts 

from CON 270, and negotiation techniques from HBS 428. 

Students experience the full spectrum of contracting processes and issues by following a supply requirement through 

all phases of the acquisition life cycle, from acquisition 

planning through contract close-out. Research, analysis, 

and communication skills are honed through development 

and presentation of a critical thinking project requiring 

in-depth focus on one area of contracting. Negotiation skills 

are sharpened through active student participation in two 

simulated contract negotiations. 

Course Length: 9.5 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

CON 334 

Advanced Contingency 

Contracting Officer’s Course

This course develops Contingency Contracting personnel to 

successfully lead a Contingency Contracting Office across 

the full spectrum of military and disaster relief operations. 

The course focuses on considerations for planning and 

executing the mission from a leadership perspective in any 

Area of Responsibility (AOR) during any contingency phase.

Course Length: 4 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

CON 360 

Contracting for Decisionmakers

Through realistic, scenario-based learning, students work 

individually and in teams to practice developing sound 

business solutions as valued strategic and expert business 

advisors. Students will learn to analyze complex contracting situations, with emphasis on critical thinking, problem 

solving, research, and risk reduction. Student course work 

is designed to contribute real solutions on real acquisition 

problems to senior leadership and local supervisors.

Course Length: 9.5 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

COR 206 

Contracting Officer’s 

Representative in a Contingency 

Environment

This course is designed specifically for Contracting Officer’s 

Representatives (CORs) who are deployed in a contingency 

environment. It covers the basics of contracting, along 

with the ethical situations and cultural differences a COR 

may experience while deployed in a contingency operation. 

Note: The course is offered only as an on-site course at the 

requesting agency’s location (typically not DAU) under a fee 

arrangement between the requesting organization and DAU.

Course Length: 3 hours

Method of Delivery: Resident

COR 222 

Contracting Officer’s 

Representative Course 

This course will provide Contracting Officer’s Representatives with the breadth of knowledge required to perform 

their role, including knowledge related to COR roles and 

responsibilities, as well as fundamentals of contracting 

regulations, types, phases, and other elements; awareness of 

ethical and legal factors that impact COR responsibilities; 

and information necessary to effectively evaluate situations, apply knowledge gained, and make correct decisions 

Appendix A Training Courses
p. 141

EVM 262 

EVMS Validation and Surveillance

Gain the knowledge needed to review integrated management systems and to determine their compliance with the 

American National Standards Institute/Electronic Industries Alliance (ANSI/EIA) 748B Earned Value Management 

System (EVMS) standard. Course material, individual 

exercises, and group exercises review the 32 ANSI/EIA 

748B EVMS guidelines and the processes associated with 

validation and surveillance of contractor and government 

integrated management systems.

Course Length: 8 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

EVM 263 

Principles of Schedule 

Management

The Principles of Schedule Management course provides 

knowledge needed to interpret network schedules required 

by DoD policy and the American National Standards 

Institute/Electronic Industries Alliance (ANSI/EIA) 748 

Earned Value Management System (EVMS) standard. 

Course material, individual exercises, and group exercises 

using Microsoft Project demonstrate the schedule development/maintenance process. Two scored exercises require 

participants to create a Microsoft Project network schedule 

and apply a schedule assessment model to analyze a complex, 

700-line Microsoft Project network schedule.

Course Length: 3 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

FE 201 

Intermediate Facilities 

Engineering

The course provides a broad understanding of the overall 

facilities engineering process and the roles/responsibilities 

of acquisition team members as they relate to the facility life 

cycle in support of military missions. 

Course Length: Students have 60 calendar days to complete this course

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

to carry out COR responsibilities. This is a fee-for-service 

on-site course delivered for requesting organizations after 

coordination between the organization’s representative and 

the appropriate DAU representative.

Course Length: 4.5 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

EVM 101 

Fundamentals of Earned Value 

Management

In a virtual classroom environment, professionals learn 

additional information about earned value management 

(EVM), which is introduced in ACQ 101. The course summarizes the language, data reports, metrics, graphs, and 

management processes associated with EVM as they apply 

to DoD acquisition management. Professionals also learn 

the processes related to the Performance Measurement 

Baseline, the Integrated Baseline Review, and the American 

National Standards Institute/Electronic Industries Alliance (ANSI/EIA) for EVM systems. Finally, professionals 

evaluate and compute basic EVM metrics and EVM metricbased estimates at completion.

Course Length: Approximately 18 hours

Method of Delivery: Distance learning

EVM 201 

Intermediate Earned Value 

Management

Professionals taking this course work as members of an 

integrated product team for the system development and 

demonstration phase of a small ACAT I program. In the 

context of integrated program management, participants 

review, develop, and experience the earned value management (EVM)-related processes associated with requirements generation, acquisition strategy development, request 

for proposal development, source selection, risk management, integrated baseline review, and analysis during 

program execution.

Course Length: 8.5 classroom days 

Method of Delivery: Resident
p. 142

Distance Learning or Facilitated/Online Resident/Local

Training Courses

FE 301 

Advanced Facilities Engineering

Advanced Facilities Engineering is the Level III certification course in the Facilities Engineering (FE) career field. 

Through realistic, scenario-based learning, professionals 

work in teams to practice developing solutions to a variety 

of challenges that FE professionals encounter within DoD. 

Course work is designed to teach professionals how to 

contribute solutions to senior leadership and how to provide 

resources for the FE career field via the course community 

of practice.

Course Length: 4.5 classroom days, preceded by required 

online assignments

Method of Delivery: Resident

GRT 201 

Grants and Agreements 

Management

Grants and Agreements Management presents the foundational knowledge required to work as a grants officer. Course 

participants learn about grants, cooperative agreements, 

and technology investment agreements. The course also 

provides a brief overview of other types of assistance transactions. Please note that this course does not address other 

transactions used to carry out prototype projects, which 

involve acquisitions instead of assistance, and therefore fall 

outside the scope of this course.

Course Length: 4 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

IND 105 

Contract Property Fundamentals

This course provides foundational knowledge, training 

and skill development on the placement and administration of contract property with special attention given to the 

administration of the Contractors Property Management 

System for contract property, the disposal of contract 

property, as well as the identification of risks inherent in 

such placement. Instruction will also include the life cycle 

of a Property Management System and the processes and 

outcomes to be evaluated in a Property Management System 

Audit. Students will explore pertinent Federal Acquisition 

Regulation (FAR), Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation 

Supplement (DFARS), DFARS Procedures, Guidance and 

Information (PGI) and other relevant guidance. The course 

will take students through the contract formation process, 

identification of specific contract document content pertaining to contract property, administration requirements, 

and disposal processes for contract property. Students are 

expected to complete self-paced online tasks and study 

assignments prior to arrival to the classroom.

Course Length: 9 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

IND 205 

Contract Government Property, 

Property Management System, 

and Auditing Concepts

This course will enable students to identify the factors that 

help determine the adequacy of a Contractor’s Property 

Management System (PMS). This will include fundamental 

auditing concepts. Course lessons will include material that 

will allow students to determine how to select the sample 

size for a given population; determine how to evaluate the 

sample and generalize to the population; analyze the essentials required for a PMS audit; prepare the worksheets (i.e. , 

spreadsheets) and narratives involved with a Property Management System Audit (PMSA); determine the requirements 

for the disposal of contract inventory and analyze a property 

management case study, including background information, 

solutions, alternative solutions, and documentation.

Course Length: 9.5 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

IRM 101 

Basic Information Systems 

Acquisition

Within the framework of a program office Integrated 

Product Team (IPT), this course covers introductorylevel concepts in DoD information systems and software 

acquisition management. Key areas covered include DoD 

regulatory and technical frameworks, common software 

risks, software and system architectures, life-cycle 

reviews, and software development and integration 

Appendix A Training Courses
p. 143

LOG 101 

Acquisition Logistics 

Fundamentals

Acquisition Logistics Fundamentals provides a broad 

overview of the role of acquisition logistics in the systems 

acquisition life cycle and systems engineering processes. 

Modules cover the logistics-relevant aspects of requirements identification, life-cycle costing, integrated product 

and process development, sustainment logistics, supportability analysis, product support, contracting, and contractor support.

Course Length: Approximately 27 hours

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

LOG 102 

Systems Sustainment 

Management Fundamentals 

Systems Sustainment Management Fundamentals provides 

a broad overview of the life-cycle logistician’s role during the 

sustainment phase of a weapons system’s life cycle. Modules 

cover logistics/supply-chain management concepts, maintenance processes, end-to-end distribution, best commercial 

practices as applied to weapons systems sustainment, 

performance metrics, partnering/alliance opportunities 

and experiences, performance-based support, enterprise 

business environment and opportunities, and reduction in 

life cycle/total ownership costs. 

Course Length: Approximately 25 hours

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

processes. Software standards, information assurance, 

software and system measures, testing, contracting 

issues, software quality, and the role of process maturity, 

as well as best practices for the management of softwareintensive systems are also introduced.

Course Length: Approximately 34 hours

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

IRM 202 

Intermediate Information 

Systems Acquisition

The Intermediate Information Systems Acquisition course 

focuses on the application of DoD policies, concepts, and best 

practices for the management and acquisition of softwareintensive and information technology systems. Exercises, 

lectures, group discussion, and a comprehensive student-led 

practicum are used in IRM 202 to cover topics ranging from 

strategic planning, information assurance, architectures, 

system engineering, requirements management, software 

design and development, risk management, contracting, cost 

estimation, metrics, process maturity, quality, and testing, 

among other areas.

Course Length: 9.5 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

IRM 304 

Advanced Information Systems 

Acquisition

Via the use of case studies, the Advanced Information 

Systems Acquisition course focuses on decisionmaking and 

management of the development of DoD information technology (IT) systems, the role of capital planning and investment control, use of enterprise architectures, information 

assurance, acquisition planning, and IT systems engineering. Supplemented with industry speakers who provide 

industry perspectives on IT management and contracting, 

IRM 304 integrates a variety of essential advanced topics 

critical to successful IT systems acquisition.

Course Length: 5 classroom days preceded by required 

online assignments

Method of Delivery: Resident
p. 144

Distance Learning or Facilitated/Online Resident/Local

Training Courses

LOG 103 

Reliability, Availability, and 

Maintainability (RAM)

Professionals who take this course will be able to understand the relationship between reliability, availability 

and maintainability (RAM) as a critical factor in design, 

performance, cost, and sustainment. The course addresses 

the cross-disciplinary actions of Program Management, 

Systems Engineering, Test and Evaluation, and both 

acquisition logistics and sustainment to evaluate the impact 

of reliability and maintainability decisions. Stressing 

a conceptual approach, the course presents basic RAM 

terminology and engineering practices. It discusses current 

legislation and DoD policy that have invigorated systems 

engineering and logistics engineering processes to improve 

the requirements process, minimize risk through reliability 

growth programs, and ensure effectiveness and suitability 

through developmental and operational test and evaluation.

Course Length: Approximately 20 hours

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

LOG 200 

Intermediate Acquisition 

Logistics, Part A

LOG 200 is the first part in a two-course series designed for 

intermediate acquisition logistics professionals. It provides a dynamic, real-time learning environment oriented 

toward developing the managerial and technical logistics 

competencies of the life-cycle logistician. Special emphasis 

is placed on the roles and responsibilities of the life-cycle 

logistician in the areas of regulatory environment, oversight, 

and review; management processes; technical activities; and 

the DoD planning, programming, budgeting, and execution 

process. The course requires participants to review current 

policy and guidance and demonstrate an understanding of 

how early integration of operational supportability into the 

system development process leads to achievement of DoD’s 

strategic logistics goals.

Course Length: Approximately 32 hours

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

LOG 201 

Intermediate Acquisition 

Logistics, Part B

LOG 201 is the second part in a two-course series designed 

for intermediate acquisition logistics professionals. 

The course provides a dynamic, group-based, facilitated 

learning environment oriented toward further developing 

logistics competencies required by the life-cycle logistician 

during weapons and equipment systems development. It 

challenges the professional to think critically, differentiate support alternatives, and provide solutions to ensure 

the early integration of operational supportability into 

the system development process. These skills are refined 

by instructor-facilitated group exercises and discussions. 

Special emphasis is placed on developing and delivering 

the required logistics inputs that ensure supportability is 

designed into a system.

Course Length: 4.5 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

LOG 204 

Configuration Management

This fast-paced, cross-disciplinary course teaches professionals about the interrelationship of configuration 

management to life-cycle activities as well as configuration 

management concepts and basic practices such as configuration identification, status accounting, audits and verification, configuration change management, performance 

measures, and configuration management planning. The 

course also provides an overview of requirements to design, 

develop, implement, oversee, and operate a configuration 

management program across the system life cycle. Professionals will gain knowledge of the application and impacts 

on configuration management by current and emerging 

issues such as total life-cycle systems management, product 

data management, item-unique identification, evolutionary 

acquisition, performance-based logistics, condition-based 

maintenance, prognostics and health management, and 

diminishing manufacturing sources and material shortages.

Course Length: Approximately 18 hours

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

Appendix A Training Courses
p. 145

nents to illustrate the influence of Supportability principles 

and the outcomes of its trade studies in maturing both the 

system design and its sustainment infrastructure while 

achieving affordability. 

Course Length: 4.5 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

LOG 235 

Performance-Based Logistics

Performance-Based Logistics provides a dynamic, 

real-time learning environment oriented toward developing a range of logistics competencies. It challenges the 

participant to review current policy and demonstrate an 

understanding of how early integration of performancebased support concepts into the systems-development 

process leads to the achievement of DoD’s logistics goals. 

It is intended for mid-level logistics professionals needing 

skills required to excel in today’s demanding and dynamic 

product-support environment.

Course Length: Approximately 17 hours

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

LOG 340 

Life-Cycle Product Support

Life-Cycle Product Support is designed to help prepare 

the life-cycle logistician to perform in a senior-level 

life-cycle logistics role over the life cycle of a system as a 

product support manager with emphasis on developing and 

implementing a life-cycle product support strategy. Students 

will apply tools and techniques from the 12-Step Product 

Support Strategy Process Model in analyzing and comparing alternative product support strategies for adoption. The 

course challenges students to think critically in instructorfacilitated group exercises to justify and make sound 

recommendations in coming up with the best mix of product 

support providers that will satisfy the warfighter’s outcomebased requirements.

Course Length: 4.5 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

LOG 206 

Intermediate Systems 

Sustainment Management

The Intermediate Systems Sustainment Management 

course is a follow-on DAU course of instruction pertaining 

to DoD weapon system sustainment. The course provides 

a comprehensive understanding of logistics sustainment 

management principles and fundamentals, including 

the roles, responsibilities, and functions of a Logistician 

assigned to a major weapon systems acquisition program. 

The course explains the role of life-cycle logistician during 

the sustainment phase of a weapon system’s life cycle; 

identifies concepts, policies, and practices of logistics/supply 

chain management as they apply to new and legacy systems 

during the sustainment phase of their respective life cycles; 

identifies best practices in developing and implementing 

performance-based logistics support; explains materiel 

availability, materiel reliability, and mean down time 

principles; relates the principles contained in recent DoD 

guidance regarding logistics sustainment enablers; and 

explains the concepts of systems sustainment as described 

by DoD Instruction 5000.02, para 3.9.

Course Length: Approximately 27 hours

Method of Learning: Distance Learning

LOG 211 

Supportability Analysis 

This course builds on the Supportability concepts presented 

in LOG 201B, Intermediate Acquisition Logistics. Designed 

as DAU’s foundational course for the instruction of Supportability Analysis, LOG 211 uses a notional scenario to engage 

life-cycle logisticians and other career field workforce students within the systems engineering process to ensure that 

design characteristics such as reliability, availability, maintainability (RAM), and affordability are included as system 

performance requirements, and that the system is concurrently designed, developed, and acquired with the optimal 

product support infrastructure and resources. In addition, 

LOG 211 provides detailed process-oriented instruction in 

specific Supportability Analysis techniques and tools. Its 

instructional methodology uses student exercises, gaming, 

and simulations focused on selected subsystems and compo-
p. 146

Distance Learning or Facilitated/Online Resident/Local

Training Courses

LOG 350 

Enterprise Life-Cycle Logistics 

Management

Enterprise Life-Cycle Logistics Management prepares the 

life-cycle logistician to perform in senior-level life-cycle 

logistics management and policymaking positions. Professionals are required to conduct research, engage in critical 

thinking exercises, and perform leadership responsibilities 

in a small group decisionmaking environment. Professionals engage in a dynamic, fast-paced, threaded exercise 

addressing complex relationships in life-cycle logistics 

support planning, acquisition policy, supportability analysis, 

program management, performance-based logistics, and 

business case analysis. The course spans a system’s entire 

life cycle from concept through demilitarization and disposal, including acquisition logistics planning events, and 

operations and support sustainment planning.

Course Length: 9.5 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PMT 202 

Multinational Program 

Management

This course teaches the basics of international acquisition 

for members of the Defense Acquisition and International 

Affairs Workforces. The course emphasizes encouragement 

of armaments cooperation and interoperability with U.S. 

coalition and partner nations. National, DoD, and military 

department policies and regulations concerning international cooperative research, development, test, evaluation, production, and logistics support, as well as security 

assistance, are covered in some detail. The course identifies 

the roles and responsibilities of individuals, foreign governments, and industry involved in cooperative acquisition and 

security assistance programs. Students will learn about 

key types of agreements that promote U.S. international 

cooperation policy. The end goal is to provide the tools to 

prepare, formulate, and support a security assistance sale, 

direct commercial sale, cooperative acquisition, or hybrid 

international program.

Course Length: 5 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PMT 203 

International Security and 

Technology Transfer/Control

This course teaches students to identify, analyze, and apply 

the laws, policies, and processes that govern International 

Security and Technology Transfer/Control. The course 

characterizes national security policy issues and export/

import licensing constraints (as defined by the Departments 

of State, Commerce, and Defense) and guides evaluating 

their effects on domestic and international DoD programs. 

Students will learn the procedures for the export and import 

of defense and dual-use equipment and services, for handling 

classified and controlled unclassified program information, 

and for foreign visit control. 

Course Length: 5 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PMT 251 

Program Management Tools 

Course, Part I

Program Management Tools provides application skills 

needed in a program office as an integrated product team 

lead. It is a follow-on course to ACQ 201B and is designed 

to enhance journeyman-level skills. This course prepares 

defense acquisition professionals for work in the program 

offices and for the Program Management Office Course, 

PMT 352, Parts A and B.

Course Length: Students have 60 calendar days to complete this course

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning 

PMT 257 

Program Management Tools 

Course, Part II

Program Management Tools provides application skills 

needed in a program office as an integrated product team 

lead. It is a follow-on course to PMT 251 and is designed 

to enhance journeyman-level skills. This course prepares 

defense acquisition professionals for work in the program 

Appendix A Training Courses
p. 147

offices and for the Program Management Office Course, 

PMT 352, Parts A and B.

Course Length: 4.5 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Facilitated/Online

PMT 304 

Advanced International 

Management Workshop

This course is designed to prepare professionals to participate effectively in the development and negotiation of 

defense armaments cooperation agreements ranging from 

simple data exchange annexes to complex cooperative development, production, and support agreements. Students who 

successfully complete this course will be able to synthesize, 

integrate, and apply U.S. policy on international cooperative 

defense acquisition, including policies of the Departments of 

Defense, State, Commerce, and Treasury. The final outcome 

of the week is formulating and practicing negotiation of 

international acquisition agreements in accordance with 

U.S. policies, statutes, and regulations.

Course Length: 5 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PMT 313 

Advanced Technology Security/

Control Workshop

This course explores issues associated with the proper 

means of analyzing, synthesizing, and applying security 

principles and concepts resulting in effective technology 

transfer. Specific topics include DoD policies and experiences, the role of executive departments and Congress, 

International Traffic in Arms Regulations (ITAR) exemptions, international security policy documentation, 

anti-tamper, NATO-EU-other international organizations’ 

defense policies, and export control reform.

Course Length: 5 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident
p. 148

Distance Learning or Facilitated/Online Resident/Local

Training Courses

PMT 352A

Program Management Office 

Course, Part A

The Program Management Office Course, Part A, is the first 

part of the Level III certification course in the Program 

Management career field. It is a follow-on to ACQ 201B and 

PMT 257 and is designed to train Level II certified professionals to be effective leaders in a program office by honing 

analysis, synthesis, and evaluative skills. PMT 352A focuses 

on key program management office knowledge and skills 

not covered in the prerequisite courses. This course must be 

completed prior to attending PMT 352B.

Course Length: Approximately 22 hours

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

PMT 352B

Program Management Office 

Course, Part B

The Program Management Office Course, Part B, is the 

second part of the Level III certification course in the 

Program Management career field. It is a follow-on to ACQ 

201B and PMT 257 and is designed to train Level II certified 

professionals to be effective leaders in a program office by 

honing analysis, synthesis, and evaluative skills. In a classroom setting, PMT 352B gives attendees scenario-based 

practical exercises with topical themes such as interoperability, prototyping, and evolutionary acquisition.

Course Length: 18.5 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PMT 400 

Program Manager’s Skills

This course provides O-5/GS-14, Level III Program Management career field acquisition professionals with the latest 

acquisition policies and proven practices in the areas of 

requirements, acquisition, finance, and technical management. Additionally, students will have an opportunity 

to examine and discuss key program manager skills and 

lessons learned and develop a plan for strengthening their 

skills for program success. 

Course Length: 9.5 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PMT 401 

Program Manager’s Course

This course is designed to improve DoD acquisition outcomes by strengthening the analytical, critical thinking, and 

decisionmaking skills of potential leaders of major defense 

acquisition programs and program support organizations. 

Applying the proven doctrine of “train as you fight,” participants analyze acquisition case studies representing contemporary acquisition program challenges and dilemmas; 

apply a broad cross section of knowledge of the acquisition 

environment and experience; and deepen their understanding of acquisition principles and practices through peer and 

instructor mentoring and coaching. Speakers, team projects, 

media training, and management simulations round out and 

enrich the course.

Target Attendees: Level III Program Management career 

field members who have demonstrated the potential to 

become major program or project managers. Also, limited 

numbers (up to 15 percent) of high-potential Level III acquisition professionals in other career fields, such as Contracting, Logistics, and Financial Management. Participants 

must be O-5 or GS-14 or above with extensive experience 

in acquisition, including 4 years in or directly supporting a 

program organization. Industry participants with equivalent experience are also sought. Board–selected ACAT I 

or II program managers should attend the course prior to 

beginning their assignment.

Course Length: 10 weeks

Method of Delivery: Resident

Appendix A Training Courses
p. 149

PMT 402 

Executive Program Manager’s 

Course

Assignment specific course designed to meet the learning 

and performance needs of newly selected PEOs, DPEOs, 

and ACAT I and II Program Managers and Deputy Program 

Managers. Skills and behaviors are developed through a 

concentrated four-week period preceded by approximately 

8-16 hours of advanced pre-course assignment.

Target Attendees: PEOs, DPEOs, ACAT I and II Program 

Managers, and Deputy Program Managers

Course Length: 20 classroom days preceded by an online 

workshop

Method of Delivery: Resident

PQM 101 

Production, Quality, and 

Manufacturing Fundamentals

Production, Quality, and Manufacturing Fundamentals 

is an entry-level course that emphasizes basic production, 

manufacturing, and quality assurance principles, policies, 

processes, and practices.

Course Length: Approximately 13 hours

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

PQM 201A 

Intermediate Production, Quality, 

and Manufacturing, Part A

This journeyman-level course exposes participants to 

manufacturing and quality processes, production scheduling and control techniques, surveillance activities, and 

systems-level production and quality planning. It provides 

an understanding of production, quality, and manufacturing 

processes and their relationships to systems engineering 

activities throughout the life cycle. Course content includes 

the contracting aspects of the job; planning for manufacturing and quality; lean concepts; material control; and technical, ethical, and quality issues.

Course Length: Approximately 12 hours

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

PQM 201B 

Intermediate Production, Quality, 

and Manufacturing, Part B

This journeyman-level course requires participants to apply 

the manufacturing and quality planning processes and 

techniques learned in PQM 201A. Participants will work 

in integrated product teams to develop manufacturing and 

quality plans, apply lean techniques, use cost-estimating 

techniques, and make progress payment recommendations 

based on completion of a physical progress review. Course 

content includes the contracting aspects of the job; use 

of continuous process improvement tools in a production 

environment; planning for manufacturing and quality; 

lean concepts; material control; and technical, ethical, and 

quality issues.

Course Length: 4.5 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

PQM 203 

Preparation of Commercial Item 

Description for Engineering and 

Technical Personnel

This course presents instruction on the preparation and 

use of commercial item descriptions, including characterization of commercial items, the development and use 

of market acceptability criteria, and the development of 

performance-based salient characteristics. Current policy 

on the use of commercial item descriptions and performance specifications is discussed. This course uses an 

interactive, asynchronous learning environment focused 

on self-paced learning that is demonstrated in a virtual 

group environment.

Course Length: Approximately 12 hours within 15 

calendar days

Method of Delivery: Facilitated/Online
p. 150

Distance Learning or Facilitated/Online Resident/Local

Training Courses

PQM 301 

Advanced Production, Quality, and 

Manufacturing

This rigorous leadership course is structured around integrated production, quality, and manufacturing processes. 

Professionals will learn and practice advanced production and quality approaches supporting DoD acquisition 

activities. Key areas covered include problem-solving and 

decisionmaking issues relevant to successfully managing 

core technical areas.

Course Length: 9.5 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

RQM 110 

Core Concepts for Requirements 

Management

Here professionals are allowed to study the role of both 

the requirements manager and requirements management 

within the “Big A” acquisition construct. It examines the 

capabilities and the process from an end-to-end perspective, highlighting the intersection between acquisition, 

resources, and requirements.

Course Length: Approximately 19 hours

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning 

RQM 310 

Advanced Concepts and Skills for 

Requirements Management

The functions of requirements managers and their supervisors are studied in RQM 310, which begins by reviewing 

the prerequisite material, Capability-Based Assessments 

(CBAs), and developing requirements. The course continues 

by examining the requirements manager’s interactions with 

the Defense Acquisition System (DAS), within the Joint 

Capabilities Integration and Development System (JCIDS), 

and with Functional Capability Boards (FCBs).

Course Length: 4.5 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

RQM 403 

Requirements Management 

Executive Overview

This course discusses the top-level functions of Requirements Management. RQM 403 meets the requirements 

certification requirement for four-star-level executives. 

This course examines the interactions between the Joint 

Capabilities Integration Development System (JCIDS), the 

Defense Acquisition System (DAS), and Planning, Programming, Budgeting, and Execution (PPBE). 

Target Attendees: This course is for DoD general/flag officers, equivalent career Senior Executive Service personnel, 

and political appointees. 

Course Length: Varies depending upon the number of 

topics to be addressed; typically 1 classroom day

Method of Delivery: Resident

RQM 413 

Requirements Executive 

Overview (REO)

DAU developed RQM 413 to meet the needs of the top 

executives and military officers and conducts the course 

on demand. RQM 413 provides four-star general officers, 

flag officers, and equivalent members of the Senior Executive Service with a top-level understanding of the role of 

requirements management within the “Big A” acquisition 

construct. It highlights the intersection between acquisition, resources, requirements, and the supporting processes. 

Section 801 of the National Defense Authorization Act of 

Fiscal Year 2007 requires the Under Secretary of Defense 

for Acquisition, Technology, and Logistics to establish 

competency requirements and a training program to certify 

DoD military and civilian personnel with responsibility 

for generating requirements for Major Defense Acquisition 

Programs (MDAPs). This training meets the certification 

requirement for four-star-level executives.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

Method of Delivery: Resident

Appendix A Training Courses
p. 151

STM 202 

Intermediate S&T Management

This course provides, for personnel associated with Science 

and Technology (S&T) project management and others, 

an understanding of the procedures and mechanisms DoD 

uses to transition advanced technologies into warfighting 

systems. Students will be able to describe the challenges in 

successfully transitioning technologies into DoD’s weapons 

systems acquisition process or transitioning them directly 

to the warfighter; to assess the implications of various 

technology transition mechanisms; and to apply effective 

technology transition practices.

Course Length: 3 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident 

STM 303 

Advanced S&T Management

This course provides Science and Technology (S&T) professionals and others with an understanding of the procedures 

and mechanisms that can be used to transition emerging 

technologies into the DoD’s warfighting systems and the 

critical skills needed to do so. Attendees will be able to apply 

skills in such areas as budgeting, systems engineering, and 

test and evaluation that are essential for effective technology 

project management. Additionally, they will learn how to 

analyze and apply effective technology transition practices 

from basic research to acquisition or deployment.

Course Length: 3.5 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

SAM 101 

Basic Software Acquisition 

Management

Within the framework of a program office Integrated 

Product Team (IPT), this course covers introductorylevel concepts in DoD information systems and software 

acquisition management. Key areas covered include DoD 

regulatory and technical frameworks, common software 

risks, software and system architectures, life-cycle 

reviews, and software development and integration 

processes. Software standards, information assurance, 

software and system measures, testing, contracting 

issues, software quality, and the role of process maturity, 

as well as best practices for the management of softwareintensive systems are also introduced.

Course Length: Approximately 34 hours

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning 

SAM 301 

Advanced Software Acquisition 

Management

Advanced Software Acquisition Management is a seminarbased course for senior personnel who acquire, engineer, 

test, and evaluate DoD software-intensive systems. SAM 

301 is also for acquisition professionals interested in 

obtaining comprehensive insight into the risks and issues 

associated with developing and implementing complex DoD 

software systems. Exercises, lectures, group discussion, 

and labs are used to cover topics such as strategic planning, 

information assurance, architectures, advancing technologies, requirements management, cost estimation, metrics, 

process maturity, quality, and testing, among other areas.

Course Length: 4.5 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident
p. 152

Distance Learning or Facilitated/Online Resident/Local

Training Courses

documents in the acquisition process. Emphasis is placed on 

current acquisition initiatives such as interoperability and 

the proper use of standardization documents.

Course Length: 2 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

SYS 202 

Intermediate Systems Planning, 

Research, Development, and 

Engineering, Part I

This distance-learning course provides an understanding 

of how DoD’s systems engineering technical and technical 

management processes can be applied to a notional system 

within the context of the acquisition life cycle. Course 

content includes the scope and role of systems engineering 

and its major technical inputs and outputs, timing of technical baselines, the role of technical reviews, important design 

considerations, and other related areas.

Course Length: Approximately 9 hours

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

SYS 203 

Intermediate Systems Planning, 

Research, Development, and 

Engineering, Part II

This course allows students to use the DoD systems 

engineering processes and techniques learned in SYS 

202. Participants will work in integrated product teams 

and apply systems engineering technical processes and 

technical management processes to a defense system as its 

development progresses across the various phases of the 

acquisition life cycle.

Course Length: 4.5 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

SYS 101 

Fundamentals of Systems 

Planning, Research, Development, 

and Engineering

This course is a technically rigorous, comprehensive introduction to systems engineering and the various technical 

management processes involved in its application. Based on 

the systems engineering processes outlined in the Defense 

Acquisition Guidebook, SYS 101 provides the essential 

foundations needed for systems planning, research, 

development, and engineering careerists and others—such 

as program management personnel and life-cycle support 

managers—to effectively participate in the application and 

the management of DoD systems engineering processes and 

their related activities.

Course Length: Approximately 35 hours

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

SYS 120 

Defense Standardization Workshop 

The Defense Standardization Workshop covers DoD policies and procedures for developing, managing, and using 

nongovernment standards, commercial item descriptions, 

and specifications and standards. Individual and group 

practical exercises emphasize the application of standardization tools, policies, and procedures described in CLE 028 

Market Research for Engineering and Technical Personnel, 

CLE 064 Standardization in the Acquisition Life Cycle, and 

CLE 065 Standardization Documents.

Course Length: 2.5 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

SYS 130 

Specification Selection and Application 

The Specification Selection and Application course provides 

instruction on the appropriate selection and correct 

application of nongovernmental standards, commercial 

item descriptions, specifications and standards, and related 

Appendix A Training Courses
p. 153

SYS 302 

Technical Leadership in Systems 

Engineering

Designed for senior DoD acquisition personnel, SYS 302 

is focused on the application of technical leadership skills 

within a typical DoD systems engineering environment. SYS 

302 participants are expected to have sufficient background 

knowledge of the DoD’s systems engineering management 

processes, knowledge of the application of systems engineering to each acquisition phase, and the capability to apply 

these concepts to complex technical management problems 

involving critical thinking. As part of the SYS 302 course, 

participants will lead and participate in an engineering team 

that analyzes and resolves a variety of technical engineering 

critical issues. Class exercises are supplemented by lessons 

on current policy, architectures, and design considerations.

Course Length: 9.5 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

TST 102 

Fundamentals of Test and 

Evaluation

The Fundamentals of Test and Evaluation course emphasizes basic DoD test and evaluation (T&E) principles, 

policies, processes, and practices. TST 102 covers the integrated T&E processes outlined in the Defense Acquisition 

Guidebook and provides the essential foundation knowledge 

needed by T&E professionals and others to more effectively 

participate in DoD T&E activities.

Course Length: Approximately 18 hours

Method of Delivery: Distance Learning

TST 204 

Intermediate Test and Evaluation

This course builds upon professionals’ knowledge, skills, 

and on-the-job experience relating to DoD test and evaluation (T&E) policies, processes, and practices. A number of 

problem-solving situations engage participants in the application of T&E concepts and principles. Course topics include 

the role of T&E in systems acquisition; T&E planning and 

the T&E strategy; T&E master plan development; managing 

a T&E program; and planning, conducting, and processing 

the results of T&E events. 

Course Length: 9.5 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

TST 303 

Advanced Test and Evaluation

Designed for senior DoD acquisition personnel, the 

Advanced Test and Evaluation (T&E) course is focused 

around leadership and management issues in a T&E environment. TST 303 involves facilitated discussion of current 

DoD policies, strategies, processes, and practices as they are 

applied and used for the planning and management (T&E) 

for DoD systems. This course covers a variety of knowledgebuilding and interactive problem-solving skills using case 

studies developed around lessons learned from actual 

system acquisitions. Class discussion and study group 

efforts culminate in participant presentations based around 

case analysis and solution analysis. Knowledge and skills 

developed in this course will facilitate successful professional participation as a T&E member in integrated planning 

and development activities for major programs.

Course Length: 4.5 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident
p. 154

Appendix B

pg. 154
pg. 155 p

Appendix B:

Course Prerequisites

b

See pp. 123-126 for course registration 

procedures.
p. 156

Distance Learning or Facilitated/Online Resident/Local

Training Courses

Identification Course Title Prerequisites

Acquisition Management

ACQ 101 Fundamentals of Systems Acquisition Management (FIAC) None

ACQ 120 Fundamentals of International Acquisition ACQ 101

ACQ 130 Fundamentals of Technology Security/Transfer (FTS/T) ACQ 101

ACQ 201A Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part A ACQ 101

ACQ 201B Intermediate Systems Acquisition, Part B ACQ 201A

ACQ 265 Mission-Focused Services Acquisition CLC 013

ACQ 315 Understanding Industry (Business Acumen) 300-level courses for students 

assigned to career field

ACQ 370 Acquisition Law None

ACQ 401 Senior Acquisition Course (SAC) None Level III certification

ACQ 403 Defense Acquisition Executive Overview Workshop PMT 352B

ACQ 404 Systems Acquisition Management Course for Flag Officers None

ACQ 405 Executive Refresher Course None Level III certification

ACQ 450 Leading in the Acquisition Environment None Level III certification

ACQ 451 Integrated Acquisition for Decision Makers None Level III certification

ACQ 452 Forging Stakeholder Relationships None Level III certification

ACQ 453 Leader as Coach ACQ 450

Auditing (major courses; for other auditing courses, see Appendix E)

AUD 1150 Technical Indoctrination

AUD 1113

AUD 1117

AUD 1239

AUD 1261

AUD 1265

AUD 1269

AUD 1440

AUD 1601 FAR31

Microsoft Windows, Office proficiency

AUD 1231 Intermediate Contract Auditing

AUD 1150

AUD 1405

AUD 1505

AUD 1602

AUD 1603

AUD 4035 Quantitative Methods Refresher AUD 4120

AUD 4121 Statistical Sampling AUD 1130

Business, Cost Estimating, and Financial Management

BCF 103 Fundamentals of Business Financial Management ACQ 101

BCF 106 Fundamentals of Cost Analysis ACQ 101

BCF 107 Applied Cost Analysis BCF 106

BCF 204 Intermediate Cost Analysis BCF 106

BCF 107

BCF 205 Contractor Business Strategies ACQ 201B

BCF 206 Cost Risk Analysis

BCF 106

BCF 107

CLB 024

Appendix B Course Prerequisites
p. 157

Identification Course Title Prerequisites

BCF 207 Economic Analysis None

BCF 209 Reporting for Major Defense Acquisition Programs CLB 014

BCF 215 Operating and Support Cost Analysis None; algebra competency

BCF 220 Acquisition Business Management Concepts

BCF 102

BCF 103

BCF 106

BCF 225 Acquisition Business Management Application

BCF 102

BCF 103

BCF 106

BCF 220

BCF 301 Business, Cost Estimating, and Financial Management Workshop BCF 225

BCF 302 Advanced Concepts in Cost Analysis

BCF 204

BCF 206

BCF 215

BCF 225

CLB 023

CLB 026

CLB 030

Contracting

CON 090 Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) Fundamentals None

CON 100 Shaping Smart Business Arrangements None

CON 121 Contracting Planning CON 090 (only if you are assigned to 

the Contracting Career Field)

CON 124 Contracting Execution

CON 090 (only if you are assigned to 

the Contracting Career Field)

CON 121

CON 127 Contracting Management

CON 090 (only if you are assigned to 

the Contracting Career Field)

CON 121

CON 124

CON 170 Fundamental of Cost and Price Analysis 

CLC 058

CON 090 (only if you are assigned to 

the Contracting Career Field)

CON 127

CON 170E Fundamental of Cost and Price Analysis (Exam) None

CON 200 Business Decisions for Contracting CON 170 (only if you are assigned to 

the Contracting Career Field)

CON 216 Legal Considerations in Contracting CON 200

CON 232 Overhead Management of Defense Contracts None

CON 234 Joint Contingency Contracting CON 127

CON 237 Simplified Acquisition Procedures (SAP) None

CON 243 Architect-Engineer Contracting CON 216

CON 244 Construction Contracting 

CLC 056

CLC 127

CLC 216

CON 251 Fundamentals of Cost Accounting Standards —Part II CON 250

CON 252 Fundamentals of Cost Accounting Standards None

CON 260A The Small Business Program, Part A None

CON 260B The Small Business Program, Part B CON 260A
p. 158

Distance Learning or Facilitated/Online Resident/Local

Training Courses

Identification Course Title Prerequisites

CON 270 Intermediate Cost and Price Analysis

CLC 056

CLC 057

CLC 058

CON 170

CON 280 Source Selection and Administration of Service Contracts

ACQ 101

CLC 051

CLC 056

CLC 057

CON 200

CON 216

CON 270 

HBS 428

CON 290 Negotiation and Administration of Supply Contracts

ACQ 101

CLC 051

CLC 056

CLC 057

CON 200

CON 216

CON 270 

HBS 428

CON 334 Advanced Contingency Contracting CLC 007

CON 234

CON 360 Contracting for Decision Makers CON 280

CON 290

Earned Value Management

EVM 101 Fundamentals of Earned Value Management ACQ 101

EVM 201 Intermediate Earned Value Management BCF 102 or

EVM 101

EVM 262 EVMS Validation and Surveillance BCF 102 or

EVM 101

EVM 263 Principles of Schedule Managment

ACQ 101

CLV 016

CLM 012

Facilities Engineering

FE 201 Intermediate Facilities Engineering ACQ 101

FE 301 Advanced Facilities Engineering FE 201

Grants

GRT 201 Grants and Agreements Management None

Industrial/Contract Property Management

IND 105 Contract Property Fundamentals

CON 100

CON 121

CON 124

CON 127

IND 205 Contract Government Property, Property Management Systems, and 

Auditing Concepts IND 105

Information Resource Management 

IRM 101 Basic Information Systems Acquisition ACQ 101

Appendix B Course Prerequisites
p. 159

Identification Course Title Prerequisites

IRM 202 Intermediate Information Systems Acquisition

ACQ 201B

CLE 003

CLE 060

IRM 101 or SAM 101 if SAM 101 

completed after Nov. 15, 2005

IRM 304 Advanced Information Systems Acquisition ACQ 201B

IRM 202

Logistics

LOG 101 Acquisition Logistics Fundamentals ACQ 101

LOG 102 Systems Sustainment Management Fundamentals ACQ 101

LOG 103 Reliability, Availability, and Maintainability (RAM) ACQ 101

LOG 200 Intermediate Acquisition Logistics, Part A 

ACQ 201B

LOG 101

LOG 102

LOG 103

LOG 201 Intermediate Acquisition Logistics, Part B LOG 200

LOG 204 Configuration Management ACQ 101

LOG 206 Intermediate Systems Sustainment Management LOG 201

LOG 211 Supportability Analysis CLL 008

CLL 012

LOG 235 Performance-Based Logistics None

LOG 340 Life Cycle Product Support

ACQ 201B

CLL 005

CLL 015

CLL 020

LOG 201

LOG 235

LOG 350 Enterprise Life Cycle Logistics Management ACQ 201B

LOG 340

Program Management

PMT 202 Multinational Program Management None

PMT 203 International Security and Technology Transfer/Control CLM 036 or CLI 007

PMT 251 Program Management Tools, Part I ACQ 201B

PMT 257 Program Management Tools, Part II ACQ 201B

PMT 251

PMT 304 Advanced International Management Workshop PMT 202

PMT 203

PMT 313 Advanced Technology Security/Control Workshop PMT 202

PMT 203

PMT 352A Program Management Office Course, Part A ACQ 201B

PMT 257

PMT 352B Program Management Office Course, Part B 

ACQ 201B

BCF 102

or EVM 101

BCF 103

LOG 103

PMT 352A

PMT 400 Program Manager’s Skills PMT 352B Level III certification
p. 160

Distance Learning or Facilitated/Online Resident/Local

Training Courses

pg. 160

Identification Course Title Prerequisites

PMT 401 Program Manager’s Course PMT 352B Level III certification

PMT 402 Executive Program Manager’s Course PMT 401

Production, Quality, and Manufacturing

PQM 101 Production, Quality, and Manufacturing Fundamentals ACQ 101

PQM 201A Intermediate Production, Quality, and Manufacturing, Part A ACQ 201B

PQM 101

PQM 201B Intermediate Production, Quality, and Manufacturing, Part B PQM 201A

PQM 203 Preparation of Commercial Item Description for Engineering and 

Technical Personnel None

PQM 301 Advanced Production, Quality, and Manufacturing ACQ 201B

PQM 201B

Requirements Management

RQM 110 Core Concepts for Requirements Management CLR 101

RQM 310 Advanced Concepts and Skills for Requirements Management RQM 110

RQM 403 Requirements Management Executive Overview None 

RQM 413 Requirements Executive Overview (REO) None

Software Acquisition Management

SAM 101 Basic Software Acquisition Management ACQ 101

SAM 301 Advanced Software Acquisition Management ACQ 201B

IRM 304

Science and Technology Management

STM 202 Intermediate S&T Management 

ACQ 201A

CLE 021

CLE 045

SYS 101

STM 303 Advanced S&T Management STM 202

CLM 014

Systems Planning, Research, Development and Engineering

SYS 101 Fundamentals of Systems Planning, Research, Development and 

Engineering

ACQ 101

SYS 120 Defense Standardization Workshop

CLE 028

CLE 064

CLE 065

SYS 130 Specification Selection and Application None

SYS 202 Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, Development and Engineering, Part I 

ACQ 201B

SYS 101

SYS 203 Intermediate Systems Planning, Research, Development and Engineering, Part II

ACQ 201B

CLE 003

SYS 202

SYS 302 Technical Leadership in Systems Engineering 

Level II certification

ACQ 201B 

CLE 003

SYS 203

Appendix B Course Prerequisites
p. 161

Identification Course Title Prerequisites

Test and Evaluation

TST 102 Fundamentals of Test and Evaluation ACQ 101

SYS 101

TST 203 Intermediate Test and Evaluation 

ACQ 201A

ACQ 201B

CLE 035

CLE 301

CLR 101

TST 102

TST 303 Advanced Test and Evaluation 

ACQ 201B

CLB 009

CLM 014

TST 203

p. 161
p. 162

Appendix C

pg. 162
pg. 163 p

Appendix C:

Continuous Learning

c

See pp. 123-126 for course registration 

procedures.
p. 164

Continuous Learning

Appendix C Continuous Learning

Generally, Continuous Learning courses are offered online.

Busi ness

CLB 007

Cost Analysis

Cost Analysis focuses on the basic cost analysis process, 

which is one of the fundamental building blocks of any 

acquisition program. At the end of this module, you should be 

able to define various financial management terms as they 

relate to the defense acquisition process, determine when 

various cost estimates should be prepared, what estimating 

methodology is most appropriate, and what cost data are of 

interest to various program stakeholders.

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

CLB 008

Program Execution

Program Execution describes the budget execution process, 

including the legal concerns and potential impact of poor 

budget execution. At the end of this module, you should be 

able to describe the apportionment process (including rules 

for deferral and rescission), describe the funds execution 

process and laws that govern it, identify the purposes and 

contents of obligation and expenditure plans, and identify 

rules for reprogramming.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLB 009

Planning, Programming, 

Budgeting, and Execution and 

Budget Exhibits

Planning, Programming, Budgeting, and Execution (PPBE) 

and Budget Exhibits focuses on explaining the PPBE 

process, including the relationship of each phase to the 

systems acquisition process. At the end of this module, you 

should be able to recall the primary purpose of each of the 

phases of PPBE, identify the interrelationship between 

PPBE and the defense acquisition system, and identify 

the purpose, content, and dimensions of the Future Years 

Defense Program.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLB 010

Congressional Enactment

Congressional Enactment focuses on appropriations and the 

funding policies that are associated with each appropriation. 

It relates a defense acquisition program’s cost estimate to its 

programming and budgeting requirements.

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

CLB 011

Budget Policy

Budget Policy focuses on appropriations and the funding 

policies that are associated with each appropriation. It 

will relate a defense acquisition program’s cost estimate 

to its programming and budgeting requirements. At the 

end of this module, you should be able to identify the major 

appropriation categories of interest to the defense acquisition community, identify the funding policy that applies to 

each, recognize situations where exceptions to the funding 

policies are appropriate, and identify the most appropriate 

time-phased budget estimate to a given situation.

Course Length: Approximately 5 hours

CLB 014

Acquisition Reporting Concepts 

and Policy Requirements

The Acquisition Reporting Concepts and Policy Requirements module introduces terms, policies, and requirements 

for MDAPs and MAIS programs, specifically, the APB, 

the DAES, the SAR, and the UCR. Upon completion of the 

module, students will be able to apply these concepts and 

policies in the preparation and review of reports generated 

using the Defense Acquisition Management Information 

Retrieval (DAMIR) software.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours
p. 165

CLB 029

Rates

The Rates module introduces the basics of wrap rate 

development as it relates to cost estimating. At the conclusion of this module, you should be familiar with and be able 

to describe portions of a cost estimate that require the use 

of wrap rate calculations. You will also be able to describe 

the components for building an estimate using engineering 

standards as well as calculate a wrap rate or Fully Burdened 

Labor Rate (FBLR).

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLB 030

Data Collection and Sources

The Data Collection and Sources module introduces the 

basics of data sources and collection as they relate to cost 

estimating. At the conclusion of this module, students should 

be familiar with and be able to describe various data sources 

used in the construction of a cost estimate. Students also 

will be able to explain the necessity of having programmatic 

and technical data in addition to cost data and provide 

illustrations of various problems relating to the collection 

and analysis of data.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours 

CLB 031

Time-Phasing Techniques

This module focuses on the methods that cost estimators 

can use to time phase a cost estimate. Students will learn to 

recognize the definition, purpose, and utility of time-phasing methods and how they are used in the cost-estimating 

career field. 

Course Length: Approximately 1.5 hours 

CLB 023

Software Cost Estimating

The Software Cost Estimating module provides an overview 

of DoD’s policy, guidance, and application of software cost 

estimating, and it enables the business or program manager 

to determine if an estimate is realistic and defendable.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLB 024

Cost Risk Analysis Introduction

The Cost Risk Analysis Introduction module provides the 

foundation for an understanding of risk management as it 

relates to cost estimation. It addresses program risks that 

help ensure program costs, schedule, and performance 

objectives are met.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLB 025

Total Ownership Cost

The overall goal of this course is to provide business cost 

estimating and financial management personnel with the 

framework necessary to estimate total ownership cost 

within the acquisition process. It is not intended to duplicate 

information documented in various DoD and Service-level 

policy, guidance, and implementing instructions but to 

provide a frame of reference for developing TOC estimates.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLB 026

Forecasting Techniques

The goal of this module is to provide the learner with 

information on forecasting for the Defense Acquisition 

Workforce. This will include various forecasting techniques, 

approaches, and practical exercises, all designed to give the 

learner foundational knowledge of forecasting.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours
p. 166

Continuous Learning

Appendix C Continuous Learning

Generally, Continuous Learning courses are offered online.

CLB 032

Force Structure Costing

This module explains the definition, purpose, and utility of 

DoD Force Structure Costing techniques as used in the costestimating career field.

Course Length: Approximately 1.5 hours

CLB 033

DoD Databases for Cost Estimates

Here students are introduced to a cross-section of some 

of the more well-known DoD databases. This module is 

primarily intended for members of the business cost-estimating functional community and also may be of interest 

to other DoD federal functional communities. There is an 

end-of-module test that must be passed with a 100 percent 

score. Students will be allowed unlimited attempts to pass 

the test. Access to most of the DoD databases is controlled 

and in some cases, is classified; both of these issues limit the 

databases that can be openly discussed.

Course Length: Approximately 2.5 hours . 

CLB 034

Probability Trees

This module focuses on probability or decision trees used 

in the context of cost estimating. The module primarily is 

intended for members of the business cost-estimating functional community and may be of interest to other DoD federal 

functional communities. At the end, there is a test that must 

be passed with a 100 percent score. Students will have unlimited attempts to pass the test. Students also are required to 

complete Module Survey from the Table of Contents.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours 

Contracting

CLC 001

Defense Subcontract Management

This module provides an overview of the laws, government 

policies, and regulations that apply to subcontracts and subcontract management. The module addresses subcontracting activities from the perspective of the staff of a defense 

acquisition program office. Topics include small business 

subcontracting plans; contractor purchasing system reviews 

and consent to subcontract; flow-down clauses; subcontract 

pricing; subcontract administration; and other topics in 

subcontracting. 

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours 

CLC 003

Sealed Bidding

The Sealed Bidding module builds upon the sealed bidding 

process. This course is designed to provide acquisition 

professionals experience in understanding and reviewing 

sealed bidding concepts and processes when contracting 

for supplies and services. 

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours 

CLC 004

Market Research

This module provides a foundational understanding of the 

benefits of effective market research to reduce acquisition 

costs and cycle times, and provide greater access to advanced 

technologies. The module covers the differences between tactical and strategic market research, and how to consolidate 

market research results to develop an acquisition strategy.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours
p. 167

unfamiliar with indirect costs. The module can help prepare 

those who are planning to take CON 250.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour 

CLC 009

Service-Disabled, Veteran-Owned 

Small Business Program

The Service-Disabled, Veteran-Owned Small Business 

Program provides certain benefits for businesses owned 

by service-disabled veterans seeking contracts with the 

federal government. This training module explains the basic 

requirements of the program.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour 

CLC 011

Contracting for the Rest of Us

This module provides people who do not work in the Contracting career field with a basic knowledge of some of the 

essential processes and considerations that DoD Contracting professionals encounter to satisfy their customers’ 

requirements. The module also provides an introduction to 

some of the topics that are covered in greater depth in other 

Contracting modules.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours 

CLC 013

Services Acquisition

This module describes a disciplined seven-step process for 

the acquisition of services, using the requirements roadmap 

process to define high-level objectives and tasks, standards, 

allowable variations, and method of inspection. It will teach 

the student how to develop acquisition documents such as 

the performance work statement (PWS) and quality assurance surveillance plan (QASP).

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLC 005

Simplified Acquisition Procedures

This module is an interactive tutorial designed to provide 

federal procurement and acquisition professionals with 

a better understanding of contracting for supplies and 

services using simplified acquisition procedures. 

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLC 006

Contract Terminations

There are many ways to terminate the obligations of a contract. Most often, parties conclude their contract obligations 

by performing them. However, sometimes problems arise and 

parties cannot or will not complete their obligations under 

the contract. By completing this module, you will be able to 

prepare and process a termination notice when appropriate. 

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLC 007

Contract Source Selection

This interactive module is designed to provide federal 

procurement and acquisition professionals with a better 

understanding of the source selection process and its 

goals. The module covers planning for source selection, the 

source selection organization, roles of source selection team 

members, and notifications and debriefings of offerors. The 

module emphasizes the importance of close communication 

between the government and offerors throughout the source 

selection process. 

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLC 008

Indirect Costs

An indirect cost is any cost not directly identified with a 

single, final cost objective, but rather is identified with two 

or more final cost objectives. Indirect costs are used for 

the pricing of contracts, interim contract billing, and the 

determination of actual contract costs. The purpose of this 

training module is to serve as a primer for those who are 
p. 168

Continuous Learning

Appendix C Continuous Learning

Generally, Continuous Learning courses are offered online.

CLC 020

Commercial Item Determination

The Commercial Item Determination module is designed 

to aid acquisition personnel in developing sound business 

strategies for procuring commercial items. It provides 

professionals a clear understanding of the guidance and 

tools contained in the Commercial Item Determination 

Handbook, which is a practical reference tool for use in commercial item acquisitions.

Course Length: Approximately 3.5 hours

CLC 023

Commercial Item Determination 

Executive Overview

This self-paced module explores the commercial item 

determination process as outlined in the Commercial Item 

Determination Handbook. The handbook is a practical 

reference tool for use in commercial item acquisitions. 

DoD has designed this module to aid acquisition personnel in developing sound business strategies for procuring 

commercial items and to gain a clear understanding of 

the guidance and tools contained in the Commercial Item 

Determination Handbook.

Course Length: Approximately 30 minutes

CLC 024

Basic Math Tutorial

This Basic Math Tutorial module is provided for students to 

refresh/increase their basic math skills. Mathematics is a 

necessary and useful tool when determining price and cost 

reasonableness. Several performance support tools exist 

that can assist you with many of the calculations to accomplish your job; however, you may still need to perform your 

own calculations without the aid of a tool or calculator.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLC 025

Small Business Program for 

Contracting Officers

This module explains the role of the Contracting Officer 

in working with small businesses in the DoD Acquisition 

Program. DoD policy is that a fair proportion of DoD total 

purchases and contracts be placed with Small Business Programs and that such small businesses have the maxiumum 

practicable opportunity to participate in DoD acquisitions.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLC 026

Performance-Based Payments 

Overview

This module presents an overview of the fundamental 

concepts of performance-based payments (PBPs) and the 

guidance necessary for implementing a PBP financing 

structure as part of a fixed-price contract.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLC 027

Buy American Act

The Buy American Act training module provides explanatory materials and practical examples that explain Federal 

Acquisition Regulation (FAR) Part 25 and Defense Federal 

Acquisition Regulation Suppplement (DFARS) 225, which 

make up the Buy American Act. This module is intended for 

contract specialists and contracting officers.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLC 028

Past Performance Information

This self-paced module addresses the rationale behind collecting past performance information, why it should be used, 

and how its use improves contractor performance. This 

module is based on the DoD Past Performance Integrated 

Product Team (IPT) guidebook, titled A Guide to Collection 
p. 169

CLC 035

Other Transaction Authority 

for Prototype Projects: 

Comprehensive Coverage

The Other Transaction Authority for Prototype Projects: 

Comprehensive Coverage module is comprised of six lessons 

that present the mandatory requirements and other guidelines to consider and apply, as appropriate, when utilizing 

other transaction authority for prototype projects.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLC 036

Other Transaction Authority for 

Prototype Projects Overview

This module provides a short overview of the mandatory 

requirements and other guidelines to consider and apply, as 

appropriate, when utilizing other transaction authority for 

prototype projects.

Course Length: Approximately 30 minutes

CLC 037

A-76 Competitive Sourcing 

Overview

The A-76 Competitive Sourcing Overview module is an 

introduction to the Office of Management and Budget 

Circular A-76 that implements the President’s Management 

Agenda for Competitive Sourcing. This overview course discusses the Federal Activities Inventory Reform (FAIR) Act 

and A-76 program concepts, including the overall process, 

roles and responsibilities, legislation that affects DoD, and 

post-competition accountability.

Course Length: Approximately 1.5 hours

and Use of Past Performance Information, which can be 

found at: http://www.acq.osd.mil/dpap/Docs/PPI_Guide_2003_final.pdf.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLC 030

Essentials of Interagency 

Acquisitions/Fair Opportunity

The module is designed to provide DoD acquisition professionals with a better understanding of the need to ensure 

that non-DoD contracting instruments are appropriately 

used by DoD contracting personnel. It provides an overview 

of current policy; key concepts and requirements on scope, 

competition, and fiscal law; and the roles and responsibilities 

of the requesting activities and assisting agencies.

Course Length: Approximately 2.5 hours

CLC 031

Reverse Auctioning

Reverse Auctioning is a self-paced module that provides 

a basic introduction of a new, Internet-based contracting 

technique that is used by the DoD acquisition community to achieve significant cost savings through the use 

of e-commerce capabilities. The course is intended for 

entry- and middle-level acquisition managers who might 

use the Internet-based technique in their daily business 

environments.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLC 033

Contract Format and Structure for 

DoD e-Business Environment

Effective structuring of contracts is more important 

than ever. This is due to the increased automation of the 

contracting process and centralization of bill paying 

through the Defense Finance and Accounting Service; a 

loss of institutional knowledge among the DoD procurement workforce; and requirements for proper valuation 

and tracking of equipment.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours
p. 170

Section 3

Appendix C Continuous Learning

Generally, Continuous Learning courses are offered online.

CLC 039

Contingency Contracting 

Simulation: Barda Bridge 

The Barda Bridge simulation provides professionals with an 

immersion experience in pre-deployment and deployment 

decision making. It will provide feedback on how your decisions as a deploying individual and contingency contracting 

officer impact your family back home as well as your mission 

forward.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLC 040

Predictive Analysis and Scheduling

The Predictive Analysis and Scheduling module provides 

an overview of the various types of schedules that are used 

by Defense Contract Management Agency personnel and a 

background of how predictive analysis is utilized to determine and maintain schedules.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLC 041

Predictive Analysis and Systems 

Engineering

The Predictive Analysis and Systems Engineering module 

provides an overview of how predictive analysis plays a 

role in systems engineering. Professionals also learn about 

various systems engineering tools.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLC 042

Predictive Analysis and Quality 

Assurance

The Predictive Analysis and Quality Assurance module 

provides an overview of quality assurance activities and how 

they relate to the use of predictive analysis as a tool to form 

assumptions of future events.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLC 043

Defense Priorities and Allocations 

System

The goal of the Defense Priorities and Allocations System 

(DPAS) module is to ensure that government and industry users are thoroughly familiar with the priorities and 

allocations authority of the Defense Production Act. It 

also reveals the purpose of DPAS, which is to assure the 

timely availability of industrial resources to meet current 

and future national security and emergency preparedness 

requirements.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLC 044

Alternative Dispute Resolution

Alternative Dispute Resolution is a tool for resolving contract disputes without litigation. This module explains how 

to effectively use this tool when disputes arise.

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

CLC 045

Partnering

The Partnering module is an overview of the benefits of 

developing good government-contractor relationships. 

The partnering concept, designed to enhance contractor 

performance—a key component of alternative dispute 

resolution—is one method used to prevent disputes as well as 

minimize disputes when/if they should occur.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLC 046

Green Procurement

Green procurement is the purchase of products and services 

with favorable energy or environmental attributes in 

accordance with federally mandated “green” procurement 

preference programs. DoD’s Green Procurement Program is 

a comprehensive strategy for implementing environmentally 

preferred practices while sustaining the overall mission. 
p. 171

The overall objective of this lesson is to identify the objectives and background of DoD’s Green Procurement Program.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLC 047

Contract Negotiation Techniques

This module will help professionals obtain a better understanding of various analysis techniques and tools to use in 

the development of a contract’s negotiation range. After completion of this course, professionals will be better prepared 

to develop strategies for their contract negotiations.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLC 051

Government Property

This module provides an overview of the policies, processes, 

and procedures used to manage government property in the 

possession of contractors. It also introduces the concept of 

government property, terminology used in the management 

of government property, and accounting and treatment of 

government property in the possession of contractors.

Course Length: Approximately 1.5 hours

CLC 054

Electronic Subcontracting 

Reporting System (eSRS)

The Electronic Subcontracting Reporting System (eSRS) 

module is an overview of the primary purpose of eSRS, 

which is to provide insight and transparency as to how 

government contracting dollars are being distributed 

among small and small disadvantaged businesses. The 

Internet-based eSRS streamlines the reporting process of 

subcontracting plans and provides agencies with access to 

analytical data on subcontracting performance.

Course Length: Approximately 1.5 hours
p. 172

Continuous Learning

Appendix C Continuous Learning

Generally, Continuous Learning courses are offered online.

CLC 055

Competition Requirements

This module is structured to emphasize key concepts for 

promoting competition, and is appropriate to all personnel involved in the requirements and acquisition process. 

Competition is the cornerstone of the acquisition process. 

This training addresses responsibilities, policies, and 

procedures critical for ensuring that DoD funds are properly 

spent to obtain the right equipment, supplies, and services 

at the right price and on time. Maximizing competition is 

vital for delivering value to the warfighter and the American 

taxpayer.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLC 056

Analyzing Contract Costs

CLC 056, Analyzing Contract Costs is a prerequisite for 

CON 270, Intermediate Cost and Price Analysis. In this 

course, the student assumes the role of a contract specialist/

intern who has been afforded the opportunity to work with 

the contracting officer of a large, complex base-operating 

services contract. The contracting officer acts as a mentor, 

providing guidance and direction as the student performs 

various cost and price analysis tasks presented in the course. 

The module involves simulation and is highly interactive, 

requiring active participation.

Course Length: Approximately 17 hours

CLC 057

Performance-Based Payments and 

Value of Cash Flow

This course provides an overview and introduction to 

Performance-Based Payments (PBP) in structuring and 

negotiating Win-Win PBP agreements with contractors. A 

tutorial on the use of the Cash Flow model also is provided.

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

CLC 058

Introduction to Contract Pricing

During the most recent Contracting Competency Assessment, senior leadership from all Services and agencies 

viewed cost and price analysis as a fundamental skill for 

contracting professionals to focus on early in their contracting careers. As a result, the Defense Acquisition University 

is infusing cost and price analysis into the entire Defense 

Acquisition Workforce Improvement Act (DAWIA) curriculum, beginning with the fundamental topics and issues 

presented in CLC 058, Introduction to Contract Pricing, a 

Level I certification requirement and prerequisite to CON 

170, Fundamentals of Cost and Price Analysis.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLC 060

Time and Materials Contracts

The Time and Materials Contracts module provides 

professionals with an overview of new time and materials contracting policies—including links to the Federal 

Acquisition Regulation and Defense Federal Acquisition 

Regulation Supplement changes—and examples of how 

those documents should be used.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLC 061

Online Representations and 

Certifications Application (ORCA)

The goal of this module is to introduce the defense acquisition community to the use of the ORCA system in the 

representations and certifications process. The module 

will explain how ORCA automates the representations and 

certifications process, and demonstrate to vendors and 

contracting officials how to use the system.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours
p. 173

subject to most of the laws and regulations applicable to 

grants and cooperative agreements. This module is designed 

to help professionals distinguish other transactions from 

contracts, grants, and cooperative agreements; understand 

what regulations govern other transactions; learn responsibilities of the various parties involved in managing other 

transactions; describe the financial implications of other 

transactions; explain intellectual property, data, and real 

property rights under other transaction arrangements; and 

know the issues involved with modification and termination 

of other transactions.

Course Length: Approximately 1.5 hours

CLC 103

Facilities Capital Cost of Money

This module will help professionals learn to develop a prenegotiation position for facilities capital cost of money that 

is fair and reasonable, given market research and proposed 

information from the organization providing the offer. 

Professionals will learn to recognize elements affecting 

facilities capital cost of money, identify the steps to calculate 

the facilities capital cost of money (using DD Form 1861), and 

calculate facilities capital cost of money.

Course Length: Approximately 1.5 hours

CLC 104

Analyzing Profit or Fee

Determining profit or fee involves rewarding the contractor 

for performance and acceptance of risk. But what is a reasonable profit or fee for a given contract? Different individuals’ perspectives may vary substantially on this question. 

That is why proper use of the structured approach required 

by the Federal Acquisition Regulation is so important. In 

this module, professionals will learn about this approach 

and the guidelines for developing a reasonable profit or fee 

position.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLC 062

Intra-Governmental Transactions

This module provides an introduction and overview of 

Intra-Governmental Transactions (IGTs). The module will 

introduce the basics of IGTs and the root causes of certain 

challenges, while introducing strategies for addressing problems. An in-depth study of the intra-governmental process 

through the Business Enterprise Architecture (BEA) and 

the Intra-governmental Value Added Network (IVAN) 

system is provided.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLC 063

Sole Source Proposal Technical 

Evaluations

This continuous learning module provides the government 

technical evaluation team with facts, data, and tools needed 

to conduct an exceptional technical evaluation. This module 

focuses strictly on the evaluation of sole source proposals for 

new contracts or orders or for changes to existing contracts 

or orders.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLC 064

Wage Determinations for Service 

and Construction Contracts

This module will introduce students to the laws and 

regulations governing the minimum wage and fringe rates 

to be paid in most construction and service contracts. The 

module primarily is intended for Contracting (1102 series) 

professionals.

Course Length: Approximately 2.5 hours

CLC 102

Administration of Other 

Transactions

This module is specifically about the administration of other 

transactions, 10 U.S.C. 237, which are conducted outside 

most federal procurement laws and regulations and are not 
p. 174

Continuous Learning

Appendix C Continuous Learning

Generally, Continuous Learning courses are offered online.

CLC 106

Contracting Officer’s Representative 

with a Mission Focus

This module provides an overview of the acquisition 

process, teaming, ethics and integrity, authorities, contract 

classification, contract types, proper file documentation, 

performance assessment methods, remedies for poor 

performance, invoice requirements, contract modifications, 

and contract management. The construct of this module 

provides a flexible training set that can be tailored to your 

agency’s contracting officer’s representative training 

certification program.

Course Length: Approximately 8 hours

CLC 107

OPSEC Contract Requirements

When a program manager determines that it is appropriate 

to include operational security (OPSEC) requirements in a 

contract, it is important that the contract include sufficient 

guidance to convey to the contractor his or her OPSEC 

responsibilities. The objectives of this module are to outline 

the basic elements of OPSEC, identify the role of OPSEC 

within DoD, and recognize the OPSEC responsibilities of 

program managers and contracting officers.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLC 108

Strategic Sourcing Overview

This module provides an overview of strategic sourcing 

concepts and techniques for helping organizations begin to 

make the shift from tactical to strategic purchasing. 

Course Length: Approximately 4.5 hours

CLC 110

Spend Analysis Strategies

This module explains the value and strategies of Spend 

Analysis. Spend Analysis is one of several tools the U.S. 

Department of Defense and other federal agencies are using 

to gain critical insights into the procurement history and 

spend patterns for purchased goods and services.

Course Length: Approximately 3.5 hours

CLC 112

Contractors Accompanying the Force

This brief module will address the roles and responsibilities 

of a commander in planning for the use of contractors authorized to accompany U.S. Armed Forces, with a focus on the 

guidance in DoD Instruction 3020.41, Contractor Personnel Authorized to Accompany the U.S. Armed Forces. The 

module will also introduce basic acquisition and contract 

management requirements related to implementing DoD 

Instruction (DoDI) 3020.41 in field conditions.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLC 113

Procedures, Guidance, and Information

The Procedures, Guidance, and Information (PGI) module 

is a companion resource to the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS). The PGI is a 

Web-based tool to simply and rapidly access guidance and 

information relevant to Federal Acquisition Regulation 

and DFARS topics. 

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLC 114

Contingency Contracting Officer 

Refresher

It is important that contingency contracting officers (CCOs) 

be provided with the training they need to excel during 

their assignments. CCOs need to apply sound procurement techniques, understand funding implications, and 

effectively administer their contracts while demonstrating 

exemplary integrity and ethics. CCOs help DoD accomplish 

its contingency mission and funnel much-needed funds into 

regional economies.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours
p. 175

CLC 132

Organizational Conflicts of 

Interest

The Organizational Conflicts of Interest module provides an 

overview on how to recognize situations that could lead to an 

organizational conflict of interest.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLC 133

Contract Payment Instructions

The Contract Payment Instructions module provides an 

overview of how to identify and apply Defense Federal 

Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) procedures, 

guidance, and information requirements, as well as procedures for payment and billing under DoD contracts. The 

module contains valuable illustrative examples of contract 

line item structure as it pertains to contract payment.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLC 206

Contracting Officer’s 

Representatives in a Contingency 

Environment

CLC 206 is designed specifically for Contracting Officer’s 

Representatives (CORs) who are deployed in a contingency 

environment. It covers the basics of contracting, along with 

the ethical situations and cultural differences a COR may 

experience while deployed in a contingency operation.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLC 222

Contracting Officer’s 

Representative (COR) Course

This course provides an overview of the responsibilities 

of the contracting officer’s representative, focusing on 

pre- and post-contract award duties and using numerous 

case-based scenarios. This is a fee-for-service on-site 

CLC 120

Utilities Privatization Contract 

Administration

This module explains how the government transfers 

ownership of a utilities system to a qualified contractor. This 

module was developed to provide information to DoD professionals involved in the contract administration, or postaward, stage of utilities privatization services contracts. 

The success of this contract stage depends largely upon 

performing effective quality assurance checks and properly 

managing contract price changes.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLC 125

Berry Amendment

After completing the Berry Amendment module, DoD acquisition personnel responsible for procuring textiles and other 

covered items will be able to select the necessary statutory 

requirements to apply during the acquisition process in order 

to comply with the provisions of the Berry Amendment. 

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLC 131

Commercial Item Pricing

This training module includes an overview of the new procedures, guidance, and information concerning sole-source 

commercial items and elaboration on the requirements 

of Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 15.4. It includes 

links to relevant Federal Acquisition Regulation; procedures, guidance, and information; and Contract Pricing 

Reference Guide sections, and includes examples of applications of the material. The overall learning objective of 

the module is to identify the various pricing methodologies 

that can be used to determine fair and reasonable prices for 

a commercial acquisition.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour
p. 176

Continuous Learning

Appendix C Continuous Learning

Generally, Continuous Learning courses are offered online.

course delivered for requesting organizations after coordination between the organization’s representative and the 

appropriate DAU representative.

Course Length: Approximately 32 hours

Engi neeri ng and

Tec hnology

CLE 001

Value Engineering

Value Engineering (VE) is recognized as an effective 

technique for reducing costs, increasing productivity, and 

improving quality-related features of systems, equipment, 

facilities, services, and supplies for the purpose of achieving 

the essential functions at the lowest life-cycle cost consistent with required performance. This module provides 

an overview of VE from both the acquirer and contractor 

perspective; how VE can be applied and implemented; and 

how VE change proposals can be effectively used.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLE 003

Technical Reviews

This module provides a systematic process for employing 

Technical Reviews to assess design maturity, technical risk, 

development status, and programmatic risk for acquisition 

programs. The module also presents essential, practical 

guidelines on the effective use of Technical Reviews as part 

of the DoD acquisition life cycle and also provides access 

to detailed, tailorable checklists for individual technical 

reviews that can be used to support their conduct.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLE 004

Introduction to Lean Enterprise 

Concepts

This module focuses on the Lean concepts most applicable to 

manufacturing and the management of industrial facilities. 

It addresses the five fundamental Lean principles; Lean 

value streams; Lean metrics; identifying manufacturing and 

information waste within an enterprise; and techniques for 

implementing Lean beyond the factory floor, including value 

stream analysis and mapping.

Course Length: Approximately 3.5 hours

CLE 006

Enterprise Integration Overview

The Enterprise Integration Overview module introduces 

fundamental Enterprise Integration (EI) concepts and EI 

implementation strategies, and describes suggested EI best 

practices. The course also gives professionals an overview 

of the legal and regulatory frameworks, and a typical EI 

acquisition life cycle. 

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLE 007

Lean Six Sigma for Manufacturing

As a continuation of the concepts developed in CLE 004, 

Introduction to Lean Enterprise Concepts, this module 

addresses the role Lean manufacturing plays as part of an 

integrated Lean technical process and includes its objectives 

and priorities. It also summarizes the most important Lean 

tools and techniques such as single piece flow, level production (heijunka), waste (muda), kaizen, just-in time, jidoka, etc. 

Course Length: Approximately 6 hours

CLE 008

Six Sigma: Concepts and Processes

Focusing on Six Sigma concepts most applicable to manufacturing and the management of industrial facilities, this 

module provides an in-depth overview of Six Sigma concept 

processes; the associated tools and how they can be applied 

to real-life situations for eliminating waste; and an outline of 

various quality measurement methods.

Course Length: Approximately 8 hours
p. 177

CLE 012

DoD Open Systems Architecture 

(OSA)

This module introduces DoD Open Systems Architecture 

(OSA), explains open systems architecture principles from a 

business and a technical perspective, and provides examples 

of successfully implemented open systems architecture 

programs as well as sources that can assist an organization 

in implementing OSA.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLE 015

Continuous Process Improvement 

Familiarization

This module familiarizes students with the various continuous process improvement methodologies such as Six Sigma, 

Lean, and the Theory of Constraints, which can be employed 

to improve overall organizational performance. Roles and 

responsibilities are addressed as well as effective deployment strategies.

Course Length: Approximately 1.5 hours

CLE 016

Outcome-Based Performance 

Measures

This module covers performance measurement terminology, DoD policy, and rationale for their creation; identifies 

how outcome-based performance measures can be linked to 

strategic plans; and provides guidance on formulating effective outcome-based performance measures for information 

technology investments as required by Title 40. Students 

will be familiarized with the Balanced Scorecard approach; 

ways and processes by which effective Outcome-Based 

Performance Measures can be developed; and the role of the 

post-implementation review.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLE 009

ESOH in Systems Engineering 

This module integrates the environment, safety, and 

occupational health (ESOH) considerations into the DoD 

Systems Engineering process. It is based on the requirements of DoD Instruction (DoDI) 5000.02, Operation of the 

Defense Acquisition System, and identifies the key ESOH 

activities conducted as part of Systems Engineering during 

each phase of the system’s life cycle. DoDI 5000.02 requires 

programs to either eliminate identified hazards or reduce 

the associated risks to acceptable levels for hazards that 

cannot be eliminated.

Course Length: Approximately 3.5 hours

CLE 010

Privacy Protection

This module addresses the scope of privacy protection, 

including the laws, policies, and key guidance. It covers 

potential risks to privacy protection, procedures to promote 

privacy protection, and ways to recognize privacy breaches. 

Via a series of three short case studies, the Privacy Protection module enables students to recognize and respond 

appropriately to fundamental privacy concerns when 

performing activities in acquisition, requirements development, and research.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLE 011

Modeling and Simulation for 

Systems Engineering

Modeling and Simulation (M&S) for Systems Engineering provides an overview of how M&S supports the DoD 

acquisition process, outlines relevant DoD acquisition policy 

and guidance, and summarizes how M&S supports systems 

engineering. Students will understand its effective use; the 

reuse of M&S assets; the key aspects of verification, validation, and accreditation; and how the government should plan 

for contracting support for M&S.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours
p. 178

Continuous Learning

Appendix C Continuous Learning

Generally, Continuous Learning courses are offered online.

CLE 017

Technical Planning

This module presents essential and practical technical 

planning guidance to assist students in formulating a sound 

technical planning approach and how it should be integrated 

into the overall program planning process. 

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLE 018

E3 and Spectrum Supportability 

for Acquisition Professionals

This module introduces students to the proper ways to 

consider electromagnetic environmental effects (E3) and 

spectrum supportability (SS) as part of the DoD acquisition 

process, and provides an appreciation of how E3 and SS certification impact systems acquisition. A checklist for E3/SS 

processes is provided and the associated tasks are reviewed 

to ensure E3/SS is taken into consideration during systems 

design, production, and integration to avoid degraded performance, program schedule delays, and funding issues.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLE 021

Technology Readiness 

Assessments (TRA)

This module presents the TRA process as it relates to 

defense acquisition. The module will enable you to participate in a TRA and to determine how to use the TRA process 

to enhance program success. The module also provides 

TRA best practices. This module is primarily intended for 

program office staff, S&T staff ,and subject-matter experts.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLE 022

Program Manager Introduction to 

Anti-Tamper

This module introduces the program manager to the steps 

involved in integrating Anti-Tamper into a program or 

project in order to protect DoD critical program information. 

The student will learn the importance, the threats to critical 

DoD technology, current DoD initiatives and programs 

designed to mitigate them, how to plan for effective use of 

Anti-Tamper, and how it can be effectively integrated into 

the overall program.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLE 023

Modeling and Simulation for Test 

and Evaluation

This Modeling and Simulation (M&S) for Test and Evaluation (T&E) module provides key information, from a T&E 

perspective, about the requirements, benefits, and challenges regarding M&S planning and execution. Effective 

use of M&S for T&E over the life cycle of a system can 

substantially reduce program risk and has benefits for 

program managers, systems engineers, decisionmakers, 

and system users.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLE 025

Information Assurance (IA) for 

Acquisition Professionals

This module discusses the incorporation of IA into defense 

acquisition programs. This module will identify key IA 

attributes, IA statutory and regulatory requirements, IA 

strategies for acquisition programs, steps for successfully 

implementing IA, and an explanation of the IA certification 

and accreditation process. This module enables program 

managers and other acquisition professionals to integrate IA 

into acquisition programs.

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

CLE 026

Trade Studies

The Trade Studies module addresses the important role 

that trade studies play in systems acquisition and discusses 
p. 179

CLE 034

DIACAP: Understanding the DoD 

Information Assurance Certification 

and Accreditation Process

In order to operate, each DoD information system must be 

certified and accredited using a standard set of activities 

defined within the Department of Defense Information 

Assurance Certification and Accreditation Process, or 

DIACAP. This module is designed to provide an understandng of that process.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLE 035

DTEPI Introduction to Probability 

and Statistics 

The goal of this module is to provide participants with a 

basic introduction to and understanding of the analysis 

and evaluation tools in the Test and Evaluation (T&E) 

career field. The Defense Test and Evaluation Professional 

Institute (DTEPI) Introduction to Probability and Statistics 

module will cover the basics of probability and statistics for 

Test and Evaluation.

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

CLE 036

Engineering Change Proposals for 

Engineers

This module addresses the important role that engineering 

change proposals play in systems acquisition. Students are 

introduced to engineering change proposals and requests 

for deviation. They also learn processes to effectively plan, 

request, submit, evaluate, recommend, and implement 

engineering change proposals.

Course Length: Approximately 5 hours

processes for conducting effective trade studies. It describes 

a four-phase process that can be used to initiate, develop, 

evaluate, and perform follow-on action with respect to trade 

studies, and outlines success factors.

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

CLE 028

Market Research for Engineering 

and Technical Personnel

Market Research for Engineering and Technical Personnel 

describes market research from the perspective of technical personnel. It explains the practical value and discusses 

the government mandate to conduct market research. 

The course addresses market research team membership, 

sources for obtaining market data, and techniques for technical evaluation and documentation of market information.

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

CLE 029

Testing In a Joint Environment

This module will familiarize DoD test and evaluation 

personnel and other acquisition professionals with the 

basic principles and practices related to testing in a joint 

environment.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLE 032

Sustainable Manufacturing for DoD 

– Part 1

The overall goal of the Sustainable Manufacturing for DoD 

– Part 1 continuous learning module is to address environmental topics in sustainability from a very broad perspective 

and then narrow the focus to look at sustainable manufacturing considerations. 

Course Length: Approximately 5 hours
p. 180

Continuous Learning

Appendix C Continuous Learning

Generally, Continuous Learning courses are offered online.

CLE 037

Telemetry

This module will provide an overview of telemetry, including 

the components of telemetry systems and applications. 

Coverage of the material begins with telemetry nomenclature; outlines a brief history of the field of telemetry; moves 

to the subsystems of a telemetry system; discusses the 

personnel who work with telemetry data; and touches upon 

range applications, testing, recording, display, and analysis 

of telemetry data.

Course Length: Approximately 6 hours

CLE 038

Time Space-Position Information (TSPI)

This Defense Test and Evaluation Professional Institute 

(DTEPI) learning module provides a general overview of 

TSPI, including the importance of the error volume concept 

associated with each of the methods to be discussed. This is 

followed by detailed sections on radars, the global positioning system, optical systems, other TSPI systems, and a 

discussion of various scoring or miss-distance measurement systems.

Course Length: Approximately 6 hours

CLE 039

Environmental Issues in Testing 

and Evaluation

This Defense Test and Evaluation Professional Institute 

(DTEPI) learning module focuses on the broad environmental issues and related procedures affecting the DoD mission 

related to testing and evaluation.

Course Length: Approximately 5 hours

CLE 040

IUID Marking

The goal of this module is to provide the student with 

knowledge of how to go about marking a data matrix on an 

item. It covers technical details of encoding the data matrix; 

standard practices, methods, and technologies for data 

matrix marking; and technical documentation requirements 

and quality considerations.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLE 041

Software Reuse

The goal of this module is to introduce software reuse. It 

explains the principles of effective reuse and how these 

principles can be applied to software reuse in the National 

Security Systems.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLE 045

Introduction to DoD Science and 

Technology Management

This module provides students with an understanding of 

DoD Science and Technology (S&T) review processes; the 

process of S&T development through basic research, applied 

research, and advanced technology development; the Service 

processes and DoD technology initiatives; and the concept 

of technology maturity, including the use of technology 

readiness levels, critical technology elements, and their use 

in acquisition technology readiness assessments.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLE 046

Fundamentals of Executing a 

JCTD Project 

This module provides foundational knowledge, best practices, and lessons learned for the management and execution 

of a Joint Capability Technology Demonstrations (JCTD) 

Project. It introduces the JCTD program, addresses the 

processes used to successfully execute JCTD projects, and 

discusses project roles and responsibilities. 

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours
p. 181

process improvement. The CMMI can be used by both 

government and industry to increase process capability and 

improve organizational maturity.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLE 064

Standardization in the Acquisition 

Life Cycle 

The goal of this module is to explore the role of effective 

standardization in defense acquisition and its contribution 

to program success. It introduces you to standardization 

and its application across phases of the acquisition life cycle, 

discusses standardization policy in the DoD, and addresses 

the management and use of standardization documents. The 

module is designed for professionals involved in the development or management of standardization documents.

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

CLE 065

Standardization Documents

The goal of this module is to provide the student with knowledge of the standardization documents managed within the 

DoD. This module covers technical details of the specific 

purpose of each type of document; how to distinguish each 

type of document based on the document identifier; general 

rules for stating requirements in standardization documents; policy regarding the adoption and use of non-government standards; and format and content requirements 

for commercial item descriptions, Defense Specifications, 

Defense Standards, and Defense Handbooks. This module 

also provides an introduction to Federal Standards, Federal 

Specifications, and Guide Specifications.

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

CLE 066

Systems Engineering for Systems 

of Systems 

This module is intended for program managers, project 

managers, systems engineers, technical team leaders, 

logistic support leaders, and others supporting systems 

CLE 047

Grounding, Bonding, and Shielding

This module is relatively technical and provides students 

with a comprehensive understanding of the importance 

of a properly grounded, bonded, and shielded system for 

minimizing electromagnetic interference (EMI). Students 

become acquainted with specialized terminology, grounding 

schematics, bonding practices and types, and the basic rules 

for the implementation of shields to control radiated EMI. 

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLE 060

Practical Software and Systems 

Measurement

This module provides an approach for and develops skills in 

obtaining and analyzing measurement data and in developing and assessing a measurement process. The module is 

intended for acquisition professionals, suppliers, managers, 

technical leads, and measurement analysts.

Course Length: Approximately 5 hours

CLE 062

Human Systems Integration (HSI)

This module is designed to provide the learner with the 

basic understanding of HSI as part of DoD’s total systems 

engineering approach for optimizing system performance 

and minimizing total ownership costs. Students also will be 

introduced to the HSI domains of Human Factors Engineering, Personnel, Habitability, Manpower, Training, Environment, Safety and Occupational Health, and Survivability.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLE 063

Capability Maturity ModelIntegration (CMMI)

The CMMI product suite includes models, training, and 

appraisal methods that provide a set of best practices and an 

improvement path for suppliers and acquirers for internal 
p. 182

Continuous Learning

Appendix C Continuous Learning

Generally, Continuous Learning courses are offered online.

of systems (SoS) work, particularly as part of a systems 

engineering (SE) team in an SoS environment. The goal of 

this module is to provide a resource for those in the systems 

engineering community by introducing the insights gained 

by the acquisition community on the issues and approaches 

to SE for SoS.

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

CLE 067

Strategic Material Selection: 

Chemical Ranking System 

A Chemical Ranking System (CRS) is a tool for helping DoD 

users select safer chemicals and also decrease life-cycle 

costs. A CRS can assist in evaluating the human health and 

environmental effects of a range of chemicals used by the 

DoD. This summary-level module describes the attributes of 

a CRS and highlights two DoD CRSs currently in use.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLE 068

Intellectual Property and 

Data Rights 

This module provides fundamental information about intellectual property and the effective management of rights in 

technical data and computer software and their contribution 

to programmatic success. The module addresses concepts 

and legal guidance related to intellectual property, focusing 

on the rights in technical data and computer software that 

are the concerns of the government and of defense contractors. This module is primarily intended for technology 

managers and other acquisition professionals charged with 

ensuring that the DoD has the legal rights to the intellectual 

property necessary to provide the best technology to our 

warfighters. There is a test that must be passed with a score 

of 100 percent, with unlimited attempts to pass the test.

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours 

CLE 070

Corrosion and Polymeric Coatings 

The goal of this continuous learning module is to provide 

a fundamental overview understanding of how polymeric 

coatings can be utilized in helping address corrosion prevention and mitigation issues in applications across the DoD. 

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLE 201

ISO 9000

This module covers the basic elements of ISO 9000 and 

lessons learned regarding its implementation and use. The 

module will be of value to personnel actively engaged in 

manufacturing in contractor industrial facilities, depots, 

logistics centers, and shipyards. However, the ISO 9000 

quality standards can be applied to any type of product, 

service, organization, or process, including software.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLE 301

Reliability and Maintainability

This module defines Reliability, Availability, and Maintainability (RAM); explores the significant influence of reliability and maintainability on systems; and provides practical 

techniques that may be applied in an acquisition program to 

achieve the desired levels of reliability and maintability.

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

Gover nme nt

Purc hase Card Trai ning

CLG 001

DoD Government Purchase Card

The DoD Government Purchase Card module presents the 

mandatory requirements and other guidelines to consider 

and apply, as appropriate, when using the government pur-
p. 183

that are stakeholders in IAC. Part 1 also addresses factors for 

consideration when planning IAC.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLI 002

International Armaments 

Cooperation (IAC), Part 2

This module introduces processes and programs that play 

vital roles in International Armaments Cooperation so personnel responsible for implementing cooperative programs 

are aware of the key policies and processes that apply to 

DoD international program efforts. This module is second 

in a three-part series on IAC, which should be completed in 

sequence. This module is primarily intended for acquisition 

personnel, acquisition program managers, and other DoD 

acquisition personnel who may be responsible for or play 

some role in international programs in the course of their 

careers. Individuals with non-acquisition job responsibilities for security assistance and foreign disclosure also will 

find helpful information in this module.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLI 003

International Armaments 

Cooperation (IAC), Part 3

This module provides learners with a solid foundation and 

basic knowledge about IAC program activities by introducing specific processes and programs that are vital to IAC. It 

is third in a three-part series on IAC.

Course Length: Approximately 1.5 hours

CLI 004

Information Exchange Program (IEP), 

DoD Generic Research, Development, 

Test, and Evaluation (RDT&E)

This module addresses DoD component-wide requirements for developing, coordinating, negotiating, and 

executing IEP annexes.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

chase card. Government purchase cardholders and billing 

officials will learn to be at ease with using the government 

purchase card responsibly and accountably.

Course Length: Approximately 3.5 hours

CLG 004

DoD Government Purchase Card 

Refresher Training

The DoD Government Purchase Card Refresher Training 

module presents the mandatory requirements and other 

guidelines to consider and apply when using the government purchase card. This refresher course is based on the 

key points in the DoD Government Purchase Card Tutorial 

module as well as important new areas of emphasis. It was 

developed to provide refresher training for government 

purchase cardholders and approving officials.

Course Length: Approximately 3.5 hours

CLG 005

Purchase Card Online System (PCOLS)

This module is designed to inform students about the Purchase Card Online System (PCOLS) and how to obtain help 

and support when beginning to implement PCOLS within a 

Government Purchase Card (GPC) organization. It also provides a detailed presentation of all four PCOLS components 

currently being used.

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

Internati onal

Armaments and Informati on 

Exchange Trai ning

CLI 001

International Armaments 

Cooperation (IAC), Part 1

This module is the first in a three-part series that covers 

laws, regulations, and policies for conducting IAC and 

describes the organizations and forums throughout the DoD 
p. 184

Continuous Learning

Appendix C Continuous Learning

Generally, Continuous Learning courses are offered online.

CLI 005

Research, Development, Test, and 

Evaluation (RDT&E) Information 

Exchange Program (IEP), Army Specific

This module addresses the purpose of the IEP; details 

the Army IEP Annex package, Working Level Integrated 

Product Team, and the Annex Management Framework; and 

describes the Army’s use of the International Online (IOL) 

business management system. To learn and fully understand 

the material presented in this module, students must have an 

understanding of the material presented in the DoD generic 

IEP module, CLI 004. 

Course Length: Approximately 2.5 hours

CLI 006

Research, Development, Test, and 

Evaluation (RDT&E) Information 

Exchange Program (IEP), Navy Specific

This module ensures that Navy acquisition workforce 

members understand the Navy-specific procedures for 

implementing DoD’s IEP, why they should participate in the 

IEP, and how to execute IEP information exchanges.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLI 007

Technology Transfer and Export Control 

This module is intended to ensure that program managers 

and other acquisition workforce members understand the 

fundamentals of technology transfer in the context of export 

control. This course formerly was CLM 036 but has been 

renumbered to align it with other international Continuous 

Learning Modules.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

Logistics

CLL 001

Life Cycle Management & 

Sustainment Metrics 

This module addresses the development of life-cycle 

management and sustainment metric, a critical element of 

Performance-Based Product Support. The module explores 

how these metrics are derived and the role of the life-cycle 

logistician in developing them and covers how these metrics 

evolve over the life cycle of a weapon system and how the 

logistician’s role evolves with them. 

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

CLL 002

Defense Logistics Agency (DLA)

Support to the Program Manager

This module is designed to introduce participants to the 

capabilities of the DLA in delivering support to the warfighter. Professionals will be provided with an overview of 

the DLA and the benefits the agency provides to the program 

manager, operational units, and the Service inventory 

control points. 

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLL 003

Supportability Test and Evaluation

The objective of this module is to provide a resource to the 

logistics community to assist in managing the risks involved 

in developing, producing, operating, and sustaining systems 

and capabilities.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLL 004

Life Cycle Logistics for the Rest of Us

The goal of this module is to provide individuals who do 

not work in the logistics field with a basic knowledge of 
p. 185

CLL 008

Designing for Supportability in 

DoD Systems

Designing for Supportability in DoD Systems provides a 

comprehensive overview and introduction to incorporating the principles of systems engineering throughout the 

system life cycle to design, develop, produce, and sustain 

operationally reliable, supportable, and effective systems. It 

introduces the system operational effectiveness model and 

process. It demonstrates how consistent application of the 

system operational effectiveness process, during all phases 

of the acquisition life cycle, facilitates the optimization of 

system supportability and operational effectiveness.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLL 011

Performance-Based Life-Cycle 

Product Support

This continuous learning module presents PerformanceBased Logistics (PBL) as the Department of Defense (DoD) 

strategy for product support, focusing on weapon system 

support as performance outcomes rather than more traditional (and potentially sub-optimized) functional transactions to meet the DoD 5000 series requirements for program 

managers to (a) develop and implement performance-based 

logistics strategies that optimize total system availability 

while minimizing cost and logistics footprint, and (b) 

develop sustainment strategies that include the best use of 

public and private sector capabilities through government/

industry partnering initiatives, in accordance with statutory requirements.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLL 012

Supportability Analysis

This cross-functional module’s overall goal is to advance 

the knowledge and understanding of supportability analysis 

and how it is employed through all phases of the defense 

acquisition process. This course will examine supportability analysis with a particular emphasis on how the lifecycle logistician will participate and utilize the results to 

some of the essential processes and considerations that 

DoD Logistics professionals encounter to satisfy their 

customers’ requirements.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLL 005

Developing a Life-Cycle 

Sustainment Plan (LCSP)

This module covers the purpose of a Life-Cycle Sustainment Plan (LCSP), the associated personnel, and the LCSP’s 

development process and evolution across a program’s life 

cycle. It complements the material in the Defense Acquisition 

Guide (DAG), Chapter 5, Life-Cycle Logistics. 

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLL 006

Depot Maintenance Partnering

The Depot Maintenance Partnering module will introduce 

professionals to ways in which depot maintenance partnering can be used as a cost-effective technique for applying a 

performance-based logistics philosophy in the real world. 

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLL 007

Lead-Free Electronics Impact on 

DoD Programs

This module provides an overview of the impact of commercial lead-free mandates and their effect on DoD electronics 

programs. The module addresses the major lead-free related 

directives, DoD-related risks and mitigations, program considerations associated with lead-free initiatives, and DoD’s 

response to the various mandates and policy directives.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours
p. 186

Continuous Learning

Appendix C Continuous Learning

Generally, Continuous Learning courses are offered online.

influence the design and establish an effective and efficient 

product support package.

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

CLL 013

DoD Packaging

This module will allow professionals to obtain knowledge of 

the value of the packaging, handling, storage, and transportation process. An effective knowledge and application of packaging, handling, storage, and transportation principles will 

benefit professionals throughout the life cycle of a program.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLL 014

Joint Systems Integrated Support 

Strategies (JSISS)

The Joint Systems Integrated Support Strategies (JSISS) 

module addresses the importance of integrated support 

strategies to a joint acquisition program, as well as DoD 

guidance and policy relevant to the development of joint 

strategies. In addition, the module will inform participants 

of the challenges and issues that must be addressed when 

planning for an integrated joint support strategy.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLL 015

Product Support Business Case 

Analysis (BCA)

This module provides an overview of DoD’s policy, guidance, and application of Product Support BCA. The primary 

focus of the module is the structure, format, process, and 

methodology of Product Support BCA. In addition, the 

module addresses the application of Product Support BCA 

in the DoD context, currently oriented toward employing 

Product Support BCA to support best value selection of 

weapon system program product support strategies using 

performance-based logistics.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLL 016

Joint Logistics

This module provides professionals with knowledge of 

functional assignments that involve joint planning, interService, and multinational logistics support, as well as 

joint logistics in a theater of operations. By completing this 

module, professionals will recognize the important roles 

and responsibilities within the joint logistics environment; 

the capabilities that joint logistics delivers; the important 

factors related to planning, executing, and controlling joint 

logistics; and the factors that will ensure a successful future 

for joint logistics.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLL 017

Introduction to Defense 

Distribution

The Introduction to Defense Distribution module provides a 

brief overview of the vision, mission, and components of U.S. 

Transportation Command; assignment of the DoD distribution process owner; key players in the joint deployment and 

distribution enterprise, and their roles and responsibilities; 

different types of planning processes and tools; supply, 

transportation, and joint theater logistics processes and 

systems within joint deployment and distribution enterprise, as well as key concepts of deployment and sustainment 

across these processes; and customer service transformational efforts.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLL 018

Joint Deployment Distribution 

Operations Center (JDDOC)

This module provides basic knowledge and comprehension 

of the JDDOC. It will provide DoD, other governmental 

personnel and nongovernmental personnel a detailed understanding of the roles, responsibilities, organizational structure, and concept of employment of the JDDOC concept.

Course Length: Approximately 18 hours
p. 187

maintenance; and it reviews the capabilities, methodology, 

policies, roles, and responsibilities required for services. 

Public law mandates that DoD maintain an organic core 

logistics capability with ready and controlled resources 

necessary to ensure effective and timely responses to 

mobilizations, national defense contingencies, and other 

emergency requirements.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLL 024

Title 10 Limitations on the 

Performance of Depot-Level 

Maintenance (50/50)

The Limitations on the Performance of Depot-Level 

Maintenance (50/50) is an introductory presentation of 

DoD maintenance. The module provides professionals with 

a review of Section 2466 of Title 10 U.S.C., which mandates 

that the Services and combatant commanders may not have 

more than 50 percent of depot maintenance performed by 

non-DoD personnel.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLL 025

Depot Maintenance Inter-Service 

Support Agreements (DMISA)

The Depot Maintenance Inter-Service Support Agreements 

(DMISA) module is for maintenance inter-Service support 

offices; managers; and others who prepare, review, negotiate, 

and manage DMISAs. The module explains key duties and 

the process for creating DMISAs. Professionals will improve 

the efficiency of DoD depot maintenance planning activities 

through their successful implementation of DMISAs.

Course Length: Approximately 5 hours

CLL 026

Depot Maintenance Capacity 

Measurement

The Depot Maintenance Capacity Measurement module 

provides professionals with a basic understanding of the 

CLL 019

Technology Refreshment Planning

This module provides professionals with an overview of 

technology refreshment planning as it applies across the 

weapons system life cycle. The module will cover basic concepts, regulatory material, and planning for and applications 

used in technology refreshment.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLL 020

Independent Logistics Assessments

This module provides professionals with an introduction to 

independent logistics assessments, which is a formal review 

of the state of a program’s logistics planning and documentation. This review occurs before Milestone B, before 

Milestone C, and before full-rate production. Independent 

logistics assessments checklists, handbooks, and references can also be used to assist in early logistics support and 

sustainment planning, including assisting in planning for 

Milestone A.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLL 022

Title 10 Depot Maintenance 

Statute Overview

The Title 10 Depot Maintenance Statute Overview module 

provides a review of the definition of DoD maintenance, the 

public policy environment within which DoD depot-level 

maintenance operates, the various sections of 10 U.S.C. 

impacting depot-level maintenance, and DoD policy for the 

maintenance of military materiel.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLL 023

Title 10 U.S.C. 2464 Core Statute 

Implementation

The Title 10 U.S.C. 2464 Core Statute Implementation 

module provides an introductory presentation of DoD 
p. 188

Continuous Learning

Appendix C Continuous Learning

Generally, Continuous Learning courses are offered online.

methods used to measure, record, and report capacity 

and utilization data for organic activities that perform 

depot maintenance.

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

CLL 029

Condition-Based Maintenance 

Plus (CBM+)

The Condition-Based Maintenance Plus (CBM+) module 

provides the learner with an overview and introduction to 

depot maintenance management and operations needed 

in DoD legacy systems. The module will cover DoD maintenance, CBM+ information and background, essential 

elements, CBM+ implementation, and managing initiatives 

and measuring success.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLL 030

Reliability Centered Maintenance 

(RCM)

This module provides the learner with information on 

reliability centered maintenance (RCM) for the Defense 

Acquisition Workforce. This will include defining RCM, an 

introduction to the history and development, as well as the 

process and application of RCM. The overarching objective is for the student to understand RCM, its fundamental 

process and applications.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLL 032

Preventing Counterfeit Parts from 

Entering the DoD Supply System 

This self-paced computer-based training program is 

designed to facilitate learning about different types of commercial and industry nonconforming, suspect, and counterfeit items, how these items enter the commercial and DoD 

supply chains, the economic impact of these items, and how 

to develop basic skills for identifying possible nonconforming 

and suspect counterfeit items. Participants will also learn 

how to mitigate the risks involved in procuring these items 

and how to report these items through the proper channels.

Course Length: Approximately 1.5 hours

CLL 033

Logistician’s Responsibilities 

During Technical Reviews 

Technical reviews provide oversight and management of 

the definition, development, and demonstration of system, 

subsystem, and component design in accordance with 

established systems engineering technical management 

processes and technical processes. This course describes 

the life-cycle logistician’s role in technical reviews and how 

the logistician can leverage that involvement into better 

supportability for the system. This module will examine the 

most common technical reviews and the specific steps the 

life-cycle logistician can take to prepare and participate in 

the review.

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

CLL 034

SSN-LIN Automated Management 

and Integrating System (SLAMIS)

This module is an overview of the SLAMIS application; 

it provides a basic understanding of the many SLAMIS 

modules and capabilities as well as of the events that led 

to the development and need for this application, which 

replaced several legacy processes. Today, SLAMIS continues 

to address key equipment procurement, fielding and sustainment issues using the stakeholder’s institutional knowledge, 

regulations, and expert recommendations to improve 

processes through the use of automation.

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours
p. 189

CLL 040

 Business Case Analysis Tools

The objective of this continuous learning module is to 

familiarize DoD personnel with the process, concepts, and 

application of tools to business case analyses performed 

to the standards and conventions documented in the DoD 

Product Support BCA Guidebook.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLL 041

Life Cycle Cost (LCC) Analysis Tools 

This module provides an overview of life-cycle cost analysis 

and briefly introduces key tools, including methodologies 

and process, as well as representative products of such 

analyses.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLL 042

Supportability Analysis 

Techniques, Procedures, and Tools 

This continuous learning module addresses the importance 

of defining and understanding supportability analysis techniques, procedures, and tools that are available to conduct 

supportability analysis. Students should take CLL012, 

Supportability Analysis, prior to taking CLL042.

Course Length: Approximately 5 hours

CLL 043 

Green Logistics: Planning for 

Sustainability 

This module introduces and addresses the responsibilities 

of the life-cycle logistician in supporting both DoD and the 

program manager in planning for the life-cycle “sustainability” of weapon systems and programs. Decisions made 

regarding sustainability and environmental challenges 

often have a profound effect on life-cycle product support 

planning and on life-cycle cost. It is imperative that the lifeCLL 035 

Operating and Support Cost Estimating 

for the Product Support Manager

The overall goal of this continuous learning module is to 

address the role and importance of Operating and Support 

(O&S) cost estimating in life cycle product support planning.

Course Length: Approximately 6 hours

CLL 036

Product Support Manager (PSM)

This module provides a basic understanding of the evolution of product support and the role of the Product Support 

Manager (PSM) in its planning and execution. The module 

also describes the role of the PSM in assisting the Program 

Manager in executing the PM’s life-cycle management 

responsibilities.

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

CLL 037

DoD Supply Chain Fundamentals

This learning asset teaches students to identify and recognize key characteristics of DoD Supply Chain Management 

(SCM) fundamentals and effective/efficient supply chains.

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

CLL 039

Product Support Requirements 

Identification 

This continuous learning module explains how the logistician translates warfighter requirements into product 

support requirements. The module defines terms and acronyms used in the creation, revision, and implementation of 

warfighter and product support requirements, and provides 

links to references on issues discussed in the module.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours
p. 190

Continuous Learning

Appendix C Continuous Learning

Generally, Continuous Learning courses are offered online.

cycle logistician, as with other system design considerations, 

become an integral part of the system engineering team.

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

CLL 046

The Twelve Integrated Product 

Support (IPS) Elements 

This module provides guidance on the Twelve Integrated 

Product Support Elements reflected in the DoD Product 

Support Manager Guidebook and the Integrated Product 

Support Elements Guidebook. It defines the Twelve IPS 

elements, their purpose, and how they are developed, integrated, and implemented throughout the life cycle. It also 

gives an introduction to the IPS Elements Guidebook and 

how to apply it to product support. 

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLL 051

System Retirement, Materiel 

Disposition Reclamation 

The overall goal of this module is to provide the Product 

Support Manager and Life Cycle Logisticians familiarity 

with the terms, activities and participating organizations 

associated with system retirement, materiel disposition, reclamation, demilitarization, and disposal. It is not 

intended to duplicate all the information documented in 

various DoD and Service-level policy, guidance, and implementing instructions but to provide a frame of reference for 

making system retirement decisions.

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

CLL 054

Joint Task Force–Port Opening 

(JTF-PO)

Joint Task Force–Port Opening (JTF–PO) is a joint 

expeditionary capability that enables U.S. Transportation 

Command to rapidly establish and initially operate a port of 

debarkation and support a forward distribution node, facilitating port throughput in support of combatant commanderexecuted contingency response.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLL 055

Joint Deployment and Distribution 

Performance Metrics Framework

The requirement to improve Joint Deployment and Distribution Enterprise support to the warfighter is well established; 

however, less established is the definition of performance 

based on warfighter need. A U.S. Transportation Command 

study produced a framework of enterprise-level performance based metrics. This framework provides a clear 

definition of performance levels needed to drive tangible 

improvement to the warfighter.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLL 056

Sustainment of Software 

Intensive Systems

This module provides the learner with information regarding the terminology, processes, acquisition policy, and 

considerations and challenges that impact DoD software 

system sustainment.

Course Length: Approximately 3.5 hours

CLL 057

Level of Repair 

Analysis—Introduction

The Level of Repair Analysis (LORA) is a critical component 

of the supportability analysis and maintenance planning 

processes and the most important business decision made 

about physical supportability analysis during the acquisition 

of a system. This module describes the process of LORA, 
p. 191

manage the implementation of technology insertion or 

refreshing. 

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours 

CLL 120

The DoD Shelf-Life Program

There are items managed by the Department of Defense and 

the federal supply system that have a shelf-life (expiration 

date). The Shelf-Life modules within CLL 120 include an 

introduction, and information on acquisition and procurement, integrated material management, receiving, storing, 

monitoring, material disposition, and the use of the ShelfLife Extension System (SLES) located on the DoD Shelf-Life 

Program Web site.

Course Length: Approximately 7 hours

CLL 201

Diminishing Manufacturing 

Sources and Material Shortages 

(DMSMS) Fundamentals

This module provides professionals with a working-level 

overview of DMSMS issues. While professionals will not be 

experts after completing the course, they will have a working 

knowledge of DMSMS history, issues, tools, and current 

initiatives, and will have seen real examples of successful 

proactive DMSMS programs. Professionals will understand 

why standardization of policies and procedures within 

the DMSMS community is so important and will become 

familiar with many other related topics. 

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLL 202

Diminishing Manufacturing 

Sources and Material Shortages 

(DMSMS) Executive Overview

The module provides concise DMSMS information for 

executives or program managers who require an understanding of how DMSMS impacts their operations. 

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

its benefits, its limitations, and when it is conducted. This 

module also introduces the broad concept of supportability 

analysis and how LORA interfaces with other design and 

support analyses necessary to maintain the operational 

readiness of military systems and equipment.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLL 058

Level of Repair Analysis—Theory 

and Principles 

This is part two of a two-part continuous learning series on 

LORA (CLLs 057 and 058). The principal purpose of LORA 

is to determine the most effective maintenance and support 

structure for a system through iterative evaluations of both 

economic and non-economic considerations. This module 

describes the analytical theory of LORA and its economic 

and non-economic factors. It describes the steps in conducting LORA as well as policies and processes that have shaped, 

and still guide, its implementation. The module also provides 

a detailed explanation of how LORA models are designed 

and how input data is structured. The module discusses how 

LORA develops a least-cost maintenance recommendation 

and how those costs are estimated. 

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLL 062

Counterfeit Prevention Awareness 

This is an entry-level introduction to the issues of counterfeit materiel and counterfeiting’s impact on DoD programs 

and products as well as a means of identifying, reporting, 

and disposing of counterfeit items. 

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLL 119

Technical Refreshment 

Implementation Module

This module introduces you to the basic concepts to be 

considered in assessing opportunities, planning, and budgeting issues, and addresses the steps necessary to effectively 
p. 192

Continuous Learning

Appendix C Continuous Learning

Generally, Continuous Learning courses are offered online.

CLL 203

Diminishing Manufacturing 

Sources and Material Shortages 

(DMSMS) Essentials

The DMSMS Essentials module is for professionals who 

have a working knowledge of DMSMS regulations and 

policies, and it is recommended that professionals complete 

CLL 201 and CLL 202. This module focuses on DMSMS 

problems regarding electronics, as well as with mechanical 

items and materials. The module will introduce professionals to the Defense Logistics Agency’s DMSMS programs 

and capabilities, and will review basic techniques for 

component research.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLL 204

Diminishing Manufacturing 

Sources and Material Shortages 

(DMSMS) Case Studies

This module is for professionals who have a working 

knowledge of DMSMS regulations and policies, and it is 

recommended that professionals complete CLL 201, CLL 

202, and CLL 203. In this module, professionals will have 

an opportunity to review some DMSMS program scenarios, 

evaluating for the program’s level of proactivity, and will be 

able to make DMSMS management decisions.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLL 205

Diminishing Manufacturing 

Sources and Material Shortages 

(DMSMS) for Technical 

Professionals

While not mandatory, it is assumed that you have previously 

taken the DMSMS Fundamentals, DMSMS Essentials, 

and DMSMS Case Studies modules, and have a working 

knowledge of these topics. These core modules familiarize you with the basics of proactive DMSMS management, 

developing a DMSMS plan, basic component research and 

cataloging, cost avoidance, and other essential topics. This 

module covers the current processes, policies, and procedures used by technical professionals to practice proactive 

management. It focuses on the high-level best practices for 

running each program. Students can adjust the procedures 

and techniques to your Service as appropriate.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLL 206

Introduction to Parts Management

Parts management, previously known as parts control, 

has been a discretionary practice or a requirement in DoD 

weapons systems or equipment acquisition contracts since 

1957. Today’s weapons systems and equipment acquisition 

environment is characterized by rapidly changing designs, 

increases in the use of commercial part types, offshore 

manufacturing of parts, and diminishing manufacturing 

sources and material shortages (DMSMS). These factors 

have increased risk for Department of Defense weapons 

systems and equipment acquisition contracts. Because 

of these risks, contractors need more than ever before to 

have an effective parts management program. The parts 

management program is an integral part of the acquisition 

process for design, development, modification, and support 

of weapon systems and equipment.

Course Length: Approximately 1.5 hours

Acq uisiti on and Manageme nt

CLM 003

Overview of Acquisition Ethics

This module reinforces the most important legal ethics standards governing interaction between government personnel 

and DoD contractors. Areas addressed include conflicts 

of interest; gratuities from contractors; the Procurement 

Integrity Act; job-hunting for a position with private 

industry while still employed with the federal government; 

restrictions on post-government employment of a former 

federal employee or officer; and ethical problems that can 

arise when both government and contractor personnel work 

in common spaces on common goals as a single team. 

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours
p. 193

process to open the cross-functional and cross-organizational lines of communication and are formed for the specific 

purpose of delivering a product for a customer.

Course Length: Approximately 8 hours

CLM 016

Cost Estimating

This module focuses on basic cost-estimating tools and 

techniques. Cost estimates are one of the fundamental 

building blocks of the acquisition process. The cost estimate 

and its supporting budget are a part of the baseline against 

which a program’s progress and success are measured.

Course Length: Approximately 8 hours

CLM 017

Risk Management

Risk is always a concern in the DoD systems acquisition 

process. The acquisition process itself is designed, to a large 

degree, to allow risk to be managed from conception to delivery of the system. Although risk is inherent in any program, 

risk management ensures managers take measures to assess 

and handle risks. This module focuses on tools and processes that can be used to manage risk on a defense systems 

acquisition project.

Course Length: Approximately 8 hours

CLM 021

Introduction to Reducing Total 

Ownership Costs (R-TOC)

The Introduction to Reducing Total Ownership Costs 

(R-TOC) module provides professionals with R-TOC ideas, 

tools, and strategies with the acquisition and logistics communities. The module orients professionals to the R-TOC 

requirement, defines key R-TOC concepts, and describes 

best practices. It emphasizes total cost of ownership reduction from a systems perspective. 

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLM 005

Industry Proposals and 

Communication 

This module identifies actions that the government can take 

to create an environment conducive to industry developing 

better, more timely solutions to meet government needs at 

affordable prices. The student will be introduced to budget 

realities and steps to building better buying power for the 

government. 

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLM 012

Scheduling

This module focuses on scheduling processes and tools 

that can be used to develop schedules for a defense systems 

acquisition project. Scheduling is the focus of the planning and control process and depends, to a great extent, 

on program risk and the resources available (time, money, 

facilities, manpower, and workforce skills). Scheduling is a 

roadmap for systems development, and thus, it is an inherent 

part of program management.

Course Length: Approximately 12 hours

CLM 013

Work-Breakdown Structure

This module addresses two fundamental and interrelated 

types of work-breakdown structures: the program workbreakdown structure that is developed by a program management office and the contract work-breakdown structure 

that is developed by a contractor. 

Course Length: Approximately 6 hours

CLM 014

Integrated Product Team (IPT) 

Management and Leadership

This module introduces management and leadership 

concepts used to organize, manage, and lead an integrated 

product team. IPTs are used throughout the acquisition 
p. 194

Continuous Learning

Appendix C Continuous Learning

Generally, Continuous Learning courses are offered online.

CLM 023

DAU AbilityOne Contracting

The DAU AbilityOne Contracting continuous learning 

module provides professionals and DoD purchase cardholders a better understanding of the AbilityOne program. There 

are over 14 million Americans with severe disabilities, and 

the unemployment rate for people with severe disabilities is 

70 percent. The AbilityOne program helps people with disabilities who are unable to obtain or maintain employment 

on their own. 

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLM 024

Contracting Overview

The Contracting Overview module gives an overview of the 

market research process, the process for developing criteria 

or factors for teams to use in evaluating contractors during 

source selection, and the use of the uniform contract format.

Course Length: Approximately 8 hours

CLM 025

Commercial-Off-The-Shelf (COTS) 

Acquisition for Program Managers

This module provides an overview of the fundamental challenges faced by organizations when they integrate commercial items to form a system; addresses the issues involved 

in buying from the commercial marketplace; summarizes 

lessons learned from programs that have made extensive use 

of commercial items; and offers suggestions.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLM 030

Common Supplier Engagement

The Common Supplier Engagement module is designed to 

help professionals navigate through the changes that have 

occurred because of the government’s elimination of paper 

methods that were previously used in acquisitions. The 

module provides an overview of the electronic e-Business 

practices used in acquisitions, including topics on e-Business and e-Government, and how both of these relate to 

common supplier engagement.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLM 031

Improved Statement of Work

The Improved Statement of Work module will help professionals improve statements of objectives, statements of 

work, and performance work statements that are developed 

and evaluated by all acquisition career fields. Statement of 

work purpose, preparation, evaluation, and lessons learned 

are presented in this module so professionals understand 

and appreciate the critical role of requirements development 

in the acquisition process.

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

CLM 032

Evolutionary Acquisition

The Evolutionary Acquisition module is designed to introduce professionals to the ideas and principles of evolutionary 

acquisition, and teach professionals how to apply them in a 

rapidly changing environment.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLM 033

Defense Acquisition Workforce 

Improvement Act (DAWIA) II

DAWIA was amended significantly during fiscal years 2004 

and 2005. These amendments (generally referred as DAWIA 

II) provide a number of flexibilities to enable the DoD to more 

effectively develop and manage the Defense Acquisition 

Workforce. This module explains the transformation items 

that took place in DAWIA II.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours
p. 195

CLM 038

Corrosion Prevention and Control 

Overview

The Corrosion Prevention and Control Overview module 

will provide professionals with training in corrosion prevention and control as well as serve as an accessible reference 

guide to answer future questions.

Course Length: Approximately 8 hours

CLM 039

Foundations of Government 

Property

The Foundations of Government Property module provides 

DoD financial accounting and property management professionals an overview of managing government property. 

This module will increase professionals’ knowledge and 

understanding of DoD property accountability and management and the DoD accounting and accountability approach 

to the property management life cycle. It also will introduce 

professionals to essential available tools that will help them 

manage government property.

Course Length: Approximately 1.5 hours

CLM 040

Proper Financial Accounting 

Treatments for Military 

Equipment (PFAT4ME)

This module is designed to provide a better understanding 

of how military equipment values are determined and the 

process used to ensure consistent execution; the important 

roles that program manager, business/financial management analysts, and procurement contracting officers play 

in this process; and the actions required by each role so a 

structure is in place that ensures PFAT4ME.

Course Length: Approximately 1.5 hours

CLM 034

Science and Technology—Lesson 

from PMT 352A

This module, excerpted from the PMT 352A course, provides 

background on the importance of the science and technology 

(S&T) role in the systems acquisition process and identifies 

sources of S&T information. It contains activities that allow 

participants to assess an S&T project’s compatibility with 

the Advanced Threat Infrared Countermeasure/Common 

Missile Warning System Program and recommend strategies for incorporating the emerging technology.

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

CLM 035

Environmental Safety and 

Occupational Health—Lesson from 

PMT 352A

This module, excerpted from PMT 352A, focuses on the 

increased emphasis and importance of environmental safety 

and occupational health as they relate to acquisition management. Program managers must ensure their programs, 

regardless of acquisition category, comply with environmental safety and occupational health statutory and regulatory 

requirements.

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

CLM 037

Physical Inventories

This module provides professionals with a basic awareness of the duties and responsibilities of an accountable 

property officer or property custodian. The module will 

describe the preparation, physical count, and reconciliation aspects of physical inventories as well as when and 

how they should be applied.

Course Length: Approximately 1.5 hours
p. 196

Continuous Learning

Appendix C Continuous Learning

Generally, Continuous Learning courses are offered online.

CLM 044

Radio Frequency Identification (RFID)

This module is designed to provide defense contracting 

officers with the knowledge necessary to insert the passive 

RFID Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement 

(DFARS) clause into appropriate contracts, thus streamlining DoD’s receiving process. The module also reviews RFID 

technology and DoD’s RFID implementation strategies. 

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLM 047

Fiscal and Physical Accountability 

and Management of DoD Equipment

This module builds upon the concepts presented in the 

Foundations of Government Property module. DoD 

professionals responsible for DoD fiscal and physical 

property management play a crucial role in the acquisition and life cycle of DoD equipment end-items—both for 

the warfighter and for the American taxpayer. The module 

provides an overview of the acquisition and sustainment 

policy guidance, business rules, and life-cycle management of DoD equipment.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLM 048

Audit Readiness Requirements for 

DoD Equipment

This module provides key personnel, both financial and nonfinancial managers, with “how-to” details on the requirements and processes necessary to prepare for an audit of 

DoD equipment requiring capitalization.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLM 049

Procurement Fraud Indicators

This module provides an awareness of procurement 

fraud indicators. This CLM was developed as a result of a 

department-wide review of vulnerabilities to fraud, waste, 

and abuse in contracting integrity, as directed by Congress.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLM 051

Time Management

This module introduces the basics of time management, 

including the identification of common time thieves and 

an analytical framework for rebalancing the life-work 

paradigm.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLM 055

Program Leadership

This module identifies the most important leadership 

competencies necessary for program managers (PMs) in the 

defense acquisition process and analyzes the attributes of 

successful PMs through interviews with two highly successful PMs. This module also provides tips on self-assessment 

of PM leadership skills and references for more information 

on how to strengthen those skills.

Course Length: Approximately 1.5 hours

CLM 056

Portfolio Management 

This module introduces the concepts and practices of Portfolio Management as it occurs in the Department of Defense 

(DoD) environment. It also exposes students to a mixture 

of simple and complex techniques and tools to employ these 

concepts and practices 

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour
p. 197

CLM 072

Data Management Strategy Development 

With advancements in technology and robust products that 

use those technologies, it has become even more imperative 

that the government obtain the necessary data, rights, and 

licenses to support and maintain its programs. Developing a 

Data Management Strategy (DMS) is one of the first steps in 

ensuring this is possible. This continuous learning module 

presents the requirements, tools, and processes needed to 

complete a comprehensive DMS. CLM 072 is one of seven 

data management (DM) modules in the DM series (CLM 

071 – CLM 077).

Course Length: Approximately 1.5 hours

CLM 073

Data Management Planning System 

This module explains how conscientious Data Management 

(DM) planning contributes to the success of major weapon 

systems acquisitions. It explores such topics as key personnel roles in DM planning, recent events and changes to DM 

planning practices, and the roles of Configuration Management and the Integrated Digital Environment. Students will 

emerge with an understanding of the goals, benefits, and 

challenges associated with DM planning. CLM 073 is one 

of seven data management (DM) modules in the DM series 

(CLM 071 – CLM 077).

Course Length: Approximately 1.5 hours

CLM 074

Technical Data and Computer 

Software Rights 

This module explores types of data rights and explains how 

proper allocation of these rights is mutually beneficial to 

the government and contractors. The module also examines 

the major factors that must be considered when determining which data rights are appropriate for product support 

throughout the system’s life cycle. CLM 074 is one of seven 

data management (DM) modules in the DM series (CLM 

071 – CLM 077).

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLM 057

Joint DoD-DoE Nuclear Weapons 

Life Cycle Activities

This is an entry level introduction to the full nuclear system 

life cycle, but with major emphasis on the joint processes and 

responsibilities for the sustainment of nuclear weapons,

also known as phase 6.X. Every member of the Nuclear 

Community should at least be aware of the 6.X process, and 

every member who actually works on the sustainment of our 

nuclear triad either within the DoD or within the joint DoD/

Energy Department environment needs to be a practitioner 

of the 6.X process. The current target audience is all Air 

Force personnel entering the nuclear acquisition workforce. 

This module contains a test that must be passed with a 100 

percent score, with unlimited attempts allowed to pass. 

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLM 059

Small Business Program for 

Program Managers

This module is designed to provide program managers with 

the tools and understanding of how to best utilize small 

businesses in the Defense Acquisition Management System 

to the maximum extent practical so that both small business 

and DoD acquisition programs are successful.

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

CLM 071

Introduction to Data Management 

This module explains why data management is critical 

to enhancing support throughout the system life cycle. 

CLMs 071—CLM 077 will provide acquisition professionals with the fundamental knowledge required to create 

better data management plans and obtain the necessary 

data rights for systems being delivered to the warfighter, 

thus affording opportunities to reduce life-cycle cost and 

increase Operating & Support competition. CLM 071 is 

one of seven data management (DM) modules in the DM 

series (CLM 071 – CLM 077).

Course Length: Approximately 1.5 hours
p. 198

Continuous Learning

Appendix C Continuous Learning

Generally, Continuous Learning courses are offered online.

CLM 075

Data Acquisition 

This module identifies the activities and requirements 

associated with data acquisition. The goal of this module 

is to present the activities and requirements associated 

with drafting a Request for Proposal (RFP), the process for 

responding to offeror’s proposals, and the data management 

considerations after contact award. CLM 075 is one of seven 

data management (DM) modules in the DM series (CLM 

071 – CLM 077). 

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

CLM 076

Data Markings 

Proper markings are vital to ensuring data are available to 

the right people at the right time and that data are protected 

from unauthorized dissemination. This continuous learning 

module explains how to apply the correct markings and 

distribution statements to technical data and computer 

software. CLM 076 is one of seven data management (DM) 

modules in the DM series (CLM 071 – CLM 077). 

Course Length: Approximately 3.5 hours

CLM 077

Data Management Protection 

and Storage 

Information is one of our nation’s greatest sources of power. 

We must treat information as a strategic asset, and we 

must protect information and information systems against 

adverse events. This continuous learning module explains 

the vital role Data Protection and Storage play in a major 

weapon system acquisition program. CLM 077 is one of 

seven data management (DM) modules in the DM series 

(CLM 071 – CLM 077).

Course Length: Approximately 1.5 hours

CLM 103

Quality Assurance Auditing

The Quality Assurance Auditing module contains material 

that covers three general types of audits: system, process, 

and product. These audits are described in three distinct 

phases: planning and preparation, performance, and reporting and follow-up.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLM 200

Item-Unique Identification

Item-unique identification enables item tracking in DoD 

business systems and provides reliable and accurate data for 

management, financial accountability, and asset management purposes. This module provides an overview of itemunique identification.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLM 500

ADL Implementation for Defense 

Acquisition Professionals

This is an introduction and overview of the advanced 

distributed learning (ADL) basics, requirements, and 

components as well as DoD’s policies regarding repository 

and registry functions. The module also describes shareable 

content object reference model conformance to acquisition 

planning, project management, and instructional design.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

Requireme nts

CLR 030

Environment, Safety and Occupational 

Health in Joint Capabilities Integration 

and Development System (JCIDS)

The module is designed to help the enviroment, safety, 

and occupational health (ESOH) practitioner generate 

concise ESOH wording appropriate for JCIDS documents. 
p. 199

CLR 252

Developing Requirements

The Developing Requirements module explains how to 

develop key performance parameters (KPPs) and key system 

attributes (KSAs) and examines the relationship of KPPs 

and KSAs to technical requirements and how to get top-level 

requirements through staffing and validation. The module is 

for requirements managers and other managers who prepare 

and apply system attributes such as KPPs.

Course Length: Approximately 5 hours

Earned Value Manageme nt

CLV 016

Introduction to Earned Value 

Management (EVM)

This module introduces the basics of EVM as it relates to 

acquisition program management. You will learn the five 

independent earned value variables and the three most 

common EVM metrics. At the conclusion of this module, you 

should be familiar with EVM-related laws passed by Congress, the Office of Management and Budget’s implementation of these laws, and current DoD policy guidance regarding 

EVM requirements. Additionally, you should recognize how 

work scope, schedule, and resources are combined to establish the EVM performance measurement baseline.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour 

CLV 017

Performance Measurement Baseline

The Performance Measurement Baseline module introduces 

the earned value management language and processes 

associated with developing the performance measurement 

baseline. The course defines the concepts of total allocated 

budget, negotiated contract cost, authorized unpriced work, 

contract budget baseline, over-target baseline, summarylevel planning packages, undistributed budget, management 

reserve, and the performance measurement baseline. The 

module describes a generic process for developing performance measurement baselines. It concludes by explaining 

The module offers practical guidance in negotiating the 

JCIDS process where different interests, ESOH related and 

non-ESOH related, often compete among stakeholders in a 

resource-constrained context.

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

CLR 101

Introduction to Joint Capabilities Integration 

and Development System (JCIDS)

This module provides an overview of JCIDS. The five lessons 

focus on terms, definitions, basic concepts, processes, and 

roles and responsibilities involved within JCIDS as well 

as JCIDS’ interaction with both the Defense Acquisition 

System (DAS) and Planning, Programming, Budgeting, and 

Execution (PPBE). The module is designed for DoD professionals who contribute to requirements generation and 

capability development process to include JCIDS analysis, 

subject matter or domain expertise, document staffing and 

coordination and/or administrative support.

Course Length: Approximately 3.5 hours

CLR 151

Analysis of Alternatives (AoA)

Here is presented the process used by DoD to conduct an 

AoA in support of requirements, system acquisition, and 

resourcing. The AoA is the analytical process that DoD 

organizations use to assess and prioritize potential materiel 

solutions to a validated military capability need. 

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

CLR 250

Capabilities-Based Assessment (CBA)

The CBA module introduces planning and organizing CBAs. 

The module contains four lessons: CBA Definitions, PrePlanning Research, CBA Team Building and Planning, and 

the CBA Study Phase. The module explains how to conduct 

and support effective and efficient CBAs in support of the Joint 

Capabilities Integration and Development System (JCIDS).

Course Length: Approximately 5 hours
p. 200

Continuous Learning

Appendix C Continuous Learning

Generally, Continuous Learning courses are offered online.

the most common earned value techniques and relating the 

relative desirability and risks associated with each.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

CLV 018

Earned Value and Financial 

Management Reports

The Earned Value and Financial Management Reports 

module reviews the most common DoD data reports associated with earned value management, cost estimating, and 

financial management. It examines the purpose and relationship between the data item description and the contract 

data requirements list; identifies key players and purposes in 

reports; and outlines the DoD contract performance report 

and integrated master schedule tailoring guidance provided 

in the Earned Value Management Implementation Guide.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLV 019

Estimate at Completion

The Estimate at Completion module reviews the process 

for computing an estimate at completion range when 

given earned value management (EVM) data. It defines 

the meaning of the cost performance index, the schedule 

performance index, and the to-complete performance 

index (TCPI) earned value metrics; reviews favorable and 

unfavorable trends cost performance index and schedule 

performance index performance trend charts; and walks 

through the calculations needed to compute an estimate at 

completion range by using the standard EVM estimate at 

completion equation.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

CLV 020

Baseline Maintenance

The Baseline Maintenance module reviews the concepts 

associated with performance measurement baseline 

maintenance. It describes the contract performance chart 

and the cost/schedule variance earned value management (EVM) metrics chart; defines what a front-loaded 

baseline, rubber baseline, over-target baseline, and 

single-point adjustment mean in the context of EVM; and 

provides exercises in which students apply the knowledge 

they have gained.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

Federal Acq uisiti on Instit ute

Courses and Modules

FAC 001

HUBZone Empowerment 

Contracting Program—

Certification and Eligibility

This module familiarizes procurement officials with the 

certification and eligibility requirements for program 

participation in the Historically Underutilized Business 

Zone (HUBZone) Empowerment Contracting Program. The 

program encourages economic development in HUBZones 

through the establishment of federal contract award preferences for qualified small businesses located in such areas. 

Course Length: Approximately 30 minutes

FAC 002

HUBZone Empowerment 

Contracting Program—

Contractual Assistance

This module familiarizes procurement officials with 

the types of Historically Underutilized Business Zone 

(HUBZone) contracts and the HUBZone small business’ 

contract performance requirements. The HUBZone 

Program encourages economic development in HUBZones 

through the establishment of federal contract award preferences for qualified small businesses located in such areas. 

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour
p. 201

FAC 003

HUBZone Empowerment 

Contracting Program—Historical 

Overview

This module familiarizes procurement officials with the historical development of the Historically Underutilized Business Zone (HUBZone) Program and provides an explanation 

of the program’s statutory and regulatory development. The 

HUBZone Program encourages economic development in 

HUBZones through the establishment of federal contract 

award preferences for qualified small businesses located in 

such areas. 

Course Length: Approximately 30 minutes

FAC 004

HUBZone Empowerment 

Contracting Program—Protests 

and Appeals

This module familiarizes procurement officials with the procedures for filing a Historically Underutilized Business Zone 

(HUBZone) protest and/or appeal. The HUBZone Program 

encourages economic development in HUBZones through 

the establishment of federal contract award preferences for 

qualified small businesses located in such areas. 

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

FAC 005

Just-in-Time Compliance 

Training: Central Contractor 

Registration

All DoD contractors must be registered in the Central 

Contractor Registration to help streamline the acquisition 

process and broaden the use and reliance upon e-Business 

applications. The Central Contractor Registration was 

established to eliminate the need to maintain paper-based 

sources of contractor information. This module provides an 

overview of the registration process.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

FAC 006

The SAFETY Act and Federal 

Acquisitions

The SAFETY Act is designed to encourage the development 

and deployment of anti-terrorism technologies and services 

that will substantially enhance the protection of the nation. 

This module will explain the SAFETY Act and explain how 

to incorporate it into an acquisition when appropriate.

Course Length: Approximately 1.5 hours

FAC 007

Certificate of Competency (COC) Program

The COC Program administered by the Small Business 

Administration (SBA) is authorized by Statutory Authority: Section 8(b)(7) of the Small Business Act of 1953 and 

Regulatory Implementation Code of Federal Regulations 

(CFR), 13 Part 125.5; Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 

48 Part 19.6. The COC Program allows a small business to 

appeal a contracting officer’s (CO) determination that it is 

unable to fulfill the requirements of a specific government 

contract on which it is the apparent low bidder. The COC is 

an appeal procedure available to the apparent successful 

small business offeror and gives the small business the 

opportunity to demonstrate it has the capability to perform 

on a specific federal prime government contract. This is 

not a Certificate of Compliance or Conformance. It is a 

determination that a firm is responsible or not to perform a 

specific government contract. 

Course Length: Approximately 30 minutes

FAC 008

Competition in Contracting Act (CICA)

This module, targeted toward the United States Agency 

for International Development’s (USAID) procurement 

workforce, provides an overview of the CICA. The module 

involves a review of the Federal Acquisition Regulation 

(FAR), the USAID Acquisition Regulation (USAID’s 

supplement to the FAR), and specific USAID’s guidance 
p. 202

Continuous Learning

Appendix C Continuous Learning

Generally, Continuous Learning courses are offered online.

as related to CICA. Though targeted toward USAID’s procurement workforce, all USAID employees are encouraged 

to take the module.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

FAC 010

Small Business Innovation Research/

Small Business Technology Transfer 

(SBIR/STTR) Programs

SBIR/STTR programs encourage small business to explore 

their technological potential, and provide the incentive to 

profit from its commercialization. By including qualified 

small businesses in the nation’s research and development 

arena, high-tech innovation is stimulated and the United 

States gains entrepreneurial spirit as it meets its specific 

research and development needs. An overview of SBIR/

STTR programs is provided.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

FAC 013

Shaping Smart Business 

Arrangements—Expert Edition

This is designed for personnel newly assigned to the contracting workforce. Participants will gain a broad, comprehensive understanding of the environment in which they 

will serve; develop professional skills for making business 

decisions and advising other acquisition team members 

toward success in meeting customers’ needs; be introduced 

to knowledge management and information systems; and 

prepare to provide contracting support within the overarching business relationships of government and industry.

Course Length: Approximately 11.5 hours

FAC 016

Buy American Act (BAA)

This module covers the BAA history, applicable statutes 

and regulations, the policy for supplies, and the exceptions 

and trade agreements that may waive the BAA. The module 

provides guidelines for applying the BAA to the solicitation 

and evaluation of supplies and, through a series of scenarios, 

guides the learner in applying those guidelines.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

FAC 017

Contracting Officer’s Technical 

Representative (COTR) Refresher 

This refresher course consists of two modules: Module 1, 

titled Bridging the Gap, provides a review of course content 

taken from the COTR certification course using a game board 

main screen and a scoring device. Module 1 tests the learner’s 

ability to recall and apply key COTR concepts in response to 

scenario-based questions. Module 2, COTR Contract Administration, comprises 10 performance-based exercises, using 

a threaded case study of a service contract as the vehicle 

through which learners will exercise COTR’s authorities, 

duties, and responsibilities when administering a contract. 

 

Course Length: Approximately 8 hours

FAC 018

Green Purchasing for Civilian Acquisition

The Green Purchasing for Civilian Acquisition course offers 

federal acquisition professionals an overview of the policies, 

requirements, and best practices for purchasing sustainable 

products and services.

 

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

FAC 019

Federal Awardee Performance 

and Integrity Information System 

(FAPIIS) Training 

The public availability of FAPIIS information, in combination with the mandatory use of FAPIIS, heightens the 

need for training on the appropriate application of FAPIIS 

information to the evaluation of potential contract and grant 

awardees. This module provides the knowledge and skills 
p. 203

FAC 024

GSA Global Supply 

 Students will learn about the GSA Global Supply program and 

its role within the National Supply System. Information on GSA 

managed products, as well as key ordering and fulfillment information, will also be covered. 

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

FAC 025

Energy Savings Performance 

Contracting (ESPC) Online Course

It’s not contracting business as usual! Learn about one of the government’s premier tools to finance facility energy improvements. 

ESPC is a contracting vehicle that allows federal agencies to 

accomplish energy projects for their facilities without depending 

on appropriations to pay for the improvements. An ESPC project 

is a partnership between the customer (a government organization) and an energy service company. 

Course Length: Approximately 8 hours

FAC 026

Cost Analysis

Federal acquisition requirements are growing in complexity 

and increasing in value. Training on current contract pricing 

and costing requirements is vital for agencies to get fair and 

reasonable prices for contracts. This continuous learning module 

provides acquisition personnel with a tool that explains how to 

conduct cost estimation and analysis. For those new to the field, 

this module provides a good foundation and a future resource; for 

experienced professionals, the most current information.

Course Length: Approximately 8 hours

FAC 027

GSA Schedules and the Utilization of 

Small Business

Students will be taught how buyers in the federal marketplace 

can utilize small businesses under the GSA Multiple Award 

needed to effectively use FAPIIS to make appropriate decisions related to contract and grant awards. 

Course Length: Approximately 1.5 hours

FAC 021

Price Analysis 

This module provides acquisition personnel with a tool that 

explains how to conduct price analysis as well as illustrates 

how to properly document the results of a business negotiation. Users can take the full course for a solid foundation and 

then return to it as a resource and refresher on particular 

topics on an as-needed basis.

Course Length: Approximately 8 hours

FAC 022

Combating Human Trafficking 

This module informs acquisition professionals about 

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) clause 52.222-50, to 

assist them in upholding the zero tolerance policy, and to 

address formal training to heighten awareness across the 

federal government.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

FAC 023

Basic Contracting for GSA Schedules 

In this module, you will learn about the procedures for 

placing orders for supplies and services against Multiple 

Award Schedules as outlined in Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) Subpart 8.4. The module is not about general FAR 

procedures such as protests, acquisition planning, preparation of statements of work, and contract files management, 

but does discuss these topics as they relate to Schedules 

contracting and ordering procedures.

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours
p. 204

Continuous Learning

Appendix C Continuous Learning

Generally, Continuous Learning courses are offered online.

FAC 031

Small Business Programs

Small businesses make up about 99 percent of all the nation’s 

businesses and employ half of all Americans, and small businesses are the source for many of our greatest innovations. 

This module provides federal contracting professionals and 

program officials an overview of small business types and 

programs, and provides them with the information they need 

to encourage small business participation in government 

acquisitions. It will also help contracting professionals meet 

specific acquisition requirements related to small business 

concerns and achieve agency small business goals, while 

supporting increased opportunities for small businesses.

Course Length: Approximately 2.5 hours

FAC 033

Contract Management: Strategies 

for Mission Success

The Contract Management: Strategies for Mission Success 

module focuses on improvements made to federal contract 

management through the collaboration of public and private 

sector acquisition professionals as part of the Partnership 

for Public Service’s Acquisition Innovation Initiative. 

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

FAC 034

Interagency Acquisitions Basics

The Interagency Acquisitions Basics online training 

module is an interactive multimedia training presentation that defines and identifies the features and benefits of 

interagency acquisition, describes the different types of 

interagency acquisitions, and provides foundational understanding of what is required to make the decision to use this 

method, how to get started, keys to success, and resources 

available to support interagency acquisition activities.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

Schedules (MAS) program. Every agency is concerned with 

meeting its annual socioeconomic goals; the MAS program 

is a simple and easy way to do so.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

FAC 028

GSA Schedules and Sustainable 

Acquisition

This course will teach students about sustainability goals 

government-wide and ways the GSA Multiple Award Schedule can help achieve those goals.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

FAC 029

GSA Schedules vs. Open Market 

There are three commonly used acquisition methods: 

issuing task or delivery orders using GSA’s Multiple Award 

Schedules (MAS) under Federal Acquisition Regulation 

(FAR) Subpart 8.4 and negotiating a stand-alone order or 

contract under FAR Part 13 and FAR Part 15. The module 

explores the differences and similarities of these three 

methods, their advantages and disadvantages in various 

situations, and how to analyze alternatives as you develop 

your acquisition strategy. 

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

FAC 030

A-76 Post-Competition 

Accountability Training

This is a Federal Acquisition Institute interactive online 

training module that will help professionals understand 

how to manage a service provider awarded through the 

competitive sourcing process. This module explains the 

steps a federal government agency must take to successfully 

implement the results of a competition between a government entity and private sector vendors.

Course Length: Approximately 1.5 hours
p. 205

FAC 035

Guide to Preparing an Independent 

Government Cost Estimate (IGCE)

This module will provide acquisition personnel with a 

better understanding of the IGCE as a business tool. With 

the instructional goal of understanding the development, 

an IGCE, the user will recognize when an IGCE is required, 

what the benefits are for the government, what elements are 

included in its format, the types of advanced cost-estimating 

analyses that are available, and tips for preparing the IGCE.

Course Length: Approximately 30 minutes

FAC 036

GSA Schedules Blanket Purchase 

Agreements (BPAs) and Contractor 

Team Arrangements (CTAs)

This module will discuss the GSA Multiple Award Schedules 

program as it pertains to the use of BPAs and CTAs. 

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

FAC 037

GSA eBuy: An Overview 

Students will learn about the GSA eBuy program and how 

it functions to benefit both the government buyer and the 

vendor.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

FAC 038

How to Integrate Green into 

Acquisition 

Examine additional options for minimizing the environmental impact of acquisitions beyond requiring the use or supply 

of green products. It is possible to incorporate environmental considerations into any acquisition. 

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

FAC 039

GSA’s Government-wide 

Acquisition Contracts (GWACs) 

for IT Service 

Because most, if not all, government agencies have a need to 

buy IT services and solutions, General Services Administration (GSA) has made this purchasing convenient through 

its GWAC programs. In this continuous learning module, 

students learn about the four GWAC programs offered 

through GSA.

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

FAC 040

GSA’s Government-wide Acquisition 

Contracts (GWAC) VETS 

Here students will learn about the Veterans Technology 

Services (VETS) GWAC offered through GSA to facilitate 

purchase of IT services and solutions.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

FAC 041

GSA Alliant GWAC 

Learn about Alliant & Alliant Small Business GWAC 

Program offered through GSA to facilitate purchase of IT 

services and solutions.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

FAC 042

GSA’s GWAC: 8(a) STARS II

In this continuous learning module, learn about the GWAC 

8(a) STARS II offered through GSA to facilitate purchase of 

IT services and solutions.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours
p. 206

Continuous Learning

Appendix C Continuous Learning

Generally, Continuous Learning courses are offered online.

module helps managers identify and adjust thought patterns 

before approaching the difficult conversations that arise in 

business. The module provides firsthand experiences in a 

safe environment and gives managers the opportunity to use 

interactive tools and apply follow-up action plans.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

HBS 302

Negotiating for Results

This module immerses managers in dialogue-based 

situations that foster learning by doing, where they make 

key decisions that drive the dialogue and ensuing results. 

Managers will learn how to avoid common traps and find 

common ground for opportunities. The interactive module 

helps managers prepare for and conduct effective negotiations that produce a winning edge for their organizations. 

The interactive environment will enable managers to tap 

expert insights, discover proven tactics, and sharpen their 

own skills for getting results when negotiating. 

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

HBS 303

Leading Teams with Emotional 

Intelligence

This module immerses managers in dialogue-based situations that foster learning by doing, where they make key 

decisions that drive the dialogue and ensuing results. The 

module puts the students in situations where they must be 

flexible with their own emotional intelligence skills to drive 

high team performance. Engaging interactive exercises 

reveal the secret behind exceptionally productive teams. The 

interactive environment will enable managers to tap into 

expert insights, discover proven tactics, and sharpen their 

own skills in the area of emotional intelligence.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

FAC 043

Ethics and Procurement Integrity 

for the Acquisition Workforce 

The Department of Homeland Security (DHS) “Ethics 

and Procurement Integrity for the Acquisition Workforce” 

courseware satisfies the annual U.S. Office of Government 

Ethics training requirement for DHS Financial Disclosure 

Report filers (OGE Form 450 and OGE Form 278) and the 

annual DHS procurement ethics training requirement. 

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

FAC 044

Contractor Performance Assessment 

Reporting System (CPARS )

This online course is designed to provide federal employees 

of civilian agencies with training on CPARS. 

Course Length: Approximately 6 hours

FAC 045

Federal Procurement Data 

System—Next Generation 

(FPDS-NG)

This online course is designed to provide an overview of 

the Federal Procurement Data System—Next Generation. 

FPDS—NG is a single repository for federal procurement 

award data accessible by multiple user groups, including 

the public. 

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

Harvard Busi ness School

Publis hing Manage Mentor

HBS 301

Managing Difficult Conversations

This module immerses managers in dialogue-based situations that foster learning by doing, where they make key 

decisions that drive the dialogue and ensuing results. The 
p. 207

HBS 304

Managing Difficult Conversations, High 

Bandwidth

This module immerses managers in dialogue-based situations that foster learning by doing, where they make key 

decisions that drive the dialogue and ensuing results. The 

module helps managers identify and adjust thought patterns 

before approaching the difficult conversations that arise in 

business. The module provides firsthand experiences in a 

safe environment and gives managers the opportunity to use 

interactive tools and apply follow-up action plans.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

HBS 305

Negotiating for Results, High 

Bandwidth

This module immerses managers in dialogue-based 

situations that foster learning by doing where they make 

key decisions that drive the dialogue and ensuing results. 

Managers will learn how to avoid common traps and find 

common ground for opportunities. The interactive module 

helps managers prepare for and conduct effective negotiations that produce a winning edge for your organization. The 

interactive environment will enable managers to tap expert 

insights, discover proven tactics, and sharpen their own 

skills for getting results when negotiating.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

HBS 306

Leading Teams with Emotional 

Intelligence, High Bandwidth

This module immerses managers in dialogue-based situations that foster learning by doing, where they make key 

decisions that drive the dialogue and ensuing results. The 

module puts the student in situations where they must be 

able to flex their own emotional intelligence skills to drive 

high team performance. Engaging interactive exercises 

reveal the secret behind exceptionally productive teams. 

The interactive environment will enable managers to tap 

into expert insights, discover proven tactics, and sharpen 

their own skills in the area of emotional intelligence.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

HBS 309

Coaching for Results

In today’s environment of changing technology and evolving 

organizations, coaching can have a strategic impact. It 

provides continuous learning and develops people to meet 

current and future needs. Coaching is an investment that 

you make in developing your key resource—people—for the 

long-term benefit of your organization.

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

HBS 310

Influencing and Motivating Others

This module examines the principles underlying leaders’ 

abilities to influence other people and to motivate their 

employees and is primarily intended for all members of the 

acquisition community, especially managers and leaders. 

Course Length: Approximately 3 hours

HBS 401

Budgeting 

This module takes students step by step through the process 

of building better, more accurate budgets in less time. Learn 

how to create a budget that functions as a critical strategic 

tool while exploring the advantages and disadvantages 

of new techniques and approaches. Includes easy-to-use 

budget templates for fast implementation of concepts.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 402

Business Case Development 

This module takes you step by step through the process of 

creating a soundly reasoned and compelling case for your 

new business initiatives. It addresses topics ranging from 

identifying business opportunities to measuring their 

success. Includes recommendations for assessing risk, 

weighing costs, developing an implementation plan, and 

communicating recommendations in a convincing manner.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours
p. 208

Continuous Learning

Appendix C Continuous Learning

Generally, Continuous Learning courses are offered online.

HBS 403

Business Plan Development 

This module moves step by step through the process of 

preparing an effective plan for a business proposal. The steps 

taught are applicable to launching a new internal product as 

well as seeking funding for a new start-up business.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 404

Career Management

This module teaches students how to develop a straightforward approach to managing their careers or helping others 

manage theirs. Includes tools for matching interests, values, 

and skills to the right job or development opportunity, with 

valuable advice on resources such as career counselors, 

mentors, networking, informational interviewing, and 

professional development reviews.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 405

Change Management 

This module is a practical guide to implementing, managing, and communicating change in an organization. Learn 

how to approach change with an open mind and use it as a 

stimulus to encourage new ideas and harness enthusiasm for 

further progress. This module includes steps to help units or 

organizations become change-ready and planning tools to 

address resistance to change.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 406

Coaching

Here students will learn how to get the best from their 

direct reports and, through coaching, help others master 

new skills. They will learn how to use a four-step process to 

facilitate the professional growth of those they’ve agreed to 

coach. Participants will discover how to strengthen their 

skills so they can be more effective coaches.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 407

Crisis Management 

Every crisis is an opportunity to shine for managers who 

know what to do. This module instructs how to chart a 

course through crisis situations, from crisis plan development and contingency thinking to post-crisis management. 

Relevant for managers at all levels.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 408

Customer Focus 

Customer Focus is a vital orientation tool with value for 

every employee. This module covers the critical components of servicing internal or external customers, with a 

compelling overview of the importance of customer service, 

its relationship to customer satisfaction, and its link to 

company profitability.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 409

Decision-Making 

Effective business decisions require time and input from 

many individuals throughout an organization. In this 

module, students will learn to identify underlying issues 

related to a decision, generate multiple alternatives, evaluate those alternatives, and communicate and implement 

the decision.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours
p. 209

and after the critical event. Handled skillfully, dismissing 

an employee can set a team—and a company—on a positive 

new path.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 414

Diversity 

Learn how to manage diversity to extract maximum value 

from employees’ differences—including how to recruit 

diverse talent, resolve diversity-related conflicts, and communicate with employees and customers from other cultures.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 415

Ethics at Work 

Here students will learn how to use a three-step framework 

to solve “right vs. right” ethical dilemmas and how to foster a 

climate of integrity within an organization.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 416

Feedback Essentials 

Learn how and when to use various types of feedback to 

maximize openness and encourage learning. Covers information on establishing a receptive work environment, 

giving effective feedback, receiving feedback openly, being 

patient with non-communicators, and managing barriers 

to feedback.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 417

Finance Essentials 

This primer shows nonfinancial managers how their units 

fit into the company’s overall financial picture. Includes 

HBS 410

Delegating 

In this module, students will learn how to use proven tools 

for assessing any assignment, matching employee skills to 

tasks, selecting the right person, and supporting the delegation all the way through completion. It includes strategies for 

communicating the assignment, monitoring progress, and 

dealing with “reverse delegation.”

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 411

Developing Employees

Here students will be taught how to easily apply recommendations for addressing employees’ developmental needs. 

This module includes strategies for maximizing return on 

management, growing competent employees, and keeping 

star performers motivated. It also addresses use of development planning to help team members improve individual 

performance, make the most of career opportunities, and 

maximize contributions to an organization’s performance.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 412

Difficult Interactions 

Learn how to discuss and resolve difficult interactions in 

the workplace—whether with employees, peers, bosses, or 

even customers and suppliers. This module includes tools 

and techniques to help students decide which situations are 

worth resolving, find the source of the difficulty, productively 

discuss the emotions that difficult interactions can rouse, 

and overcome barriers to action.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 413

Dismissing an Employee 

Dismissing an employee is one of the most difficult, painful 

tasks a manager can face. Learn how to effectively manage 

a dismissal—including making key decisions before, during, 
p. 210

Continuous Learning

Appendix C Continuous Learning

Generally, Continuous Learning courses are offered online.

easy-to-understand explanations of the income statement, 

balance sheet, and cash-flow statement, plus practical 

advice for pulling together a department’s budget and justifying an investment or expenditure.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 418

Global Collaborations 

This module focuses on how to manage a global collaboration—including how to negotiate, build trust, overcome 

language barriers, and navigate geographical as well as 

cultural challenges.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 419

Goal Setting 

Here students learn how to organize their work around clear 

and meaningful objectives, with tools and techniques for 

establishing realistic goals, creating a task list, tracking 

milestones, and evaluating achievement.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours 

HBS 420

Hiring 

Learn techniques for finding, interviewing, and selecting top 

performers. This module will cover information on screening resumes, checking references, asking effective questions, 

making the hiring decision, and extending the offer. It also 

includes tools for creating a job profile, preparing for an 

interview, and evaluating job candidates.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 421

Innovation and Creativity 

Learn how to stimulate creative thinking in an intellectually 

diverse workgroup. Learn to assess and then tailor the physical and psychological environment to stimulate creative 

thought, and how to manage the process of innovation for 

maximum impact on an organization.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 422

Innovation Implementation 

This module provides a framework for turning an innovative idea into reality. Innovation is not only about generating 

creative ideas. Innovation results when a creative idea is put 

to use. However, the implementation phase is where many 

good ideas fail. Learn how to implement an innovation, from 

crafting a vision statement to managing resistance.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 423

Laying Off Employees 

Implementing a layoff is one of the most difficult and painful 

tasks a manager can face. This module teaches how to 

effectively manage a layoff—including making key decisions 

before, during, and after the critical event. Handled skillfully, a layoff can set a team—and a company—on a positive 

new path.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 424

Leading and Motivating

A synopsis of the essential tasks of leadership: setting direction, aligning people, and motivating others. Learn how to 

recognize the skills and characteristics of effective leaders, 

create an inspiring vision, and energize people to support 

and work toward goals.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours
p. 211

HBS 429

New Manager Transitions 

Learn what it means to be a manager, as well as how to 

navigate the complex and often stressful transition from 

individual contributor to a new manager.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 430

Performance Appraisal 

This module provides instruction in how to prepare for, 

conduct, and follow up on performance evaluations—in ways 

that link employee performance to company and group goals. 

This topic includes information on how to use informal 

performance assessments and feedback as part of regular 

employee interactions, prepare for a formal performance 

meeting with a direct report, document a performance 

meeting, and create a development plan with an employee. 

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 431

Performance Measurement 

This module includes a review of financial and nonfinancial 

measures used in all areas of organizational performance. 

It addresses both stand-alone measures (including ROI, 

EVA, and BET) and measurement frameworks such as 

dashboards, quality models, and the Balanced Scorecard. 

Included is a systematic process for tracking performance 

of initiatives that can generate improvements across the 

organization. 

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 432

Persuading Others 

Learn how to master the art and science behind successful 

persuasion—and begin changing others’ attitudes, beliefs, 

or behavior to create win-win solutions. Formal authority 

no longer gets managers as far as it once did. To do their 

job—accomplishing work through others—managers must 

HBS 425

Managing Upward

Gain insight into developing a mutually rewarding relationship, with skills for communicating and negotiating with a 

manager. Students will learn tips for presenting problems or 

opportunities to a supervisor and accepting responsibility 

for proposed actions.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 426

Marketing Essentials

Developed especially for nonmarketing managers, this 

module includes fundamentals that will help people 

throughout the organization better understand the importance of marketing and how it relates to them. 

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 427

Meeting Management 

This module is a timesaving guide to planning and conducting meetings from start to finish. It includes preparation, 

keeping the meeting on track, and follow-up. It gives expert 

advice for dealing with problem behaviors exhibited by 

meeting participants.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 428

Negotiating 

Students will learn about the negotiation process, when 

different types of negotiations are appropriate, essential 

negotiating strategies, and how to become an effective negotiator. A practical guide includes assessing interests of all 

parties, developing opportunities that create value, avoiding 

common barriers to agreement, and implementing strategies 

to make the negotiation run smoothly.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours
p. 212

Continuous Learning

Appendix C Continuous Learning

Generally, Continuous Learning courses are offered online.

develop and use skills of persuasion rather than simply 

issue orders.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 433

Presentation Skills 

Sound advice on preparing and delivering presentations 

that command attention, persuade, and inspire. Includes 

rehearsal techniques as well as tips for creating and using 

more effective visuals. Also addresses the importance 

of understanding objectives and the audience to create a 

presentation with impact. 

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 434

Process Improvement 

Learn what business processes are, why improving them is 

essential, and how to carry out a business process improvement (BPI) initiative.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 435

Project Management 

This module teaches the nuts and bolts of project management, including project planning, budgeting, team building, 

execution, and risk analysis. It also covers useful tools and 

techniques such as GANTT and PERT charts, work breakdown structure, and variance analysis.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 436

Retaining Employees 

Why do employees stay with—or leave—their jobs? This 

model teaches strategies for attracting and keeping top 

performers, how to handle common obstacles to retention such as burnout and work/life imbalance, and how 

to develop programs that address the diverse needs and 

interests of a workforce.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 437

Strategic Thinking 

This module offers practical advice for managers in charge 

of shaping and executing organizational strategy, including 

tips for analyzing opportunities, challenges, and the potential 

consequences of high-level action plans. It addresses identification of broad patterns and trends, creative thinking, analysis of complex information, and prioritization of actions. 

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 438

Strategy Execution 

Learn what strategy is, how senior management and units 

work together to develop strategy, and how units support 

a company’s strategy by developing and executing action 

plans for strategic initiatives. In many companies, senior 

management and units are involved in the strategic planning 

process. Why? This ensures that a company’s strategies—

both corporate and unit—are tightly aligned and can be 

successfully implemented. 

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 439

Stress Management 

This module offers practical, hands-on suggestions for 

managing workplace stress—from short-term “quick 

fixes” to long-term methods for both changing situations 

and changing how students respond to them. This module 

teaches the difference between positive stress that enhances 

productivity and negative stress that breeds tension, lowers 

productivity, and undercuts job satisfaction. Strategies 

are taught for dealing with underlying causes of worry and 

stress, with tactical advice and coping mechanisms for 

immediate problem management. 

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours
p. 213

HBS 443

Virtual Teams 

Learn how to form a virtual team, assess technology and 

communication needs, keep virtual projects on track, and 

ensure that virtual teams produce high-quality work. 

Module provides concrete suggestions for forming virtual 

teams, including assessing their technology and communication needs, structuring the team to build trust, and 

keeping the team on track.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 444

Writing Skills 

Students will learn to put readers’ needs first to take the 

headache out of writing—and help extend their influence as 

managers. Skillful writing helps accomplish business objectives. This module will teach students to create clearer, more 

effective written communication and will include specific 

guidelines for preparing memos, letters, e-mails, and other 

common business documents.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

Standard Procureme nt 

System Training

SPS 100

Standard Procurement System and 

Federal Procurement Data System—

Next Generation System Administrator

This module contains information required to work at a 

system-administrator level with the Standard Procurement 

System (SPS) and Federal Procurement Data System—Next 

Generation (FPDS-NG) Integration. SPS is one of the first 

automated contract writing systems to receive certification 

for integration with FPDS-NG v1.2. This module is designed 

primarily for SPS system administrators, and it will enable 

them to set up their sites, allow users to interact with FPDSNG, and to troubleshoot issues related to user and system 

access with FPDS-NG.

Course Length: Approximately 1 hour

HBS 440

Team Leadership 

This module covers how to establish a team with the 

right mix of skills and personalities and a culture that 

promotes collaborative work. Included are steps to leading 

an effective team and innovative, easy-to-implement selfevaluation tools. This course will help students decide if 

they should establish a team and how to form a productive 

team, launch a team effort effectively, lead a team skillfully, 

and assess the team’s performance. 

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 441

Team Management 

Learn about the problems that frequently throw a team 

off course and how to prevent them or, if necessary, how 

to get a team back on track. Focus is essential to effective 

teamwork. Learn how to diagnose and overcome common 

problems—such as poor communication and interpersonal 

conflict—that can impede team progress. Learn to take 

corrective measures to remove team problems and improve 

team performance. 

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

HBS 442

Time Management 

This module will teach students effective time management—how to take control of their schedules and use 

their time wisely. Students will learn to analyze how they 

spend time, and to prioritize tasks and avoid common time 

wasters. They also will be taught to identify which tasks are 

most critical to achieving their long-term goals; how to use 

scheduling tools for greater efficiency; and how to put their 

schedules into action, evaluating and modifying them along 

the way as needed.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours
p. 214

Continuous Learning

Appendix C Continuous Learning

Generally, Continuous Learning courses are offered online.

SPS 104

Report Writing

This course is an online version of the existing instructorled training currently offered by the Joint Program Management Office. The purpose of the conversion is to open the 

training to more procurement professionals than can be 

accommodated in the classroom setting , and it is a viable 

option for procurement professionals who cannot fit the 

classroom training into their busy schedules. 

Course Length: Approximately 7 hours

SPS 105

Adapter Online Support Tool

This module was created to assist the user/learner in troubleshooting the most common problems the field encounters 

with the PD2

 Adapter. This module will review attributes, 

characteristics, and architecture to provide the learner with 

a better understanding of how to utilize the PD2

 Adapter.

Course Length: Approximately 2 hours

SPS 106

Database Maintenance

This module is an online version of the existing instructorled training offered by the Joint Program Management 

Office. The purpose of this conversion is to provide a viable 

option for procurement professionals who cannot fit the 

classroom training into their busy schedules.

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

SPS 101

Standard Procurement System 

and Federal Procurement Data 

System—Next Generation User 

This module provides professionals information required 

to work with the Standard Procurement System (SPS) 

and Federal Procurement Data System—Next Generation 

(FPDS-NG) at the user level. SPS is one of the first automated contract writing systems to receive certification for 

integration with FPDS-NG v1.2. This module teaches SPS 

users how SPS interfaces with FPDS-NG and the various 

types of contract action reports that can be created in 

FPDS-NG through SPS.

Course Length: Approximately 2.5 hours

SPS 102

Contracts for Production

This module supports the daily functions of your role as a 

contract professional. This module focuses on the procurement process, consists of 10 lessons, introduces the “basics” 

of PD2 Advisor, and explains the specific components of the 

performance requirements process. 

Course Length: Approximately 4 hours

SPS 103

SPS System Administration

This module is focused on system administrators responsible for executing tasks related to configuring and maintaining an organization’s PD2

 system. To achieve competence in 

these tasks, this training module first provides background 

on the general PD2

 environment. The student will also learn 

how to utilize the system’s extensive built-in help resources. 

Course Length: Approximately 11 hours
p. 215
p. 216g. 216

Appendix D
pg. 217 p

Appendix D:

Targeted Training

d

Visit http://icatalog.dau.mil to request 

Targeted Training courses.
Targeted Training

p. 218

Appendix D Targeted Training

Generally, these are resident courses at DAU.

Busi ness

TTB 001

Activity-Based Costing Principles (ABCP)

Provides an overview of the activity-based costing 

methodology, which allows acquisition professionals to 

establish a realistic cost (including indirect costs) for 

all activity resources for products and services.

Course Length: 3.5 classroom days

TTB 002

Budget Execution

Reviews the monetary concepts of commitment, obligation, 

expenditure, and outlay. Discusses the preparation of obligation and expenditure plans, variance reports, and reclaims 

to budget adjustments proposed by higher headquarters.

Course Length: 1 classroom day

TTB 004

DoD Budget “Primer”

Explores how funds are programmed, budgeted, enacted, 

and executed to enable a successful acquisition program.

Course Length: 1 classroom day

TTB 007

Program Objective Memorandum 

(POM) Development Process

Provides an introduction to POM development in the 

context of the planning, programming, budgeting, and 

execution process, including how the POM is developed, the 

process of submitting it to the Office of Secretary of Defense 

(OSD), and how it is reviewed and adjusted during the OSD 

integrated program and budget review.

Course Length: 1 classroom day

TTB 008

Earned Value Management (EVM)

Examines the EVM process, which is key in establishing a 

realistic program baseline and can help identify program 

trends for technical, cost, or schedule performance.

Course Length: 3 classroom days

TTB 009

Business Financial Management 

Integration into Programs

Discover how the business financial manager integrates 

cost estimating, budget development, and defense, and 

ensures timely budget execution to enable the program 

manager to succeed.

Course Length: 1 classroom day 

TTB 011

Practical Cost-Benefit Analysis 

A Cost-Benefit Analysis (CBA) is a structured method of 

quickly and concisely showing the costs and benefits of 

making a change with an emphasis on the quantifiable 

impact of making that decision. The course follows the 

methodology of the U.S. Army Cost Benefit Analysis Guide

with helpful hints and more detailed guidance on what to 

expect and how to avoid the most common failings. The 

Office of the Deputy Assistant Secretary of the Army, Cost 

Estimating (DASA-CE) has reviewed and approved the 

course as meeting the intent of the CBA creation process 

against which it will be evaluating proposals. This course 

is very hands-on, with more than half the time allotted to 

analyzing and working through examples and exercises. 

Course Length: 3.5 classroom days
p. 219

TTC 015

Negotiation Training for the 

Acquisition Workforce

This 2-day course teaches acquisition professionals how to 

use interest-based negotiation (IBN) techniques to reach 

mutually beneficial agreements with vendors, internal 

departments, colleagues, and other stakeholders. This interactive course includes dynamic hands-on negotiating exercises that allow participants to apply collaborative, problemsolving techniques to realistic acquisition challenges.

Course Length: 2 classroom days

TTC 019

Supervisory Contracting: Refresh 

& Reboot 

This course provides a senior-level overview for contracting supervisors and leaders. Federal Acquisition 

Regulation concepts are discussed, including Contracting 

Authority, Inherently Governmental, etc. , and Earned 

Value Management in some contracts. 

Course Length: 4 classroom days (Contracting Supervisors/Level III certified in Contracting); 1 day for GO/FO/SES

Professi onal Devel opme nt

TTD 002

Crucial Confrontations®

Provides a step-by-step process for how managers can 

identify and resolve performance gaps, strengthen accountability, eliminate inconsistency, and reduce resentment 

throughout an office or organization.

Course Length: 2 classroom days

TTB 012

Executive Cost-Benefit Analysis

This fast -paced course is designed for executives and other 

reviewers of cost-benefit analyses to provide an overview 

and some practice in reviewing the submissions. The format 

is short lectures about the terms and the rules of the topic 

area, followed by examples and exercises. This course is 

very hands-on, with well more than half the time allotted to 

analyzing and working through examples and exercises.

Course Length: 1 classroom day 

Contracting

TTC 004

Sole Source Commercial Item Pricing

Examines when a sole source commercial supply or service 

should be used and provides methods to determine if the 

price is reasonable.

Course Length: 1 classroom day

TTC 005

Source Selection

Provides an overview of the source selection process, which 

applies to competitive negotiated acquisitions per Federal 

Acquisition Regulation (FAR) and the mandatory DoD 

Source Selection Procedures. 

Course Length: 2 classroom days

TTC 006

Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR)

This course reviews the ADR process, which can assist the 

government and contractor in resolving disputes, leading 

to mutual agreements that benefit both parties.

Course Length: 2 classroom days
Targeted Training

p. 220

Appendix D Targeted Training

Generally, these are resident courses at DAU.

TTD 003

Leading Project Teams Course

Emphasizes best practices of building and maintaining highperforming teams using practical examples and exercises.

Course Length: 3.5 classroom days

TTD 004

Myers-Briggs Type Indicator® Workshop

The Myers-Briggs Type Indicator (MBTI) is a self-report 

personality inventory based on the theory of psychological type developed by Swiss psychiatrist Carl Jung. This 

workshop allows participants to complete the instrument 

and receive individual feedback on their results. 

Course Length: 1 classroom day

TTD 005

Crucial Conversations®

Provides solutions to how individuals, teams, and organizations can overcome problems stemming from under-communicating, withholding information, or failing to act with 

unity and conviction.

Course Length: 2 classroom days

TTD 006 

Leading at the Speed of Trust 

Leading at the Speed of Trust is a 2-day workshop that 

elevates “trust” from an undervalued or transparent element 

of organizational effectiveness to a visible element of 

strategic significance. Leaders and organizations learn that 

trust enables collaboration, innovation, effectiveness and 

efficiency, and are able to harvest and reinvest the “dividends” of trust . This highly interactive workshop engages 

leaders at all levels in identifying and closing trust gaps in 

their organization. Instead of paying Trust Taxes, you can 

begin to realize Trust Dividends. The workshop is based on 

the best-selling book The Speed of Trust by Stephen M.R. 

Covey. Participants learn from hands-on activities. 

Course length: 2 classroom days

TTD 007

Strength Deployment Inventory® 

(SDI) Workshop

The SDI® is a proven, memorable tool for improving team 

effectiveness and reducing the costs of conflict. During 

the workshop, you will receive a brief overview of the tool, 

complete the assessment instrument, do a self-validation, 

participate in fun activities to reinforce learning, and 

receive general feedback.

Course Length: 4 hours

TTD 009

 Influencer Training

Influencer Training is ideal for individuals, teams, and 

organizations looking to overcome profound, persistent, and 

resistant problems in their organization, team, or personal 

life. The training provides individuals at any level of an organization with the skills to develop an effective and comprehensive influencer strategy to overcome these problems.

Course length: 2 classroom days
p. 221

TTE 004

DISA Information Systems 

Engineering Seminar (ISES)

Introduces a Defense Information Systems Agency (DISA) 

software management team to basic information regarding procurement, acquisition, basic systems, and software 

engineering.

Course Length: 3 classroom days

TTE 005

Systems Engineering Plan (SEP)

Provides students with the knowledge, material, and understanding of internal program documentation to develop an 

executable SEP for their programs.

Course Length: 4 classroom days

TTE 006

Engineering Management Workshop

Using hands-on engineering experience and software-intensive skills needed to build an operating robot, students gain 

an understanding of the defense acquisition life cycle from a 

systems and software engineering perspective.

Course Length: 5 classroom days

TTE 007

Technology Assessment and 

Transition Management

Prepares students to conduct technology assessments; 

reviews mechanisms available to support transition; and 

provides training on technology development strategies, 

technology transition agreements, and other technology 

transition documentation.

Course Length: 2 classroom days

TTD 010

 360 Survey Workshop 

This workshop is designed to help organizations assess 

their employees’ strengths and development needs in 

their working relationships. The Development Dimensions International (DDI) Leadership Mirror, a Web-based 

multilingual 360-degree feedback survey, is used to gather 

observational information. The data are collected from 

several perspectives regarding the individual’s leadership 

performance. This includes a self-survey and surveys from 

supervisors, peers, and direct reports (subordinates). 

Course length: Generally 30 to 35 days

Engi neeri ng and Tec hnology

TTE 002

Problem-Solving Techniques for 

Quality Improvement (PSTQ)

How can you achieve continuous quality improvement of 

work processes? A very tough assignment. This course 

examines problem-solving methodology and statistical 

techniques, and offers a “tool kit” of ideas that may be used to 

achieve quality improvement goals.

Course Length: 3 classroom days

TTE 003

Navy Systems Engineering Guide

Reviews the Naval Air Systems Command’s (NAVAIR) 

approach to systems engineering, focusing on NAVAIR’s 

internal policies and procedures and how to tailor this 

corporate approach to specific programs or projects.

Course Length: 5 classroom days
Targeted Training

p. 222

Appendix D Targeted Training

Generally, these are resident courses at DAU.

TTE 008

Resources for the Test and 

Evaluation Professional

Explores information and resources available to assist the 

test and evaluation workforce in performing their day-today duties.

Course Length: 1 classroom day

TTE 009

Design of Experiments—Industrial Strength

Provides an overview of the design of experiments methodology, which is an iterative product/process improvement 

method and an important part of a student’s Lean, Six Sigma, 

or quality improvement plans.

Course Length: 10 classroom days (accelerated version, 5 

classroom days)

TTE 014

Technical Project Management 

Using Intermediate Product 

Breakdown Structures

Reviews how Naval Air Systems Command’s systems engineers/class desk officers should plan, organize, and manage 

engineering staffing efforts of acquisition programs.

Course Length: 2.5 classroom days

TTE 015

Joint Capability Technology 

Demonstrations (JCTD) 

Executions (How to Run a JCTD)

Explores the necessary programmatic, technical, operational, and transition management skills and know-how 

students need to become effective, productive members of 

the JCTD execution team.

Course Length: 2.5 classroom days

TTE 016

Joint Capability Technology 

Demonstrations (JCTD) Transition 

Management Course

Introduces the JCTD management team to procurement 

and acquisition situations that affect many JCTDs during 

transition.

Course Length: 4 classroom days

TTE 018

Reliability and Maintainability 

(R&M) for Engineers

Explores how to apply R&M models commonly used by DoD 

weapons system contractors to the design and development 

of equipment and systems.

Course Length: 3 classroom days

TTE 019

ISO 9000 – 2000

Introduction to the application, interpretation, and evaluation of the ISO 9000 series standards for quality management systems as used in defense acquisitions.

Course Length: 2 classroom days

Logistics

TTL 001

Performance-Based Logistics

Examines problem-solving and statistical methodologies, 

and provides students with techniques to improve work 

processes and achieve quality improvement goals.

Course Length: 2.5 classroom days
p. 223

TTL 002

Provisioning Management

Examines management-level planning and oversight of 

logistics support development for a new system, ensuring 

students gain a sound understanding of the normal sequence 

of events in system provisioning.

Course Length: 3 classroom days

TTL 003

Reliability and Maintainability for 

Logisticians

Reliability and Maintainability (R&M) for Logisticians 

presents an overview of acquisition R&M policy and its 

application to logistics support.

Course Length: 3 classroom days

TTL 006

Logistics Test and Evaluation

Provides an overview of DoD Directive 5000.1 and DoD 

Instruction 5000.2, as well as acquisition processes involved 

with systems engineering, test and evaluation, acquisition 

logistics (including reliability, maintainability, and availability), and contractor operations and test reporting.

Course Length: 2 classroom days

TTL 007

Supportability Test and Evaluation

Here students are taught how to extract quantitative 

requirements from the program documents (capabilities 

development document-CDD/life-cycle sustainment 

plan-LCSP/test and evaluation master plan-TEMP), develop 

supportability test and evaluation (ST&E) inputs to the test 

plan, conduct the tests, and provide ST&E inputs to the DT/

OT Transition Report.

Course Length: 3 classroom days

Acq uisiti on and Manageme nt

TTM 001

Joint Service Program Attorneys Course

Course facilitates interactions and advice given by the 

program attorney to programmatic and contracting 

personnel by providing program attorneys insight into the 

challenges their clients face in trying to execute a successful program. About half of the instruction will be focused 

on overviews by DAU faculty of the DoD Decision Support 

Systems, Acquisition Strategy formulation, contract types 

and their use, program management tools, cost-estimating 

methodologies, and a summary of recent policy and regulatory developments. The other half of the course focuses on 

case studies, applications, and issues of current critical 

interest presented by senior attorneys, program managers, 

and executive officers, financial management experts, and 

other guest speakers.

Course Length: 4.5 classroom days

TTM 002

Risk Management Workshop

Provides an overview of risk management and explores 

a step-by-step process to identify, evaluate, and develop 

risk-handling strategies, allowing the student to effectively 

perform and communicate risk planning.

Course Length: 1 classroom day

TTM 004

Program Management Through 

the Looking Glass

Using the Looking Glass interactive behavioral management simulation, program managers and their team explore 

personal leadership and management styles and receive 

feedback on improving the team’s performance.

Course Length: 3 classroom days
Targeted Training

p. 224

Appendix D Targeted Training

Generally, these are resident courses at DAU.

TTM 005

Integrated Baseline Review Workshop

Reviews the Integrated Baseline Review (IBR) process—

which was developed to assess the reasonableness, 

adequacy, and accuracy of this baseline plan—and provides 

tailored feedback on how best to conduct an IBR for a student’s particular project.

Course Length: 2 classroom days 

TTM 007

Stakeholder Management

This fast-paced daylong workshop provides hands-on 

experience with identifying, prioritizing, and analyzing 

stakeholders critical to DoD program success. Attendees 

will create action plans to improve their relationships with 

key stakeholders, increasing engagement/commitment and 

program outcomes. Practical tools, examples, and best practices from defense acquisition and sustainment programs 

are highlighted throughout. 

Course Length: 1 classroom day

TTM 008

Developing Performance 

Requirements for Service Acquisitions 

This fast-paced daylong class/workshop provides overview 

training on the service acquisition process contained in the 

DoD Guidebook for the acquisition of services, practical 

lessons learned, and best practices in developing service 

requirements, as well as hands-on experience with the 

Acquisition Requirements Roadmap Tool (ARRT). Attendees will utilize the ARRT to create a Performance Work 

Statement (PWS) based on a case study PWS used during 

the class. Practical tools such as the Service Acquisition 

Mall and best practices from defense service acquisitions 

are highlighted throughout the day.

Course Length: 1 classroom day

TTM 009

Work Statement Workshop (SOW, 

SOO, PWS)

This workshop provides program management personnel 

an overview of the function of the Work Statement in the 

acquisition process and a procedure for planning, developing, and writing Work Statements.

Course Length: 4 classroom days
p. 225
p. 226

Auditing

pg. 226
pg. 227 p

Appendix E:

 Auditing

e

Visit http://www.dcaa.mil/DCAA_Course_Catalog_13_

All.pdf for more information on Auditing 

courses offered through the Defense 

Contract Audit Institute. 
p. 228

Distance Learning or Facilitated/Online Resident/Local

Auditing

AUD 1113 

Orientation to Defense Contract 

Audit Agency (DCAA) 

This course, along with CMTL 1117 (Orientation to Contract 

Audits), is the first in a series of self-study orientation 

courses. The orientation series is designed to introduce new 

auditors to the DCAA, government contract auditing, and 

federal procurement laws and regulations. This course provides an overview of DCAA and DCAA’s role in the federal 

procurement process. 

Course Length: 5 hours

Method of Delivery: CD-ROM for non-DCAA personnel

AUD 1117

Orientation to DCAA Contract Audits

This orientation course is designed to introduce new 

auditors to DCAA, Defense Contract Management Agency 

procurement, and basic DCAA auditing concepts. This 

course provides an overview of DCAA auditing concepts. 

Upon completion, the student will be able to (1) identify 

common types of audits performed by DCAA; (2) identify 

the basic elements of DCAA audit planning; (3) describe 

DCAA’s audit sampling requirements; and (4) identify 

DCAA audit reporting requirements.

Course Length: 4 hours

Method of Delivery: CD-ROM for non-DCAA personnel

AUD 1121 

Briefing Contracts 

You will learn to apply the basic skills required to brief 

routine government contracts. During this course, you 

will be able to (1) identify and interpret the various parts 

of Standard Form 26, which is used to award contracts; (2) 

understand the timing of contract briefings; (3) identify and 

understand the parts of a contract; and (4) be aware of the 

significance of special provisions included in the contract.

Course Length: 3 hours

Method of Delivery: CD-ROM for non-DCAA personnel

AUD 1122 

Accounting System Survey 

You will learn to describe the basic skills required to perform 

an accounting system review. This course consists of a 

student guide with integrated video clips. The video clips 

simulate an auditor performing an accounting system 

review from the initial contact with the contractor through 

the exit conference. The course also discusses the purpose of 

the review, highlights key items to review during the audit, 

and provides guidance on completing the Standard Form 

1408, Preaward Survey of Prospective Contractor Accounting System. 

Course Length: 4 hours

Method of Delivery: CD-ROM for non-DCAA personnel

AUD 1126 

Adequacy of Proposals 

Students will learn to determine whether a contractor’s 

proposal is adequate based on the requirements of Federal 

Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 15.4. Upon completion of 

this course, students will be able to (1) perform an initial 

assessment of proposal adequacy prior to beginning audit 

field work; (2) determine the adequacy of the contractor’s 

supporting data for individual cost elements based on FAR 

15.4 criteria; (3) describe the contractor’s and auditor’s 

responsibilities regarding an adequate proposal; (4) list the 

steps required when inadequacies are identified; and (5) 

describe requirements.

Course Length: 10 hours

Method of Delivery: CD-ROM for non-DCAA personnel

AUD 1142 

Progress Payments 

DCAA auditors make up the target audience. Students will 

be able to (1) discuss the advantages, risks, and sensitivities of contract financing; (2) identify the types of contract 

financing; (3) distinguish between the types of progress payments; (4) access the Central Contractor Registration (CCR) 

database; (5) describe the various functions of the progress 

payment team; (6) identify types of risk assessment; 

 (7) discuss supervision of progress payments; (8) identify 

the Risk Assessment–Audit Planning Considerations; (9) 

Appendix E Auditing
p. 229

AUD 1228 

Introduction to Database 

Query Tools 

This course is a self-paced workbook approach to gaining an 

understanding of relational database theory and learning 

potential audit applications of Microsoft Access. While 

learning potential audit applications of Access queries, 

the auditor also will learn to read and interpret the Structured Query Language syntax used to query contractors’ 

databases.

Course Length: 14 hours

Method of Delivery: CD-ROM for non-DCAA personnel

AUD 1231 

Intermediate Contract Auditing

Staff auditors taking this course will obtain information 

needed to adequately plan and conduct audits. Class discussions, practical exercises, and group case studies are 

used to highlight problem areas and evaluate alternative 

courses of action.

Course Length: 5 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

AUD 1239 

Risk and Materiality Assessment 

Learn to maximize audit coverage by streamlining supervisory guidance, audit programs, and audit choices during the 

audit and annual planning. Upon completion of this course, 

you will be able to (1) define audit risk and its elements, 

explain how audit risk can be reduced, and explain why 

DCAA performs risk assessments; (2) identify the professional standards that pertain to risk assessments, and how 

each standard applies to risk assessment; (3) associate 

contract type and government participation to audit risk; (4)

describe Workpaper B and ICAPS and explain the purpose/

importance of each; and (5) describe the symptoms and 

related cures for reporting on risk.

Course Length: About 7 hours

Method of Delivery: CD-ROM for non-DCAA personnel

evaluate the propriety of the information in the progress 

payment request; and (10) prepare an audit report in accordance with the Contract Audit Manual (CAM) Chapter 10-2 

and 10-1200 requirements for progress payment evaluations.

Course Length: 7.5 hours

Method of Delivery: CD-ROM for non-DCAA personnel

AUD 1150 

Technical Indoctrination

Newly hired auditors taking this course will learn the basic 

concepts, techniques, and procedures of contract auditing; 

the organizational structure of the Defense Contract Audit 

Agency; and audit guidance processes. Students need a basic 

proficiency in Microsoft Windows and Office applications.

Course Length: 10 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

AUD 1162 

Contractor Financial Condition 

Risk Assessments 

This course is designed to complement the agency’s detailed 

financial risk assessment audit programs (17600/17610) and 

provide additional knowledge and tools to assist the auditor 

when performing these assignments.

Course Length: 4 hours

Method of Delivery: CD-ROM for non-DCAA personnel

AUD 1221 

Basic Flowcharting 

Students will learn to define the basic principles of flowcharting techniques as they relate to systems and program 

flowcharts: flowchart symbols and techniques; 

systems and program flowcharting; the purposes and processes of flowcharting systems; and preparing flowcharts for 

various contractor systems.

Course Length: 4 hours

Method of Delivery: CD-ROM for non-DCAA personnel
p. 230

Distance Learning or Facilitated/Online Resident/Local

Auditing

AUD 1249 

Agreed-Upon Procedures 

Students will be able to determine the appropriate requirements for performing and reporting on Agreed-Upon 

Procedures (AUP) in compliance with Generally Accepted 

Government Audit Standards (GAGAS), and agency policy. 

Course Length: About 1.5 hours

Method of Delivery: CD-ROM for non-DCAA personnel

AUD 1261 

Scanning Guidance 

Students will learn how to identify what constitutes 

sufficient and appropriate audit evidence; Contract Audit 

Manual (CAM) guidance on evidence documentation; CAM 

guidance on scanning; and CAM guidance on controls over 

scanned documents. 

Course Length: About 2 hours

Method of Delivery: CD-ROM for non-DCAA personnel

AUD 1265 

APPS Performance Support Manual 

DCAI requires that all new auditors take this course and 

complete the final exam prior to attending Course 1150, 

Technical Indoctrination. This course introduces new 

auditors to the APPS interface and APPS’ working paper 

and reporting processes. The course also reviews significant 

Microsoft Office tools used in APPS to create, manage, and 

navigate APPS’ electronic working paper packages.

Course Length: About 3 hours

Method of Delivery: CD-ROM for non-DCAA personnel

AUD 1269 

Working Paper Documentation 

This course provides an overview of DCAA audit working 

paper documentation requirements. 

Course Length: About 4 hours

Method of Delivery: CD-ROM for non-DCAA personnel

AUD 1271 

Permanent Files 

Here students will learn to identify the basic skills needed 

in order to create or upgrade permanent files. The course 

discusses the purpose and uses for the permanent file, 

methods for working with contractors to access records, the 

difference between a permanent file and a current file, and 

the electronic Permanent File (ECPF) System.

Course Length: About 4 hours

Method of Delivery: CD-ROM for non-DCAA personnel

AUD 1283 

Fraud Awareness 

This course offers an overview of the auditor’s responsibility for the consideration of fraud in DCAA’s audits and to 

heighten auditor awareness of the possibility of fraudulent 

activities. 

Course Length: About 8 hours

Method of Delivery: CD-ROM for non-DCAA personnel

AUD 1326 

Internal Control Systems: Writing 

the Audit Report

This course provides a review and reference to the Contract 

Audit Manual (CAM) guidance for writing internal control 

reports. The auditor will be taught how to identify the key 

elements of an effective internal control audit report.

Course Length: About 2 hours

Method of Delivery: CD-ROM for non-DCAA personnel

Appendix E Auditing
p. 231

AUD 1505 

Cost Accounting Standards (CAS) 

for the New Hire 

Students should complete this course to partially satisfy 

the prerequisites for AUD 1231, Intermediate Contract 

Auditing. This course provides an introduction to CAS. 

Upon completion, the student will be able to (1) define Cost 

Accounting Standards; (2) understand the history of the 

Cost Accounting Standards Board (CASB) and CAS; (3) identify where CASB rules and CAS can be located; (4) identify 

the structure of a Cost Accounting Standard; (5) discuss the 

relationship between CAS, Generally Accepted Accounting 

Principles, and Federal Acquisition Regulation Part 31.2; (6) 

understand basic information regarding the applicability of 

CAS, full and modified coverage, disclosure statements, and 

contractor compliance; and (7) identify the basic requirements of CAS 401 and 402.

Course Length: About 2 hours

Method of Delivery: CD-ROM for non-DCAA personnel

AUD 1541 

Cost Accounting Standards (CAS) 

This course is designed to provide the field auditor the ability 

to apply the Cost Accounting Standards Board (CASB) rules, 

regulations, and standards most often encountered, including CAS coverage, direct and indirect cost allocation, cost 

accounting practice changes, and cost impacts.

Course Length: 5 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

AUD 1350 

Penalties

This course provides the legal framework used to assess penalties, determine the level of penalties to be recommended, 

and determine how and when penalties can be waived, and 

how interest is computed on penalties.

Course Length: Interactive self-study

Method of Delivery: CD-ROM for non-DCAA personnel

AUD 1405 

Introduction to Forward Pricing Audits

This course partially satisfies the prerequisites for AUD 

1231. The student will be taught to identify the Defense 

Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 

threshold requirements for obtaining field pricing support; 

describe the DCAA’s process for acknowledging requests for 

forward pricing audit services; describe cost or pricing data; 

identify common contractor forward pricing estimating 

techniques; and describe a properly prepared bill of material. 

Students will be be able to describe audit procedures to 

evaluate proposed indirect cost rates and the types of DCAA 

forward pricing audit services.

Course Length: 3.5 hours

Method of Delivery: CD-ROM for non-DCAA personnel

AUD 1440 

Generally Accepted Government Auditing 

Standards (GAGAS) 

The student will learn to identify and apply the requirements 

of GAGAS. This course provides information necessary 

to perform an audit in accordance with these standards. 

Exercises, examples, and review questions are used to help 

reinforce the key points throughout each lesson. 

Course Length: About 11 hours

Method of Delivery: CD-ROM for non-DCAA personnel
p. 232

Distance Learning or Facilitated/Online Resident/Local

Auditing

AUD 1570 

Cost Accounting Standard (CAS)—

Administration and Coverage 

Students will be taught to recognize the provisions for 

administration of the Cost Accounting Standard (CAS) and 

the general requirements for CAS coverage. CAS administration topics include: basic CAS definitions; comparisons 

of CAS with Federal Acquisition Regulation and Generally 

Accepted Accounting Procedures; format of the standards; 

and contractor’s responsibilities under Public Law 91-379. 

CAS coverage topics include: primary CAS exemption 

criteria; dollar thresholds for full and modified coverage; and 

effective and applicable dates.

Course Length: About 7 hours

Method of Delivery: CD-ROM for non-DCAA personnel

AUD 1571 

Cost Accounting Standard (CAS) 

401, 402, and 405 

Students will learn to identify the fundamental requirements of CAS 401—Consistency in Estimating, Accumulating, and Reporting Costs; CAS 402—Consistency 

in Allocating Costs Incurred for the Same Purpose; CAS 

405—Accounting for Unallowable Costs. This course 

provides information necessary to determine whether 

a contractor’s policies, procedures, and practices are in 

compliance with these standards. Exercises, examples, 

and review questions are used to help reinforce the key 

points throughout each lesson. 

Course Length: About 5.5 hours

Method of Delivery: CD-ROM for non-DCAA personnel

AUD 1572 

Cost Accounting Standard (CAS) 

403, 410, 418, and 420 

Students will learn to identify the fundamental requirements of CAS 403—Allocation of Home Office Expenses to 

Segments; CAS 410—Allocation of Business Unit General 

and Administrative Expenses to Final Cost Objectives; 

CAS 418—Allocation of Direct and Indirect Costs; and CAS 

420—Accounting for Independent Research and Development and Bid and Proposal Costs. Information is provided to 

determine whether a contractor’s policies, procedures, and 

practices comply with these standards. Exercises, examples, 

and review questions help reinforce the key points throughout each lesson. 

Course Length: About 12 hours

Method of Delivery: CD-ROM for non-DCAA personnel

AUD 1573 

Cost Accounting Standard (CAS) 

404 and 409 

This course teaches how to identify the fundamental requirements of CAS 404—Capitalization of Tangible Assets and 

CAS 409—Depreciation of Tangible Capital Assets. Information is provided for determining whether a contractor’s policies, procedures, and practices comply with these standards. 

Exercises, examples, and review questions are used to help 

reinforce the key points throughout each lesson. 

Course Length: About 8 hours

Method of Delivery: CD-ROM for non-DCAA personnel

AUD 1574 

Cost Accounting Standard (CAS) 

414 and 417 

Students will learn to apply the concepts of CAS 414—Cost 

of Money as an Element of the Cost of Facilities Capital 

and CAS 417— Cost of Money as an Element of the Cost of 

Capital Assets Under Construction and to understand the 

Cost Accounting Standards Board–Facilities Capital Cost 

of Money (CASB-CMF). This course provides information 

necessary to determine whether a contractor’s policies, 

procedures, and practices are in compliance with these standards. Exercises, examples, and review questions are used to 

help reinforce the key points throughout each lesson. 

Course Length: About 8 hours

Method of Delivery: CD-ROM for non-DCAA personnel

Appendix E Auditing
p. 233

AUD 1578 

Cost Accounting Standard (CAS) 

416, Accounting for Insurance Costs 

Learn to identify the fundamental requirements of CAS 

416—Accounting for Insurance Costs. This course provides 

information necessary to determine whether a contractor’s 

policies, procedures, and practices are in compliance with 

this standard. Exercises, examples, and review questions are 

used to help reinforce the key points throughout each lesson.

Course Length: About 5 hours

Method of Delivery: CD-ROM for non-DCAA personnel

AUD 1579 

Cost Accounting Standard (CAS) 

411, Accounting for the Acquisition 

Cost of Material 

This course teaches how to identify the fundamental 

requirements of CAS 411, Accounting for the Acquisition 

Cost of Material. This course provides information necessary to determine if a contractor’s policies, procedures, and 

practices comply with this standard. Exercises, examples, 

and review questions help reinforce the key points throughout each lesson.

Course Length: About 6 hours

Method of Delivery: CD-ROM for non-DCAA personnel

AUD 1580 

Cost Accounting Standards Board 

(CASB) Disclosure Statements 

Learn the basic knowledge and skills to audit Disclosure 

Statements and to fulfill the auditor’s continuous responsibilities. This course provides a basic foundation for working 

with contractor CASB Disclosure Statements, Form CASB 

DS-1. Topics include: purpose of the disclosure statement; 

requirements for disclosure of cost accounting practices; 

audits of disclosure statements; and auditor’s continuing 

disclosure statement responsibilities.

Course Length: About 10.5 hours

Method of Delivery: CD-ROM for non-DCAA personnel

AUD 1575 

Cost Accounting Standard (CAS) 

406, Cost Accounting Period 

Learn to identify the fundamental requirements of CAS 406, 

Cost Accounting Period. This course provides information 

necessary to determine whether a contractor’s policies, procedures, and practices are in compliance with this standard. 

Exercises, examples, and review questions are used to help 

reinforce the key points throughout each lesson.

Course Length: About 6 hours

Method of Delivery: CD-ROM for non-DCAA personnel

AUD 1576 

Cost Accounting Standard (CAS) 

408 and 415 

Students will learn to identify the fundamental requirements of CAS 408, Accounting for Compensated Personal 

Absence, and CAS 415, Accounting for Deferred Compensation Costs. This course provides information necessary to 

determine whether a contractor’s policies, procedures, and 

practices comply with these standards. Exercises, examples, and review questions reinforce key points throughout 

each lesson.

Course Length: About 8 hours

Method of Delivery: CD-ROM for non-DCAA personnel

AUD 1577 

Cost Accounting Standard (CAS) 

407, Standard Costs for Direct 

Material and Labor 

This course teaches how to identify the fundamental 

requirements of CAS 407, Use of Standard Costs for Direct 

Material and Direct Labor. This course provides information 

necessary to determine whether a contractor’s policies, procedures, and practices are in compliance with this standard. 

Exercises, examples, and review questions are used to help 

reinforce key points throughout each lesson. 

Course Length: About 3.5 hours

Method of Delivery: CD-ROM for non-DCAA personnel
p. 234

Distance Learning or Facilitated/Online Resident/Local

Auditing

AUD 1581 

Cost Accounting Standard (CAS) 

412 and 413—Pensions 

Learn to identify the fundamental requirements of: (1) CAS 

412—Cost Accounting Standard for Composition and Measurement of Pension Cost; and (2) CAS 413—Adjustment and 

Allocation of Pension Cost. This course provides information needed to determine whether a contractor’s policies, 

procedures, and practices comply with these standards. 

Exercises, examples, and review questions are used.

Course Length: About 8 hours

Method of Delivery: CD-ROM for non-DCAA personnel

AUD 1601 

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 

31, Allowable and Unallowable Costs 

This course teaches how to identify the types of contracts 

covered by the cost principles and define allowability, allocability, reasonableness, and total cost. Students also will learn 

which costs are always allowable or unallowable, and how to 

apply the applicable cost principles in audits of commercial 

activities. Specific costs covered are bonding, labor relations, 

maintenance and repair, manufacturing and production 

engineering, material, plant protection, service and warranty, transportation, other business expenses, bad debts, 

contributions or donations, entertainment, losses on other 

contracts, organization, goodwill, and alcoholic beverages.

Course Length: About 8 hours

Method of Delivery: CD-ROM for non-DCAA personnel

AUD 1602 

Allowable Costs with Restrictions 

(Nonemployee) 

Learn about selected cost principles in Federal Acquisition 

Regulation (FAR) 31.2. Learn about allowable and unallowable costs, with restrictions on nonemployee-related 

costs. Also how to use applicable cost principles in audits 

of commercial activities. Specific costs covered are public 

relations, advertising, lobbying, political activity, consultant, professional activity, insurance, legal, cost of money, 

depreciation, gains and losses related to the sale of buildings 

and equipment, idle facilities, plant reconversion, special 

tooling and equipment, business combinations, rental, 

Internal Research and Development (IR&D), patent, selling, 

economic planning, taxes, and other business costs.

Course Length: About 8 hours

Method of Delivery: CD-ROM for non-DCAA personnel

AUD 1603 

Allowable Costs with Restrictions 

(Employee) 

Learn about restrictions on labor costs and when those 

costs are allowable and unallowable. Also learn how to 

apply the applicable cost principles in audits of commercial 

activities. Specific costs covered in the course are compensation for personal services; employee morale, health, 

welfare, food service, and dormitory costs and credits; 

recruitment costs; training and educational costs; pensions; 

travel; and relocation. 

Course Length: About 8 hours

Method of Delivery: CD-ROM for non-DCAA personnel

AUD 1650 

Leases 

This course provides an overview of lease accounting, 

Generally Accepted Accounting Procedures, and Federal 

Acquisition Regulation requirements. Students will learn 

the proper classification of leases and the treatement of saleleaseback transactions.

Course Length: About 6.5 hours

Method of Delivery: CD-ROM for non-DCAA personnel

AUD 2111

Operations Audit 

Operations Audit introduces operations auditing for the 

newly assigned operations auditor. The course attempts to 

capitalize on existing knowledge of financial auditing and 

Appendix E Auditing
p. 235

AUD 2214

Terminations: Proposals and 

Inventory

This course provides the types of termination settlement 

proposals and the methods used to submit termination 

settlement proposals. It also covers the methods of evaluating termination inventory, regardless of the basis of

the termination settlement proposal.

Course Length: About 6 hours

Method of Delivery: CD-ROM for non-DCAA personnel

AUD 2215

Terminations: Audit of Proposals

This course discusses cost items in a termination proposal 

and audit procedures related to an audit for termination 

proposals submitted in three ways: (1) Fixed-price contracts 

using the inventory basis; (2) Fixed-price contracts using the 

total cost basis; and (3) Cost-reimbursement contracts. 

Course Length: About 7 hours

Method of Delivery: CD-ROM for non-DCAA personnel

AUD 2311 

Defective Pricing 

Learn to develop and reinforce skills for planning and performing defective pricing reviews. This course provides 

a description and explanation of the law and leads the 

student through a defective pricing audit using integrated 

video clips. 

Course Length: About 11.5 hours

Method of Delivery: CD-ROM for non-DCAA personnel

focus on the transition to operations auditing. The major 

processes for conducting operations audits are similar to 

those for financial audits.

Course Length: About 3.5 hours

Method of Delivery: CD-ROM for non-DCAA personnel

AUD 2211

Audit of Terminated Contracts 

This course is designed for auditors who have taken the three 

Termination CMTL Courses 2213, 2214, and 2215 as prerequisites within 60 days prior to attending this live course. 

Students will review the basic concepts, techniques, and 

procedures of performing Defense Contract Audit Agency 

termination audits. Class discussions, practical exercises, 

and group case studies are used for the student to develop 

techniques related to performing termination audits.

Course Length: 5 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

AUD 2213 

Terminations: Criteria, Introduction, 

and General Audit Steps 

This course deals with Federal Acquisition Regulation Part 

49, definitions applicable to terminations, an overall introduction to terminations and types of terminations, as well 

as audit planning efforts necessary to perform an adequate 

review of a termination proposal. 

Course Length: About 2.5 hours

Method of Delivery: CD-ROM for non-DCAA personnel
p. 236

Distance Learning or Facilitated/Online Resident/Local

Auditing

AUD 2421

Equitable Adjustments and the 

Audit Approach 

Learn what equitable adjustments and claims are, and 

how to audit them. Then learn the difference between 

an equitable adjustment proposal and a delay claim; the 

four approaches to equitable adjustments; the differences 

between entitlement and quantum; the criteria for determining if a request is a claim; and the auditor’s responsibilities in planning, performing, and documenting an audit of 

equitable adjustments.

Course Length: About 6 hours

Method of Delivery: CD-ROM for non-DCAA personnel

AUD 3140 

Contract Closeout Procedures 

This course provides the agency’s policy for contract closeouts, the three methods for closing completed contracts, the 

applicable method for a given situation, and understanding/applying the appropriate closeout procedures to DoD 

Commercial Time-and-Materials (T&M) and Labor Hour 

(LH) Contracts. The course will teach (1) the purpose of 

the cumulative allowable cost worksheet (CACWS); (2) 

the evaluation of the final voucher; and (3) the use of Quick 

Closeout rates.

Course Length: About 5 hours

Method of Delivery: CD-ROM for non-DCAA personnel

AUD 4035 

Quantitative Methods Refresher 

Students will learn to use the current quantitative methods 

(statistical sampling, regression analysis, and improvement 

curves) in contract audits. They will learn to discuss statistical and analytical terms and concepts; identify proper audit 

applications for statistical sampling, regression analysis, 

and improvement curve techniques; understand and use 

the Windows-based EZ-Quant applications for statistical 

sampling, regression analysis, and improvement curves; 

evaluate key QM measures and graphs associated with 

EZ-Quant output; suggest methods of improving EZ-Quant 

statistical results; and explain how QM results and graphs 

should be incorporated into the overall audit package and 

report.

Course Length: 40 duty hours

Method of Delivery: Resident

AUD 4121 

Statistical Sampling 

Statistical Sampling concentrates on the knowledge and 

skills necessary to perform statistical sampling in the 

contract audit environment. Professionals who successfully complete this course will be able to discuss the basic 

concepts of statistical sampling; explain the criteria for a 

valid statistical sample; differentiate between variable and 

attribute sampling; discuss the difference between dollar 

unit and physical unit sampling; determine the proper 

sample selection method and stratification method to use 

on an audit; select a statistical sample using the EZ-Quant 

statistical analysis software; and evaluate the results of a 

statistical sample using the EZ-Quant software. 

Course Length: 5 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

AUD 5614 

Fundamentals of Auditing 

Information Systems 

Learn the standards and tools involved in performing 

the computerized aspects of internal control reviews 

and to identify information technology cost allocation 

methodologies.

Course Length: 5 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

Appendix E Auditing
p. 237

AUD 5651 

Retrieving and Analyzing 

Electronic Data Using SAS 

Upon completion of this course, students will be able to 

know and use Base SAS software to: read different types 

of electronic data; sort, compute, summarize, and create 

subsets of data; merge multiple data files together; and print 

reports using the SAS data step and the SAS Sort, Means, 

and Print procedures.

Course Length: 5 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

AUD 6115 

Effective Report Writing 

Learn how to write quality audit reports and explain the 

audit process by which they are generated. This course 

examines the audit process and relates the audit report to 

this process. The audit process includes communication 

(writing techniques), planning (audit program), working 

papers (conclusion/note), the audit report (purpose, attributes), and follow-up.

Course Length: 5 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

AUD 6220 

Auditor Interview and 

Interpersonal Reactions 

This course teaches students how to improve communications with contractor, procurement, and DCAA personnel. 

Learn how to identify interpersonal challenges in the 

audit environment; develop a model of communication 

and discuss the various components; describe effective 

listening guidelines and barriers; recognize the difference 

between positive and negative manipulation; identify the 

four communication styles and discuss the characteristics 

of each style; and identify a systematic approach for effective 

interviews; identify expressed and wanted behavior with 

respect to inclusion, control, and affection. Demonstrate 

understanding of course concepts through role-plays. 

Course Length: 5 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

AUD 6240 

Oral Presentation Workshop 

This course offers instruction in making informative and 

persuasive presentations. Students will be able to describe to 

an audience the assertions in their audit reports; effectively 

use common visual aids; employ bridging techniques when 

answering tough discussion questions; use techniques to 

decrease stage fright; and explain and apply professional 

nonverbal modes of communication.

Course Length: 5 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

AUD 8414 

Leadership Skills 

This course explores how communication and relationship 

skills tie into the Defense Contract Audit Agency’s (DCAA) 

Core Values of Integrity, Mutual Respect, Trust, Excellence, 

Accountability, and Teamwork. The course also explores the 

DCAA leadership principles of exhibiting a positive attitude, 

being involved, communicating interactively, modeling 

professionalism, demonstrating ethical behavior, responding flexibly, acting decisively, and showing responsibility. 

Course Length: 5 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident
p. 238

Distance Learning or Facilitated/Online Resident/Local

Auditing

AUD 8564 

Administration and Management 

of Audits for Supervisors 

Here students will learn to prepare a program plan; 

prepare and manage an operating plan; prepare reimbursable billings; use the Defense Contract Audit Agency 

(DCAA) Management Information System (DMIS) to set up 

an assignment; and document supervisory review, including 

initial and interim guidance and final review comments. 

They will use DMIS in disposition assignments, including 

incurred cost and forward pricing; calculate audit statistics 

for incurred cost and forward pricing (i.e., questioned cost, 

dollars examined, Auditable Dollar Volume (ADV), net 

savings, etc.); and describe the Price Negotiation Memorandum (PNM) follow-up process. Learn to identify critical 

reports available for managing the life cycle of audits. 

Course Length: 5 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

AUD 8565

Supervision 

This course stresses the importance of employee development and active supervisory involvement in achieving the 

Defense Contract Audit Agency’s goal to deliver quality 

audits, and to discuss a broad range of human resource topics.

Course Length: 5 classroom days

Method of Delivery: Resident

AUD 8611 

EEO for Supervisors 

Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be 

able to understand Equal Employment Opportunity-related 

issues commonly faced by supervisors, EEO laws, and the 

complaints process. The student will be able to define sexual 

harassment and understand the supervisor’s role in preventing it. The student will be able to understand procedures and 

resources for providing reasonable accommodations. 

Course Length: About 1.5 hours

Method of Delivery: CD-ROM for non-DCAA personnel

Appendix E Auditing

AUD 8655 

Human Resources for Supervisors 

The student will learn to understand and comply with 

human resource policies and regulations. The course 

provides the supervisor with an understanding of the Merit 

System Principles, prohibited personnel practices, position 

classification, staffing and recruiting, employee development, performance management, disciplinary actions, leave, 

grievances, labor relations, employee records, emergencies, 

and quality of work life programs. 

Course Length: About 4 hours

Method of Delivery: CD-ROM for non-DCAA personnel

AUD 9201 

New Employee Ethics 

Required reading for all new DCAA employees. 

Course Length: About 1 hour

Method of Delivery: Distance learning
p. 239
p. 240

Distance Learning or Facilitated/Online Resident/Local

Auditing

For more information about the 

Defense Acquisition University,

call 888-284-4906 or visit the 

DAU website at www.dau.mil

defense acquisition university

9820 Belvoir Road

Fort Belvoir, Virginia 

22060-5565
2014 Course Catalog

www.dau.mil/icatalog